Document 6bVY5799qpDyaGgKzyYbD5ax4

Operation & Maintenance fs- Enforcement of the Act began this month, when the vanguard of federal compliance officers took to the field. No radical changes are foreseen in the chemical process industries. Noise control gets high priority. J. D. HODGSON, U. S. Secretary of Labor Realizing that human resources are this nation's most valuable asset, the U.S. has through the years passed a variety of laws to protect its workers. Vet, until recently, governmental responsibility for the safety and health of most U.S. workers--except for those involved in government contract work and in longshoring and maritime work--has rested with the individual states. Many employers, it is true, have been conscientious about providing safe and healthful working conditions. Some, in fact, have managed to reduce the frequency of accidents by as much as 80 or 90%. Others, regrettably, have often put expediency ahead of safety, profits ahead of prudence. For this reason. Congress last December enacted the Occupational Safety and Health Bill of 1970. The law, which became effective on Apr. 28, pro vides protection for 57 million working men and women in more than 4 million business and indus trial establishments. It applies to virtually any busi ness affecting interstate commerce. Better Record in the Chemical Process Industries Throughout the years, the chemical process indus tries have maintained a considerably better safety record than manufacturing as a whole. Yet, even in this highly technical area, the injury frequency rate for the chemical and allied products group has risen from 7.5 in 1958 to 8.1 in 1969. Worse, in the five-year period from 1964 to 1969, the rate jumped from 7.2 to 8.1--a 12.5% increase. It is true that the safety record has varied widely within the industry. For example, in 1968, die latest year for which we have detailed breakdowns, the injury frequency rate ranged from a low of 3.4 in the plastics and synthetic-materials group to a high of 13.5 in paints, varnishes and allied products. In any case, it appears that the technological ad vances that have brought better goods and an easier way of life to most Americans have taken their toll in the safety and health of the individual in the workplace. Why Was the Law Needed? Environmental Control in the Workplace Between 1926 and 1955, the number of lost-time accidents per million employee-hours-worked in all industries had declined from 32 to 7. But, since 1958, when a low injury-frequency rate of 11.4 was reached for manufacturing industries, the picture has continued to worsen. Ten years later, the rate had increased to 14.0, reaching 14.8 in 1969. The newly-found national passion for environ mental control should perhaps be most appropriately directed to the workplace, for that is where 80 million Americans spend the greatest share of their waking hours. It is there that they are so often exposed to hazards that can cause disabling injuries or ad versely affect their health, perhaps permanently. In fact, die record shows tlpit more than 14,000 108 JUNE 28, 1971/CHEMICAL ENGINEERING OPERATION & MAINTENANCE . . . deaths and 2 million disabling ir.,V.:i.-s have oc curred annually in U.S. workplace- uer the past few years. That means that each we. -y 55 Ameri cans die and 8,500 more suffer dis..' >.ng injuries as a result of on-the-job accidents. It means also the loss of 250 million employee-days of labor each year --five times the number of employee-days lost due to strikes. Safety Enforcement Can Reduce Injury Rates Experience has proved that when safety standards are enforced, dramatic drops in injury rates are pos sible. For example, the Maritime Safety Act of 1958 gave the Secretary of Labor responsibility for the saf ety and health of longshoremen and shipyard workers aboard ships in U.S. ports and shipyards. Since 1860, when we began to collect statistics for this pro gram, the injury frequency rate for kragshoring has dropped 53%, and that for shipyards has been re duced by 47%. The success of this program alone is ample justi fication for governmental presenoe in the occupational safety and health field. If effective -legislation can save lives and reduce injuries on the waterfront, it can do so elsewhere. There are numerous occupational hazards inherent in the business of the chemical process industries. The new Occupational Safety and -Health Law will not, in general, require any radical changes. It will merely require that those responsible improve upon the safety and health measures that are already applicable. Writing standard operating procedures to cover emergencies as well as die usual operational steps is, of course, essential to the safe operation of chemical plants. Noise Control a Priority Goal In the chemical process industries, as in the en tire manufacturing industry, the reduction of noise will be a priority gaol The roar of industrial furnaces must be reduced by mufflers. The sheet-metal ducts that carry fresh air through a plant should be cov ered with noise-absorbing materials. Special reducing valves or attenuating materials should be employed to cut down the noise of liquids and gases traveling through pipes. Plastic choppers should be surrounded by noise-absorbing enclosures. Under the new law, plants that expose workers to excessive noise will be required to administer periodic audiograms to such workers, a precaution not now being taken in many chemicals plants. Reducing the Hazard of Burnt Well-placed safety facilities, such as emergency showers and eyewash fountains, along with adequate safety education can greatly reduce the hazard of burns in a chemical processing plant 110 Routine precautions include: covering all hot pipes with insulation; requiring that workers wear appro priate protective clothing when handling acids or hot liquids in open containers; advising those em ployees whose duties require taking down and put ting up piping that they should never open pipes under pressure. Proper equipment and a safe place to operate it will reduce the incidence of burns in welding and cutting operations. Workers should be required to wear protective equipment, including gloves, face mask, and bib apron. The worker's breathing zone should be properly ventilated. Other Sources of Trouble Fixed ladders without cages are a source of un necessary falls--with possibly disastrous consequences when a worker catapults from one of the numerous high places that have to be reached in the course of a day's work. In plants manufacturing sulfuric add, precautions must be taken against the inhalation of sulfur dioiide, a source of lung irritations. ` In plants produdng anilines, the danger lies in the absorption and inhalation of nitrobenzene when clean ing out tanks. Adequate ventilation, along with pro tective clothing and supplied-air respirators, will guard against the very real possibility of suffocation or poisoning by inhalation. Standards To Be Followed Certain existing safety and health standards will be adopted as initial standards under the new act. They include consensus standards, such as those set up by the National Fire Protection Assn, and the Ameri can National Standards Inst., and those established federal standards that now apply under the WalshHealey Public Contracts Act, the McNamara-OHara Service Contract Act, the Maritime Safety Act, the National Foundation on the Arts and the Humanities Act, and the Construction Safety Act. Because initial standards have already been sub ject to public review, the new Act does not require hearings or submission of written comments in con nection with their promulgation. The initial standards were published in the Fed eral Register on May 29. Employers not previously covered have 90 days after publication to familiarize themselves with the standards. For those employers now subject to established federal standards, the new law applies immediately upon publication. Responsibility of Employers Both employers and employees have responsibili ties under the act In general, employers must comply with the spe cific occupational and health standards promulgated under the Act, and, in addition, must furnish each JUNE 28, 1971/CHEMICAL ENGINEERING 1 6388 OPERATION & MAINTENANCE . . . of their employees "a place of employment free from recognized hazards that are causing or are likely to cause death or serious physical harm." In addition, employers are required to: Notify employees of their protections and obli gations under the act. Keep records of work-related deaths, illnesses, and injuries. Keep records of employee exposure to potenti ally toxic materials or harmful physical agents. Notify employees of exposure to toxic materials or harmful physical agents that exceed limits set in any applicable standard. Responsibility of Employees In turn, employees are required to comply with the standards, rules and orders that have been set up to protect them. They also have the right to report any safety and health hazards they observe. The law protects those workers who exert their right to file a com plaint by prohibiting their employers from discrim inating against them. Labor-Department Compliance Officers In keeping with President Nixon's "New Feder alism" concept, administration of this new program will be decentralized to the greatest possible extent Under the general direction of George C. Guenther, my Assistant Secretary for Occupational Safety and Health, Safety Compliance Officers will work out of 10 regional offices and 43 area offices. These men, many of them safety officers and safety engineers, are being subjected to an intensive training coarse to prepare them for their new duties. Early this month, 150 compliance officers went into the field, the van guard of a nationwide force. Subject to regulations I shall issue, representatives of both the employer and employees will be allowed to accompany the Labor Dept inspector on an in spection tour. If die employees have no authorized representative, the inspector will consult with several employees to obtain their views. To Provide Technical Assistance In addition to handling compliance inspections and enforcement of safety standards, the compliance of ficers will provide local technical assistance to federal and state governments and to industry, helping them enhance the safety of the workplace. Furthermore, to help employers meet the require ments of the Act, we plan to institute training pro grams designed to increase the number and compe tence of personnel engaged in occupational safety and health work. The law also establishes a National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health, which will develop techniques lot dealing with occupational safety and 112 health problems, explore ways to discover latent dis eases, and establish acceptable levels for exposure to toxic materials or harmful physical agents. Finally, for the small businessman lacking the funds to make required modifications, the government will provide economic assistance. Citations for Violations If an inspector believes that there is a violation of the Occupational Safety and Health Act, he is re quired to issue a citation to the employer. There are various penalties for such violations. A "serious violation"--one in which there is a sub stantial probability that death or serious physical harm could result from a condition that exists, or from one or more practices, means, methods, operations, or proc esses that have been adopted or are in use--calls for a civil penalty of up to $1,000. For a violation of a less serious nature, an employer may also be assessed a penalty of up to $1,000. Willful or repeated violations may be assessed a civil penalty of not more than $10,000 for each violation. * Willful violation causing deat.. .o any employee shall, upon conviction, be punished by a fine of not more than $10,000, or by imprisonment of not more than six months, or both. When an employer contests citations or proposed penalties, an independent Occupational Safety and Health Review Commission, consisting of three mem bers who have been appointed by the President, will decide whether or not violations have occurred and will assess any penalties. A Job That Must Be Done The time has come for all of us--government and industry, employers and employees--to unite to elim inate needless illness, injury and death from the American workplace. The time has come to eradicate the physical suffer ing, financial loss and family tragedy that so often result from on-the-job accidents and injuries. With the cooperation of employers, workers and labor leaders, the new Occupational Safety and Health Act will help to ensure the safety and well being of working Americans. E Meet the Author J. O. Hodgson has served as U. S. Secretary of Labor since July 2, 1970. having joined the Nixon Administration as Undar Sacratary of Labor in February 1969. Ha cima to the Labor Dept from Lockhead Aircraft Corp., where ha had served as Corporate VicoPresident for Industriel Rela tions. He holds en A.#, degree from the University of Minne sota and has done graduate work there and at U.C.L.A., where ha was an instructor in labor relations for fivo years. JUNE 28, 1971/CHEMICAL ENGINEERING 1 6389 GUIDELINES TO THE DEPARTMENT OF LABOR'S OCCUPATIONAL NOISE STANDARDS Introduction Noise has long been recognized as a cause of occupa tional loss or hearing. Some companies have for many years taken steps to reduce noise levels and the exposure of their employees to them. In promulgating noise standards under the Walsh-Healey Public Contracts Act, the Department of Labor has merely made mandatory minimum standards which have proved both practical and effective in prevent ing hearing loss in many plants. Measurement, control, and protection against noise is a somewhat technical subject and one with which plant management, which is responsible for the enforcement of `safety regulations, may not be familiar. Therefore, this paper: First, explains the terms used in section 50-'204.l0 of the Safety and Health Standards for Federal Supply Contracts, as amended and published in the Federal Register on May 20.1969. Second, explains just what b expected of the employer in order to be in compliance with the requirements. Third, specifies certain instruments, equipment, and procedures which will be acceptable as a basb for judging compliance. These latter points are of particular interest to technical personnel, either at the plant or engaged on a consultative basis, to assist them in developing and carrying out the required controls and procedures. This paper U equally applicable to employers currently covered by safety regulations promulgated by the Secretary of Labor under the McNamara-O'Hara Service Contract Act, as amended on January 22,1970. Determining Sound Level Exposures, and Permissible Limits Basically, section S0-204.10 sets maximum permissible noise levels and exposures, and explains the types of corrective action which must be taken If these noise leveb are exceeded. Paragraph (a) of this section states: "(a) Protection against the effects of noise exposure shall be provided when the sound levels exceed those shown in Table I of this section when measured on the A scale of a standard sound level meter at slow response ...." Loss of hearing occurs as a result of the cumulative effect of exposure to sound above a maximum intensity and over a maximum duration in a given period of time. For the purpose of this standard, the basic permissible intensity it 90 dBA for a duration of 8 hours out of a day. The amount of sound energy absorbed during such an exposure, b considered to be the upper limit of a daily dose which will not produce disabling loss of hearing in more than 20 percent of the exposed population. Table I indicates the duration of exposure to higher sound intensities which will result in no more damage to hearing than produced by 8 hours at 90 dBA. Employees must not be exposed to steady sound levels above 11S dBA, reprdless of the duration. TADI.S X PERMISSIBLE tCOISE EXPOSURES 1/ j Duration per day, houra _ Sound level dBA alovr 8 90 6 ....................................................................................... 92 6 95 3 ....................................................................................... 97 2 ---------: --................................................................................... 100 1% .............................................................. 102 1 ......................... -....................................................... 105 h .......................................................................................................... no % or leas........................................... 'When the daly noise exposure b composed of two or mote periods of noise exposure at different levels, their combined effect should be considered, rather than the Individual effect of each. If the sum of the following fractions: Cl/TI * C2/T2___ CnfTa exceeds unity, then, the mixed exposure should be considered to exceed the limit value. Cn Indicates the total time of exposure at a specified noise level, and Tn indicates the total time of exposure permitted at that level The abbreviation dB in the right-hand column of the table stands for decibels, the unit of measurement of sound levels. The A scale b one of several on the sound level meter, a measuring instrument used to determine sound intensity. On thb scale, the instrument reacts in much the same way as does the human ear in that it b much less responsive to low pitched tones than to those of higher pitch. The "slow" response b another setting of the Instrument which causes it to average out high level noises of brief duration (such as hammering), rather than respond-' Ing to the individual impact noises. It b important to note that decibels are measured on a logarithmic rather than a linear Kale. Every increase of 10 dB represents an increase of approximately 300 percent in sound pressure. A 100 dB noise b, therefore, 3 times as intense as a 90 dB noise, rather than about 10 percent more interne, as might be expected. Illustrated another way, if one machine produces a sound level of 90 dB, a second machine of the same kind placed next to it will result in a combined noise level of 93 dB, rather than 180 dB, which might be expected. Exposures at Different Sound Lei ets The footnote to Table I describes the method by which several separate exposures to different sound leveb during a day arc to be treated in determining whether or not the combined exposure b within permissible limits. As an Illustration, assume that an employee works most 115 1 6390 of th day In an tret In which the sound level It 90 dBA, but for IS minutes out of etch of 7 hours, he Is in tn tret of 100 dBA, tnd for one l$-minute period etch dty, he is in tn tret of I0S dBA, This tdds up to 6 hours it 90 dBA: permissible duration of exposure, 8 hours; IX hours it 100 dBA: permissible exposure, 2 hours; tnd K hour it 105 dBA: permissible exposure, 1 hour. Tibultting It, we hive: Actual Time Permissible Time dBA C (hours) T (hours) 90 6 8 100 1 3/A 2 105 1/4 1 Putting these values into tn equation, we get: 6 + l_j_75 + CL25 .6 + 7 + 2. 15. 1<87 82 1 888 8 Since this totil exceeds unity, the daily exposure is above the permissible limit, even though the total exposure at each sound level is below the permissible duration for that level. No matter how briefly a person is exposed to higher sound pressure levels, if he spends the remainder of the day at a level of 90 dBA, his exposure will exceed the permissible limit. Only by being in an area having a sound level well below 90 dBA can his exposure to higher levels be compensated. Assuming that the 6 houn are s'pent in areas of relatively low sound pressure levels, are the two exposures to higher levels permissible? The equation becomes: 1.75 + 0.25 . 1.75 + 0.50 . 2.25 or 1>12 21 2 2 This is still greater than unity and, therefore, not permissible. Either the exposure to the 100 dBA level would have to be reduced to 1.5 hours or the exposure to the 105 dBA level to 0.125 houn or 7M minutes in order not to exceed the permissible total exposure. hi . i 2 or isTM. + -125 hi . 1 2 12 Impulse or Impact Noise The last sentence in paragraph (d) of section 50-204.10 atates: "Exposure to Impulsive or impact noise should not exceed 140 dB peak sound pressure level.'* This sets the upper limit of sound level to which a person should be exposed, regardless of the brevity of the exposure. In contrast with the 115 dBA upper limit for steady noise, the higher intensity for impact noise is permissible because the noise impulse resulting from impacts, like hammer blows or explosive processes, is past before the ear has time to react fully. Impact noise levels are to be measured only with an impact meter or an oscilloscope. Converting Octave Band Analyzer Readings Many plants have done a great deal of noise control work based on measurements taken with the type of instrument that measures the sound level at each of a number oT frequencies, or pitches, of the sounds produced rather than the overall total noise, as measured by the sound level meter. A chart is provided in the regulations to permit readings obtained from an octave band analyzer to be converted to corresponding values as indicated in Table I. Section 50-204.10, paragraph (a), second sentence, states: When noise levels are determined by octave band analysis, the equivalent A-weighted sound level may be determined as follows: S* { AND CENTEft FSEOUENCY IN CYCLES FEK SECOND Equivalent sound level contours. Octave band sound pressure levels may be converted to the equivalent A-welghted sound level by plotting them on this graph and noting the A-weighted sound level corresponding to the point of highest penetration into the sound level contours. This equivalent A-weighted sound level, which nuiy differ from the evliral A-welhtrtl sound level of the noise, is used to determine cs|H>',ure limits from Table I. The above graph illustrates In a general way what was said previously about the response of a sound level meter working on the A scale. It minimizes, as does the ear, the low frequency sounds and emphasizes, as does the ear, the high frequency sound. Thus, a 90 dB reading on the A scale may ktdude as high as 105 dB at 125 cycles per second, but 16391 would accept no mot* than 89 dB at 2,000 and 4,000 eyelet per second. To illustrate use of the graph In converting octave band reading* into A-scale sound level meter readings, two sets of valors of (vino band readings have been plotted. The series r. '.vI shows readings at or below the 90 dBA curve, except jt 2.000 cycles per second, where the reading falls on the 95 dBA curve. In this case, the sound level for use of Table I should be taken as 95 dBA. In the series marked 2, all the readings are below the 100 dBA curve, except at 1,000 cycles, where the reading is just on the curve. One hundred dBA would therefore be the value to be used in Table 1. As noted in the explanation of the graph, the actual sound levels measured with a sound level meter on the A scale may differ somewhat from the values determined by plotting the readings from an octave band analyzer on the graph. These differences, for most sounds, are of the same order of magnitude as the errors to be expected In the measurement and are not important. The intention was to provide a simple and relatively accurate means of conver sion from one system of measurement to another to accommodate existing, effective plantwide programs. Variable Noises Paragraph (c) of section 50-204.10 states the final consideration in determining whether or not a permissible sound level is being exceeded: "(c) If the variations in noise level Involve maxima at intervals of 1 second or less, it is to be considered continuous." This means that where the sound level meter on the A scale at slow response moves up from a generally steady reading, say from 88 to 92 dB, at intervals of one second or less, the high reading shall be taken as that to be used in Table I. As a corollary to this, intermittent sounds of brief duration at intervals greater than one second should, as far as practical, be measured as to intensity and duration and the total duration over a day be ascertained. This total should be entered in the equation given In footnote 1*. Table 1, to determine the permissible limit. These Inter mittent sounds, which can be measured with a sound level meter, should not be confused with impulse sounds of very short duration resulting from impacts or explosions. Control Measures Paragraph (b) of section 50-204.10 refers to control measures to be taken: "(b) When employees are subjected to sound exceeding those listed in Table I of this section, feasible administrative or engineering controls shall be utilized ..." The Department of Labor considers "feasible" to mean the following, as stated in the Oxford English and MerriamWebster Dictionaries: "Capable of being done, accom plished or carried out; capable of being dealt with success fully." Engineering Noise Control Measures Engineering controls are those which reduce the sound intensity either at the source of the noise or in the hearing zone of the workers. The following are examples: A. Maintenance 1. Replacement or adjustment of worn and loose or unbalanced parts of machines. 2. Lubrication of machine parts and use of cutting oils. 3. Properly shaped and sharpened cutting tools. B. Substitution of Machines 1. Larger, slower machines for smaller, faster ones. 2. Step dies for single operation dies. 3. Presses for hammers. 4. Rotating shears for square shears. . 5. Hydraulic for mechanical presses. 6. Belt drives for gears. C. Substitution of Processes 1. Compression for impact riveting. 2. Welding for riveting. 3. Hot for cold working. 4. Pressing for rolling or forging. D. Vibration Dampening 1. Increase mass. 2. Increase stiffness. 3. Use rubber or plastic bumpers or cushions. 4. Change size to change resonance frequency. E. Reducing Sound Transmission Through Solids : 1. Flexible mountings. 2. Flexible scctiors in pipe runs. 3. Flexible shaft couplings. 4. Fabric sections in ducts. 5. Resilient flooring. F. Reducing Sound Produced by Fluid Flow 1. Intake and exhaust mufflers. 2. Fan blades designed to reduce turbulence. 3. Large, low speed fans for smaller, high speed fans. G. Include Noise Level Specifications When Ordering New Equipment H. Isolating Noise Sources I. Completely enclose individual machines. 2. Use baffles. 3. Confine high noise machines to insulated room. I. Isolating Operator Provide a relatively sound-proof booth for the operator or attendant of one' or more machines. Controlling noise at the source, as illustrated by A through HI, is the ideal means of preventing noise induced hearing loss. The results are relatively long lasting: the operator of the individual machine is protected, as well as those employees at a distance from it, and there is no need for wearing protective equipment or following prescribed schedules of exposure. The measures listed under H2, H3, and I will. If effective, limit the number of persons exposed to high noise levels, but are unlikely to protect operators and those close to the noise sources. A number of the listed controls can be accomplished quite inexpensively by plant personnel. Others require considerable expense and highly specialized technical know ledge to ensure the expected results. It b therefore strongly recommended that plants avail tlremsclvcs of the services of competent acoustical engineers in planning and carrying out their noise control programs. The Department of Labor expects employers to explore the possibility and practicability of controlling noise by engineering and to take all feasible measures before 1 6392 retorting to use of edminlstrttive controls or of persona] protective equipment. Administrative Controls If noise cannot be reduced to permissible intensities through engineering controls, administrative controls should be developed in order to limit duration of workers' exposure to noise levels above 90 dBA to the limits shown in Table I. The following are examples: 1. Arrange work schedules so that employees working the major portion of a day at or very close to the 90 dBA limit are not exposed to higher noise levels. 2. Ensure that employees who have reached the upper limit of duration for a high noise level, in accordance with Table I, work the remainder of the day in an environment with a noise level well below 90 dBA. 3. Where the man-hours required for a job exceed the permissible time for one man in one day for the existing sound level, divide the work among two, three, or as many men as are needed, either successively or together, to keep individual noise exposure within permissible lime limits. 4. If less than full-time production of a noisy machine is needed, arrange to run it a portion of each day, rather than all day for part of the week. 3. Perform occasional high level noise producing opera tions at night or at other times when a minimum number of employees will be exposed. Measures such as these can often be instituted at little cost or effort, simply by introducing noise exposure as a factor in production planning. While not as satisfactory as controlling noise at its sources, administrative control measures are more easily enforced, than is the requirement to wear personal protective equipment. For this reason it is preferred. Persona! Protective Equipment When engineering and administrative controls fail to bring noise levels or duration of exposure to them below permissible levels, the use of personal protective equipment is required, as stated In the second sentence of paragraph (b), section S0-204.I0: "If such controls fall to reduce sound levels within the levels of the table, personal protective equipment shall be provided and used to teduoe sound levels within the levels of the table." The use of personal protective equipment is considered by the Department to be an interim measure while engineering and administrative controls are being perfected. There will be very few cases in which the use of this equipment will be acceptable as a permanent solution to noise problems. Some methods of control, such as providing an isolation booth for operators, or conducting noisy operations when few employees are in the plant, may require use of personal protective equipment by the operator when he must emerge from his booth to make adjustments, or by those few employees who carry on the noisy operation. In addition, the regulations require both provision end use of personal protective equipment. How the latter is accomplished is up to the employer. The Department recommends, however, that an educational and promo tional program precede initiation of required use of such equipment, and continue as long as necessary to achieve 100-percent acceptance by employees. In the absence of an observable high proportion of use, the Department would consider the lack of a (raining and p'romotional program as constituting a violation of the regulation. Selection ofPersonal Protective Equipment Cotton stuffed in the ea'rs has little value and will not be accepted by the Department, because of the relatively small attenuation (reduction of noise level) and the care which must be taken in using it. * Fine glass wool can be used instead of cotton, becausethe attenuation which can be achieved is very good. It is an acceptable protective device. Wax impregnated cotton, when properly inserted in the ear, provides protection equivalent to that provided by plugs or muffs. If supervisors can assure that this material is properly used and fresh material is provided daily, then this type of ear protection would be acceptable. Properly fitted earplugs are essentially equal in attenu ating ability to ear muffs; either is aeceptable to the Department. Plugs are inexpensive but must be fitted to the individual. In addition, plugs, and any other -type of protector inserted into the ear, must be issued by a trained person under the direction of a physician or by the physician himself. Frequent checks must be made to see that the plugs are being properly inserted. Ear muffs, though relatively expensive, may be issued by any designated person in the plant, as the only fitting required is adjustment of the head band. This makes it very easy for the supervisor to check on proper use of the muffs. Long hair and spectacle or goggle temples will interfere with the seal made by the cushioned edges of the muffs and will correspondingly reduce the actual attenuation, as stated by the manufacturer. Regardless of the type of ear protector decided upon, its attenuation, as stated by the manufacturer, must be sufficient to reduce the noise level in the worker's ear to the level and for the duration prescribed in Table I. The manufacturer's stated values are determined under ideal conditions, and, therefore, as a precaution, it is wise to assume that the attenuation actually attained in use in the shop wiD be at least S dB less than the stated value. Only those ear protectors which have been tested in accordance with ANSI standard Z24.22-I957, "Method for Measure ment of the Real-Ear Attenuation of Ear Protectors at Threshold," are acceptable to the Department. The Department strongly recommends that any employ ee who is exposed to high sound levels and requests ear protection be provided with it, even if the duration of exposure is within the limits prescribed by Table I. Hearing Conservation Program Section SO-204.10 concludes with paragraph (d): "(d) In all cases where (lie sound levels exceed the values shown herein, a continuing, effective hearing conservation program shall be administered." Therefore, where live sound level in a working area has not been reduced to 90 dBA or below by engineering means, and reliance must be placed on administrative controls to limit duration of exposure, or on car protection 1 6393 to reduce the sound level actually reaching the ear, a hearing conservation program is required. The program will be applied to all those employees whose work brings them either steadily or infrequently into areas in which sound levels exceed 90 dBA. Definitions "Continuing" means that the program will be in efTect and in use as long as noise levels above-90 dBA occur in the plant. "Effective" means that exposed employees will not suffer continuing deterioration of hearing acuity because of their exposure, but that incipient loss of hearing will be detected and necessary steps taken to prevent further deterioriation before serious hearing loss has occurred. In a broad sense, "hearing conservation" covers the entire range of actions required by section S0-204.10. As used in paragraph (d), however, it refers to audiometry periodic checks on thus hearing ability of individual employ* ees; and noise surveys - periodic checks of the noise level in the areas in which employees are working. Audiometry Audiometric tests will be made of all individuals working regularly or infrequently in areas in which the noise level is above 90 dBA. The purpose of these tests is to assure that administrative controls in use or ear protection devices provided are being adhered to or properly used and are effective in preventing loss of hearing from the noise levels encountered. Audiometric tests may be made as frequently as specified by the plant's regular or consulting physician, but only under very special conditions shall they be made less than once a year. The tests may be made in a doctor's office or elsewhere outside the plant, providing the test facilities, techniques, and records are equal to or exceed the minimum require ments described below. 1. Test Facilities and Procedures The test booth or room shall meet criteria of ANSI standard S3.I-1960 (or latest), "Standard for Background Noise in Audiometric Rooms" for testing to a minimum level of 10 dB on the ISO 1964 audiometric scale. The booth or room may be either prefabricated or locally built. Doors, gaskets, and other parts of the room or booth wliich may deteriorate, warp, or crack shall be carefully inspected periodically and necessary repairs or replacements made at once to ensure that successive audiometric tests of each individual are directly comparable and will give a true evaluation of the individual's hearing ability. The operator of the audiometer should be positioned outside the room or booth but able to see the interior through a window. The person being tested must face away from the operator and the audiometer to ensure that all his responses arc based on sound signals alone. The lest shall consist of an air conduction octave band analysis, as described In ANSI standard S3.I, and shall include, at least, 500.T ,000,2,000, and 4,000 Hz. The audiometric tests shall be made by a person trained and skilled in audiomettic testing. 2. Audiometers The audiometer used to make these tests shall meet the specifications for limited range, pure tone audiometers in ANSI standard S3.6-I969, "Specifications for Audi ometers." The audiometer shall have a certificate of calibration before it Is placed in use, and shall be recalibrated each year thereafter. This calibration shall check both frequency and intensity at each setting, rise time and overshoot, and electrical and mechanical integrity. A current certificate attesting to such calibration shall be readily available for inspection by the Department of Labor. On the audiometer shall be a statement indiciting whether it is calibrated to ASA 1951 values or to the current American National Standard, which is identical to the ISO 1964 standard. The audiometer shall be subjected to a biological check, preferably once a week but at least once a month, or before each use of the instrument if it is used less than once a month. The check shall be made by testing a person with a known and stable audiometric curve. The monthly check should include movement and bending of cord, wire, and lead, knob turning, switch actuating, and button pushing to ensure that thert are no sounds other than the test tones. A log of these checks shall be maintained and be available for inspection. : 3. Records In addition to the certificates and logs referred M in 2 above, a record of each audiogram made on each individual tested shall be available for inspection. Records of audi ometric tests shall indicate whether readings are based on ASA 1951 or on American National Standard (ISO 1964). The complete records on each employee required to be tested shall be retained for 1 year following termination of employment or transfer to an area in which noise levels above 90 dBA do not exist. The records will be examined for evidence of any deterioration of hearing acuity and of action taken to prevent further deterioration in those employees found to suffer some loss of acuity. Conclusions as to effectiveness of control measures taken will be based on examination of a significant numbfcr of audiograms and not upon the basis of one or two cases. 4. Audiometric Tests Outside ofttant If audiometric tests are done outside the plant, the Department of Labor representative will also inspect the facilities and test records, as noted below, and the same standards will apply. Plant management will make arrangements for such inspection with the person conducting the audiometric tests and may accompany the representative in his inspection and review of records. Noise Surveys A noise survey of each area in the plant in which sound levels exceed 90 dRA shall be made at least once each year to ensure that sound levels have not increased above those originally existing. The survey may also establish that noise levels in tome areas have been reduced to levels bplow 90 dBA and thereby justify discontinuing application of requirements for administrative controls, ear protection, and audiometric tests of individuals in such areas. 1 6394 A noise survey or an area is recommended whenever a change is made in either equipment or type of operations so that significant changes tn noise level will be acted upon immediately. Tests of noise levels will be made with a sound level meter on the A-scale, slow response. The use of octave band analyzers or impact meters for control or other purposes shall be in addition to, not in place of, tests made with the sound level meter. The sound level meter used will be one meeting specifications in ANSI standard Sl.4-1961, "General Pur pose Sound Level Meters." Records wilt be made of such surveys showing: the Instrument used: date, time, and location of such tests; machinery or equipment generating the noise; and name of person making the test. Test records shall be kept readily available for inspection for 1 year or until a subsequent survey is made, if done more frequently. The noise survey will be made by an insurance carrier, a consultant, a representative of a State health or labor department, or by a qualified Individual designated by the company. Compliance Plan Whenvcr a noise survey shows noise levels in excess of those listed in Table I, necessary steps to reduce the noise exposure to or below those levels shall be ascertained and a detailed plan, with completion dates for individual steps, shall be prepared. Following the original survey which shows existence of overexposures, the steps in a typical compliance plan might Include the following, not necessarily fat this order and some usually going on simultaneously: 1. A detailed survey of sound levels and sound spectra to determine the sources of excessive sound levels. 2. Initiation of engineering studies to determine meth ods for reducing sound levels at their sources. 3. Planning and initiation of feasible administrative controls, such as modifying production schedules to divide noisy jobs among enough people to bring each below the permissible limit or spreading part-time noisy operations. 4. Initial audiograms for personnel excessively exposed. 3. Installation of a personal protective equipment pro gram. 6. Followup audiograms at appropriate intervals to assess effectiveness of the personal protective equipmenf program and administrative controls. v 7. Installation of engineering controls, or process changes to reduce noises at their source. 8. Repeated noise surveys to measure effectiveness of the engineering changes. *" When the compliance plan involves long term engineering projects (for example, 1 or 2 years) it may be revised from time to time as conditions change. The orderly completion, on schedule, of the various phases of the compliance plan, together with other components of the hearing conserva tion program, will be considered compliance with the regulation. . % Applicable ANSI standards are available from the Ameri can National Standards Institute, 1430 Broadway, New' York, N.Y. 1010018. Sl.4-1961 -- Specification for General Purpose Sound Level Meters -- S2.7S 51.6- 1967 -- Preferred Frequencies and Band Numbers for Acoustical Measurements - S2.7S S3.1-1960 -- Criteria for Background Noise in Audi ometer Rooms - $2.75 53.6-1969 - Specification for Audiometers - S4.S0 1 6395 RULES AND REGULATIONS 10615 Reference* In parentheses we to the cor or liquified or compressed gases In con dust may be Ignited by arcs or sparks responding classification u used In the tainers. approved power-operated In originating In the truck. National Electrical Code (NFPA No. 70, dustrial trucks designated as DS, E8, <vili> Only approved power-operated ANSI Standard CI-IMt) lor the con OS. orljPS may be used. This classifica Industrial trucks designated as DY. EE. venience of persons familiar with those tion includes locations where volatile or EX shall be used in locations which classifications. flammable liquids or flammable gases are hazardous because of the presence of (I) Power-operated industrial trucks or vapors are used, but which, would easily lgnitlble fibers or flyings but In shall not be used in atmospheres contain become hazardous only In case of an which such fibers or flyings are not likely ing hazardous concentration of acety accident or of some unusual operating to be In suspension In the air In quanti lene, butadiene, ethylene oxide, hydro condition. The quantity of hazardous ties sufficient to produce lgnitlble gen (or gasses or vapors equivalent in material that might escape In case of mixtures. hazard to hydrogen, such as manufac accident, the adequacy of ventilating (lx) Only approved power-operated in tured gas), propylene oxide, acetalde equipment, the total area involved, and dustrial trucks designated as D6. DY. hyde, cyclopropane, diethyl ether, ethyl the record of the Industry or business ES, EE. EX, OS, or LP8 be used in lo ene, lsoprene, or unsymmetrical dimethyl with respect to explosions or fires are cations where easily lgnitlble fibers are hydrazine (UDMH). all factors that should receive considera stored or handled. Including outside (II) (a) Power-operated industrial tion in determining whether or not the storage, but are not being processed or trucks shall not be used in atmospheres D6 or DY, ES, EE. 06, LP8 designated manufactured. Industrial trucks desig containing hazardous concentrations of truck possesses sufficient safeguards for nated as E. which have been previously metal dust, including aluminum, mag the location., Piping without valves, used In these locations may be continued nesium, and their commercial alloys, checks, meters'and similar devices would In use. other metals of similarly hazardous char not ordinarily be deemed to Introduce a (x) On piers and wharves handling acteristics, or In atmospheres containing hazardous condition even though used general cargo, any approved power- carbon black, coal or coke dust except for hazardous liquids or gases. Loca operated industrial truck designated as approved power-operated Industrial tions used for the storage of hazardous Type D. E, O, or LP may be used, or trucks designated as EX may be used in liquids or of liquified or compressed trucks which conform to the require such atmospheres. (b) In atmospheres where dust of mag gases In sealed containers would not normally be considered hazardous unless ments for these types may be used.' (xl) If storage warehouses and out nesium, aluminum or aluminum bronze subject to other hazardous conditions side storage locations are hazardous only may be present, fuses, switches, motor ftlSO. the approved power-operated industrial controllers, and circuit breakers of trucks (vi) (a) Only approved power- truck specified for such locations In this shall have enclosures specifically ap operating industrial trucks designated as paragraph (c> (2> shall be used. If not proved for such locations. EX shall be used In atmospheres In which classified a- z&rdous, any approved (ill) Only approved power-operated combustible dust Is or may be in suspen power-open. industrial truck desig industrial bucks designated as EX may sion continuously, intermittently, or nated as Type D. E, O, or LP may be be used in atmospheres containing ace periodically under normal operating con used, or trucks which conform to the re tone, acrylonitrile, alcohol, ammonia, ditions, In quantities sufficient to pro quirements for these types may be used. benzine, benzol, butane, ethylene di- duce explosive or lgnltable mixtures, or (xll) If general Industrial or commer chloride, gasoline, hexane, lacquer sol where mechanical failure or abnormal cial properties are hazardous, only ap vent vapors, naphtha, natural gas. pro operation of machinery or equipment proved power-operated Industrial trucks pane, propylene, styrene, vinyl acetate, might cause such mixtures to be specified for such locations In this para vinyl chloride, or xylenes In quantities produced. graph (c) (2) shall be used. If not classi sufficient to produce explosive or lgnlt- (b) The EX classification usually In fied as hazardous, any approved power- able mixtures and where such concen cludes the working areas of grain hand operated Industrial truck designated as trations of these gases or vapors exist ling and storage plants, room contain Type D. E, G, or LP may be used, or continuously. Intermittently or periodi ing grinders or pulverizers, cleaners, trucks which conform to the require cally under normal operating conditions graders, scalpers, open conveyors or ments of these types may be used. or may exist frequently because of repair, maintenance operations, leakage, break down or faulty operation of equipment. (lv) Power-operated Industrial trucks designated as DY, EE, or EX may be used In locations where volatile flam mable liquids or flammable gases are handled, processed or used, but In which the hazardous liquids, vapors or gases will normally be confined within closed containers or closed systems for which they can escape only In ease of accidental rupture or breakdown of such containers or systems, or In the ease of abnormal operation of equipment; also In loca tions in which hazardous concentrations of gases or vapors are normally prevented by positive mechanical ventilation but which might become hazardous through failure or abnormal operation of the ven tilating equipment; or In locations which are adjacent to Class I, Division 1 loca tions. and to which hazardous concentra tions of gases or vapor* might occasion ally be communicated unless such com munication Is prevented by adequate positive-pressure ventilation from a spouts, (men bins or hoppers, mixers, or blenders, automatic or hopper scales, packing machinery, elevator heads and boots, stock distributors, dust and stock collectors (except all-metal collectors vented to the outside), and all similar dust producing machinery and equip ment In grain processing plants, starch plants, sugar pulverizing plants, malting plants, hay grinding plants, and other occupancies of similar nature; coal pul verizing plants (except where the pulver izing equipment Is essentially dust tight); all working areas where metal dusts and powders are produced, proc essed, handled, packed, or stored (ex cept In tight containers); and other xlmtyar locations where combustible dust may, under normal operating conditions, be present In the air In quantities suffi cient to produce explosive or ignltable mixtures. (vii) Only approved power-operated Industrial trucks designated as DY. EE, or EX shall be used In atmospheres In which combustible dust will not normally be In suspension in the air or will not be (d) Converted tnduitriat tracks. Power-operated industrial trucks that have been originally approved for the use of gasoline for fuel, when converted to the use of liquefied petroleum gas fuel in accordance with paragraph (q) of this section, may be used in those locations where G. GS or LP, and LPS designated trucks have been specified in the preceding paragraphs. (e) Safety guard*. (1) High Lift Rider trucks shall be fitted with an over head guard manufactured In accordance with paragraph (a) (2) of this sec tion, unless operating conditions do not permit. (2) If the type of load presents a haz ard, the user shall equip fork trucks with a vertical load backrest extension manu factured in accordance with paragraph (a) (2) of this section. (f> Fuel handling and storage. (1) The storage and handling of liquid fuels such as gasoline and diesel fuel shall be In ac cordance with NFPA Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code (NFPA No. 30- source of clear air, and effective safe likely to be thrown into suspension by 1900). guards against ventilation failure are the normal operation of equipment or (}) The storage and handling of lique provided. apparatus In quantities sufficient to pro fied petroleum gas fuel shall be in ac (v) In locations used for the storage duce explosive or Ignltable mixtures but cordance with Handling of Liquefied of hazardous liquids In sealed containers where deposits or accumulations of such Petroleum Gases (NFPA No. 60-1969). noisat MClSTti, VOt. 3, NO. 105--SATUSDAY, MAY 2*, 1*71 1 6396 10616 RULES AND REGULATIONS <g> Changing and charging Iforage when the trailer Is not coupled to a batteries. (1) Battery charging installa tractor. tions ahall be located in areas designated I (4) Positive protection shall be pro- Tor that purpose. bided to prevent railroad cars from being (3) Facilities shall be provided tor :(noved while dockboards or bridge plates flushing and neutralizing spilled electro fere in position. lyte, for fire protection, for protecting f (1) Operator training. Only trained charging apparatus from damage by kind authorized operators shall be per trucks, and for adequate ventilation mitted to operate a powered industrial for dispersal of fumes from gassing truck. Methods shall be devised to train batteries. operators in the safe operation of pow (3) When racks are used for support ered industrial trucks. of batteries, they should be made of ma (m) Truck operations. (1) Trucks terials nonconductlve to spark genera shall not be driven up to anyone stand tion or be coated or covered to achieve ing in front of a bench or other fixed this objective. object. (4) A conveyor, overhead hoist, or (2) No person shall be allowed to stand equivalent material handling equipment or pass under the elevated portion of shall be provided for handling batteries. any truck, whether loaded or empty. (5) Reinstalled batteries shall be -(3) Unauthorized personnel shall not properly positioned and secured in the be permitted to ride on powered indus truck. trial trucks. A safe place to ride shall be (8> A carboy tilter or siphon shall be provided where riding of trucks Is provided for handling electrolyte. authorized. (1) When charging batteries, acid (4) The employer shall prohibit arms shall be poured Into water; water shall or legs from being placed between the not be poured into acid. uprights of the mast or outside the run <61 Trucks shall be properly posi ning lines of the truck. tioned and brake applied before at (6) When leaving a powered indus tempting to change or charge batteries. trial truck unattended, load engaging (9) When charging batteries, the vent means shall be fully lowered, controls caps should be kept in place to avoid shall be neutralized, power shut off, electrolyte spray. Care shall be taken brakes set, key or connector plug re to assure that vent caps are functioning. moved. Wheels shall be blocked if the The battery (or compartment) coverts) truck Is parked on an Incline.- shall be open to dissipate heat. (6) A safe distance shall be main (10) Bmoklng shall be prohibited in tained from the edge of ramps or plat the charging area. forms while on any elevated dock, or (11) Precautions shall be taken to pre platform or freight car. Trucks shall not vent open flames, sparks, or electric arcs be used for opening or closing freight in battery charging areas. doors. (12) Tools and other metallic objects (7) Brakes shall be set and wheel ahall be kept away from the top of un blocks shall be in place to prevent move covered batteries. ment of trucks, trailers, or railroad can (h> Lighting for operating areas. (1) Controlled lighting of adequate intensity should be provided in operating areas. (See American National Standard Prac tice for Industrial Lighting, AU.1-19S5 (R1970)). (2) Where general lighting Is less than 2 lumens per square foot, auxiliary di rectional lighting shall be provided on the truck. While loading or unloading. Fixed Jacks may be necessary to support a semitrailer during loading or unloading.when the trailer is not coupl&l to a tractor. The flooring of trucks, trailers, and railroad ears shall be checked for breaks and weakness before they are driven onto. (9) There shall be sufficient headroom under overhead Installations, lights, pipes, sprinkler system, etc. (1) Control of noxious gases and fumes. (1) Concentration levels of car bon monoxide gas created by powered Industrial truck operations shall not ex ceed the levels specified in 11910.93. (2) Questions concerning degree of concentration and methods of sampling to ascertain the condition should be re (9) An overhead guard shall be used as protection against falling objects. It should be noted that an overhead guard Is intended to offer protection from the Impact of small packages, boxes, bagged material, etc, representative of the job application, but not to withstand the Impact of a falling capacity load. ferred to a qualified industrial hygienist (10) A load backrest extension shall (J) Dockboards (bridge plates). Bee be used whenever necessary to minimise 11910.30(a). the possibility of the load or part of It (k) Trucks and railroad cars. (1) The from falling rearward. ; brakes of highway trucks shall be set (11) Only approved Industrial trucks land wheel chocks placed under the rear shall be used In hazardous locations. ' wheels to prevent the trucks from rolling (12) Whenever a truck is equipped I while they are boarded with powered with vertical only, or vertical and hori | Industrial trucks. zontal controls elevatable with the lift ' (2) Wheel stops or other recognized ing carriage or forks for lifting person positive protection shall be provided to nel, the following additional precautions , prevent railroad cars from moving dur- shall be takenfor the protection of per ' ing loading or unloading operations. sonnel being elevated. (3) Fixed Jacks may be necessary to (]> Use of a safety platform firmly support a semitrailer and prevent up secured to the lifting carriage and/or ending during the loading or unloading forks. (11) Means shall be provided whereby personnel on the platform can shut off power to the truck. (ill) Such protection from falling ob jects as indicated necessary by the op erating conditions shall be provided. (13) Spinner knobs must not be at tached to steeling handwheels of trucks not originally equipped with such. (14) Fire aisles, access to stairways, and fire equipment shall be kept clear. (n) Traveling. (1) All traffic regula tions shall be observed, Including au thorized plant speed limits. A safe dis tance shall be maintained approximately three truck lengths from the truck ahead, and the truck shall be kept under control at all times. (2) The right of way shall be yielded to ambulances, lire trucks, or other ve hicles in emergency situations. (3) Other trucks traveling in the same direction at Intersections, blind spots, or other dangerous locations shall not be passed. (4) The driver shall be required to slow down and sound the born at cross aisles and other locations where vision is obstructed. If the load being carried obstructs forward view, the driver ahall be required to travel with the load trailing. < (9) Railroad tracks shall fe crossed diagonally wherever posslblst Parking closer than g feet from theroenter of railroad tracks is prohibited.' (4) The driver shall be required to look in the direction of, and keep a clear view of the path of travel. (7) Grades shall be ascended or de scended slowly. (I) When ascending or descending grades in excess of 10 percent, loaded trucks shall be driven with the load up grade. (II) Unloaded trucks should be op erated on all grades with the load en gaging means downgrade. (ill) On all grades the load and load engaging means shall be tilted back if applicable, and raised only as far as necessary to clear the road surface.' (5) Under all travel conditions the truck shall be operated at a speed that will permit it to be brought to a stop in a safe manner. (9) Stunt driving and horseplay shall not be permitted. (10) The driver shall be required to slow down for wet and slippery floors. (11) Dockboard or brldgeplates, shall be properly secured before they are driven over. Dockboard or brldgeplates shall be driven over carefully and slowly and their rated capacity never exceeded. (12) Elevators shall be approached slowly, and then entered squarely after the elevator car is properly leveled. Once on the elevator, the controls shall be neutralized, power shut off, and the brakes set. (13) Motorized hand trucks mast en ter elevator or other confined areas with load end forward. (14) Running over loose objects on the roadway surface shall be avoided. (15) While negotiating turns, speed shall be reduced to a safe level, by means of turning the hand steering wheel in a FIDMAl SEGISTK, VOL 34, NO. I0S--SATUSOAr, MAT if, 1V7I 16Z97 RULES AND REGULATIONS 10617 smooth, sweeping motion. Except when maneuvering at a very low speed, the hand steering wheel shall be turned at a moderate, even rate. (o> Loading. (1) Only stable or safely siranted loads shall be handled. Caution shall be exercised when handling oncenter loads which cannot be centered. (2) Only loads within the rated ca pacity of the truck shall be handled. (3) The Ions or hlsh (including multi ple-tiered) loads which may aSect ca pacity shall be adjusted. (4) When attachments are used, par ticular care should be taken in securing, manipulating, positioning, and trans porting the load. Trucks equipped with attachments shall be operated as par tially loaded trucks when not handling a load. (5) A load engaging means shall be placed under the load as far as possible; the mast shall be carefully tilted back ward to stabilize the load. (8) Extreme care shall be used when tilting the load forward or backward, particularly when high tiering. Tilting forward with load engaging means ele vated shall be prohibited except to pick up a load. An elevated load shall not be tilted forward except when the load is In a deposit position over a rack or stack. When stacking or tiering, only enough backward tilt to stabilize the load shall be used, (p) Operation of the truck, (i) If at any time a powered Industrial truck Is found to be In need of repair, defective, or In any way unsafe, the truck shall be taken out of service until It has been restored to safe operating condition. (2) Fuel tanks shall not be filled while the engine is running. Spillage shall be avoided. (3) Spillage of oil or fuel shall be carefully washed away or completely evaporated and the fuel tank cap re placed before restarting engine. (4) No truck shall be operated with a leak In the fuel system until the leak has been corrected. (3) Open flames shall not be used for checking electrolyte level In storage bat teries or gasoline level In fuel tanks. (q) Maintenance of Industrial trucks. (1) Any power-operated Industrial truck not In safe operating condition shall be removed from service. AH repairs shall be made by authorized personnel (2) No repairs shall be made hi Classes I, n, .and m locations. (3) Those repairs to the fuel and ig nition systems of industrial trucks which Involve fire hazards shall be conducted only In locations designated for such repairs. (4) Trucks In need of repairs to the electrical system shall have the battery disconnected prior to such repairs. (3) All parts of any such industrial truck requiring replacement shall be replaced only by parts equivalent as to safety with those used In the original design. <6) Industrial trucks shall not be altered so that the relative positions of the various parts are different from what they were when originally received from (2) An "automatic crane" is a crane the manufacturer, nor than they be al which when activated operates through tered either by the addition of extra a preset cycle or cycles. parts not provided by the manufacturer (3) A "cab-operated crane" is a crane or by the elimination of any parts, ex controlled by an operator in a cab lo cept as provided In subparagraph (12) of cated on the bridge or trolley. this paragraph. Additional counterweighting of fork trucks shall not be done unless approved by the truck manufacturer. (7) Industrial trucks shall be exam (4) "Cantilever gantry crane" means a gantry or semigantry crane In which the bridge girders or trusses extend transversely beyond the crane runway on one or both sides. ined before being placed In service, and (3) "Floor-operated crane" means a ahaii not be placed In service If the crane which Is pendant or nonconductive examination shows any condition ad rope controlled by an operator on the versely affecting the safety of the floor or an Independent platform. vehicle. Such examination shall be made (<) "Gantry crane" means a crane at least dally. Where Industrial trucks are used on a round-the-clock basis, they shall be examined after each shift. Defects when found shall be Immediately reported and similar to an overhead crane except that the bridge for carrying the trolley or trolleys Is rigidly supported on two or more legs running on fixed rails or other runway. corrected. (7) "Rot metal handling crane" (8) Water mufflers shall be filled dally means an overhead crane used for trans or as frequently as Is necessary to pre porting or pouring molten material. vent depletion of the supply of water (8) "Overhead crane" means a crane below 75 percent of the filled capacity. with a movable bridge carrying a mov Vehicles with mufflers having screens or other parts that may become clogged able or fixed hoisting mechanism and traveling on an overhead fixed runway shall not be operated while such screens structure. i- or parts are dogged. Any vehicle that emits hazardous sparks or flames from (9) "Power-operated erane^means a crane whose mechanism is driven by elec the exhaust system shall Immediately be tric, air, hydraulic, or intemaFcombus removed from service, and not returned tion means. * to service until the cause for the emis (10) A "pulpit-operated ershe" is a sion of such sparks and flames has been crane operated from a fixed operator sta eliminated. tion not attached to the crane. (9) When the temperature of any part (11) A "remote-operated crane" Is a of any truck Is found to be In excess of crane controlled by an operator not tn a its normal operating temperature, thus creating a hazardous condition, the pulpit or hi the cab attached to the crane, by any method other than pend vehicle shall be removed from service and ant or rope control. not returned to service until the cause (13) A "semlgantry crane" Is a gantry for such overheating has been eliminated. crane with one end of the bridge rigidly (10) Industrial trucks shall be kept supported on one or more legs that run In a clean condition, free of lint, excess on a fixed rail or runway, the other end oil, and .grease. Noncombustible agents of the bridge being supported by a truck should be used for cleaning trucks. Low running on an elevated rail or runway. flash point (below 100* F.) solvents shall (13) "Storage bridge crane" means a not be used. High flash point (at or above gantry type crane of long span usually 100* F.) solvents may be used. Precau used for bulk storage of material; the tions regarding toxicity, ventilation, and bridge girders or trusses are rigidly or lire hazard shall be consonant with the nonrigldly supported on one or more agent or advent used. legs It may have one or more fixed or (11) Where It Is necessary to use anti hinged cantilever ends. freeze in the engine cooling system, only (14) "Wall crane" means a crane hav those products having a glycol base shall ing a Jib.with or without trolley and sup be used. ported from a side wall or line of col (12) Industrial trucks originally ap proved for the use of gasoline for fuel may he converted to liquefied petroleum gas fuel provided the complete conversion results In a truck which embodies the features specified for IF or LP8 desig nated trucks. Such conversion equipment shall be approved. The description of the component parts of this conversion sys tem and the recommended method of installation on specific trucks are con tained in the "listed by Report." umns of a building. It is a traveling type and operates on a runway attached to the side wall or columns. (18) "Appointed" means assigned spe cific responsibilities by the employer or the employer's representative. (18) "ANSI" means the American Na tional Standards Institute. (17) An "auxiliary hoist" Is a supple mental hoisting unit of llgther capacity and usually higher speed than provided for the main hoist. (18) A "brake" Is a device used for 11910.179 Overhead and gantry cranes. retarding or stopping motion by friction (a) Definitions applicable to this sec tion. (1) A "crane" is a machine for lift ing and lowering a load and moving It horizontally, with the hoisting mech anism an integral part of the machine. or power means. .(19) A "drag brake" is a brake which provides retarding force without external control. (20) A "holding brake" Is a brake that Cranes whether fixed or mobile are automatically prevents motion when driven manually ot by power. power is off. No. 108--Pt.n- FIOEIAl KCISTII, VOL. 3, NO. 105--SATUSOAY, MAY 1*. 1V7I 1 6398 10616 RULES AND REGULATIONS (31) "Bridge" mean* that part of a (43) A "hoist" Is an apparatus which (84) "Trolley travel" means the trolley crane consisting of girders, trucks, end may be a part of a crane, exerting a force movement at right angles to the crane ties, footwalks, and dries mechanism for lifting or lowering. runway. which carries the trolley or trolleys. (43) "Holst chain" means the load (85) "Truck" means the unit consisting (33) "Bridge travel" means the crane bearing chain In a hoist. of a frame, wheels, bearings, and axles movement In a direction parallel to the crane runway. Hors: Chain properties do not conform to those shown In ANSI B30.9-1971, Safety Code which supports the bridge girders or trolleys. (33) A "bumper" (buffer) Is an energy tor SUnge. (b) General requirements--(l) Appli absorbing device for reducing Impact when a moving crane or trolley reaches the end of Its permitted travel; or when two moving cranes or trolleys come In contact. (34) The "cab" Is the operator's com partment on a crane. (35) "Clearance" means the distance from any part of the crane to a point of the nearest obstruction. (30 "Collectors" (current) are con tacting devices for collecting current from runway or bridge conductors. (37) "Conductors, bridge" are the< electrical conductors located along the bridge structure of a crane to provide power to the trolley. (38) "Conductors, runway" (main) are the electrical conductors located along a crane runway to provide power to the crane. (39) The "control braking means" Is a method of controlling crane motor speed when In an overhauling condition. (30) "Countertorque" means a method of control by which the power to the motor Is reversed to develop torque In the opposite direction. (31) "Dynamic" means a method of controlling crane motor speeds when In the overhauling condition to provide a retarding force. (33) "Regenerative" means a form of dynamic braking In which the electrical energy generated Is fed back Into the power system. (33) "Mechanical" means a method of control by friction. (34) "Controller, spring return" means (44) "Holst motion" means that mo tion of a crane which raises and lowers a load. (45) "Load" means the total super imposed weight on the load block or hook. (48) The "load block" Is the assembly of hook or shackle, swivel, bearing, sheaves, pins, and frame suspended by the hoisting rope. (47) "Magnet" means an electromag netic device carried on a crane hook to pick up loads magnetically. (48) "Main hoist" means the hoist mechanism provided for lifting the maxi mum rated load. (49) A "man trolley" Is a trolley hav ing an operator's cab attached thereto. (50) "Rated load" means the maxi mum load for which a crane or Individ ual hoist is designed and built by the manufacturer and shown on the equip ment nameplate(s). (51) "Rope" refers to wire rope, unless otherwise specified. (53) "Running sheave" means a sheave which rotates as the load block is raised or lowered. (53) "Runway" means an assembly of rails, beams, girders, brackets, and framework on which the crane or trolley travels. (54) "Side pull" means that portion of the hoist pull acting horizontally when the hoist lines are not operated vertically. (55) "Span" means the horizontal dis tance center to center of runway rails. (58) "Standby crane" means a crane which is not In regular sendee but which is used occasionally or Intermittently as cation. This section applies to overhead and gantry cranes, Including semigantry, cantilever gantry, wall cranes, storage bridge cranes, and others having the same fundamental characteristics. These cranes are grouped because they all have trolleys and similar travel characteris tics. (3) New and existing equipment. All new overhead and gantry cranes In stalled after the effective date of the regulations in this subpart shall meet the design specifications of the Ameri can National Standard Safety Code for Overhead and Gantry Cranes. ANSI B30.3.0-1967. Equipment constructed and Installed prior to the effective date of this subpart shall be modified to con form to these specifications. (3) Modification*. Cranes may be modified and rerated provided such modifications and the supporting struc ture are checked thoroughly for the new rated load by a qualified engineer or the equipment manufacturer. The crane shall be tested In accordance witti para graph (k) (3) of this section. New rated load shall be disputed In accordance with subparagraph (5) of this para graph. (4) Wind indicators and rail clamps. .Outdoor storage bridges shall be pro vided with automatic rail clamps. A wind-indicating device shall be provided which will give a visible or audible alarm to the bridge operator at a predetermined wind velocity. If the clamps act on the rail heads, any beads or weld flash on the rail heads shall be ground off. (5) Rated load marking. The rated a controller which when released will re turn automatically to a neutral position. (35) "Designated" means selected or assigned by the employer or the em ployer's representative as being qualified required. (67) A "stop" is a device to limit travel of a trolley or'crane bridge. This device normally is attached to a fixed structure and normally does not have energy ab load of the crane shall be plainly marked on each side of the crane, and If the crane has more than one hoisting unit, each hoUt shall have Its rated load marked on It or Its load block and this to perform specific duties. sorbing ability. marking shall be clearly legible from the (35) A "drift point" means a point on a travel motion controller which releases (58) A "switch" Is a device for making, breaking, or for changing the connec ground or floor. (6) Clearance from obstruction. (1) the brake while the motor Is not ener gized. This allows for coasting before the brake Is set. (37) The "drum" Is the cylindrical member around which the rapes are wound for raising or lowering the load, (38) An "equalizer" la a device which compensates for unequal length or stretch of a rope. (39) "Exposed" means capable of being contacted Inadvertently. Applied to hazardous objects not adequately guarded or Isolated. (40) "Fall-safe" means a provision designed to automatically stop or safely control any motion In which a malfunc tion occurs. (41) "Footwalk" means the walkway tions in an electric circuit. (59) An "emergency stopswltch" Is a mtwniib or automatically operated elec tric switch to cut off electric power In dependently of the regular operating controls. (80) A "limit switch" Is a switch which is operated by some part or motion of a power-driven machine or equipment to alter the electric circuit associated with the machine or equipment. (81) A "main switch" Is a switch con trolling the entire power supply to the crane. (83) A "master switch" Is a switch which dominates the operation of con tractors, relays, or other remotely oper ated devices. (83) The "trolley" Is the unit which Minimum clearance of 3 Inches overhead and 3 inches laterally shall be provided and maintained between crane and ob structions In conformity with Crane Manufacturers Association of America. Inc., Specification No. 61 (formerly the Electric Overhead Crane Institute, Inc). (11) Where passageways or walkways are provided obstructions shall not be placed so that safely of personnel will be Jeopardized by movements of the crane. (7) Clearance between parallel cranes. If the runways of two cranes are parallel, and there are no intervening walls or structure, there shall be adequate clear ance provided and maintained between the two bridges. with handrail, attached to the bridge or trolley for access purposes. travels on the bridge rails and carries the hoisting mechanism. (c) Cabs--(l)Cab location. (1) The general arrangement of the cab and the ROISAl MOISTfl, VOL. 34, NO. 103--SATURDAY, MAY 39, 1471 1 6399 RULES AND REGULATIONS 10619 loctUon of control and protective equip (U) Stairways shall be equipped with motor shaft or some part of the gear ment ihall be euch tbit all operating rigid and substantial metal handrails. train. handle* are within convenient reach of Walking surfaces shall be of an antlsllp (11) Each Independent hoisting unit of the operator when facing the area to be type. a crane, except worm-geared hoists, the eerved by the load hook, or while facing (ill) ladders shall be permanently and angle of whose worm la each as to the direction of travel of the cab. The securely fastened In place and shall be prevent the load from accelerating In the arrangement ihall allow the operator a constructed In compliance with 11910.27. lowering direction shall. In addition to full view of the load hook to an position*. (e) Stops, bumpers, rail sweeps, and a holding brake, be equipped with control (ill The cab shall be located to af guards--(1) Trolley stops. (1) Stops shall braking means to prevent overspeeding. ford a minimum of 1 inches clearance be provided at the limits of travel of (2) Holding brakes. (1) Bolding brakes from all fixed structures within Its the trolley. for hoist motors hn have not less than area of possible movement. (11) 8tope shall be fastened to resist the following percentage of the full load (ill) The clearance of the cab above forces applied when contacted. hoisting torque at the point where the the working floor or passageway should (ill) A atop engaging the tread of the brake Is applied. be not less than 7 feet wheel shall be of a height at least equal (a) 128 percent when used with a con (2) Access to crane. Access to the cab to the radius of the wheel trol braking means other than mechani and/or bridge walkway shall be by a (2) Bridge bumpers. (1) A crane shall cal. conveniently placed fixed ladder, stain, be provided with bumpen capable of (b) 100 percent when used In conjunc or platform, requiring no step over any topping the crane (not Including the tion with a mechanical control braking gap exceeding 12 inches. Fixed ladden lifted load) at a rate of deceleration not means. shall be in conformance with the Ameri to exceed 3 feet per second per second (c) 100 percent each If two holding can National Standard Safety Code for when traveling In either direction at 20 brakes are provided. Fixed Ladders, ANSI A14.S-19S6. percent of the rated load speed. (II) Holding brakes on hoist* shall (3) Fire extinguisher. A carbon diox (a) The bumper Shall have sufficient bars ample thermal capacity for the ide, dry-chemical, or equivalent hand energy absorbing capacity to stop the frequency of operation required by the Are extinguisher should be kept In the crane when traveling at a speed Of at cab. Carbon tetrachloride extinguishen least 40 percent of rated load speed. (III) Bolding brakes on hoists shall be shall not be used. (b) The bumper shell be so mounted applied automatically when power la (4) Lighting. Light In the cab shall be that there it no direct shear on bolt*. removed. * sufficient to enable the operator to see (11) Bumpers shall be so designed and (lv) Where necessary bolding brakes clearly enough to perform his work. Installed a* to minimise part* falling shall be provided with adjustment meant (d> Footwalks and ladder)--(1) Lo from the crane in case of breakage. to compensate for wear. | cation of footwalks. 0) If sufficient (3) Trolley bumpers. <1) Trolley shall (v) The wearing surface of ul hold headroom is available on cab-operated be provided with bumpers capable of ing-brake drums or discs shall be cranps. a footwalk shall be provided on stopping the trolley (not Including the gqoftth, the drive side along the entire length of lifted load) at a rate at deceleration not (vi> Each Independent hoisting unit of the bridge of an cranes having the to exceed 4.7 feet per second per second fWiiii hiiw!HTi| hot DWtll htTill( trolley running on the top of the girders. when traveling In either direction at one- power control braking means shall be To give sufficient access to the opposite third of the rated load speed. equipped with at least two holding side of the trolley, there should be pro (ill When more than one trolley Is bttktt. vided either a footwalk mounted on the operated on the same bridge, each shall (3) Control braking means. (1) A trolley, a suitable footwalk or platform be equipped with bumpen on their ad power control braking means each as In the building, or a footwalk on the jacent ends. regenerative, dynamic or countertorque opposite side of the crane at least twice (Ill) Bumpen shall be designed and In braking, or a mechanically controlled the length of the trolley. stalled to minimise parts falling from braking mean* ihall be capable of main (11) Footwalk* should be located to give the trolley In case of breakage. taining safe lowering speeds of rated a headroom not less than 78 inches. In (4) ReXL sweeps. Bridge trucks shall load*. no case shall less than 48 Inches be be equipped with sweep* which extend (11) The control braking means shall provided. If 48 Inches of headroom can below the top of the rail and project in have amide thermal capacity for the fre not be provided, footwalk* should be front of the truck wheels. quency of operation required by aervioe. omitted from the crane and a stationary (8) Guards tor hoisting ropes. (1) If (4) Brakes tor trolleys and bridges. platform or landing stage built for work hoisting ropes run near enough to other (1) FOot operated brakes shall not require men making repairs. ports to make fouling or chafing possible, an applied force of more than 70 poinds (2) Construction of footstalks. (1) guards shall be Installed to prevent this to develop manufacturer's rated brake Footwalk* shall be of rigid construction condition. torque. and designed to sustain a distributed load (11) A guard shall be provided to pre (II) Brakes may be applied by me of at least SO pounds per square foot. vent contact between bridge conductan chanical, electrical, pneumatic, hydrau (II) Footwalk* shan have a walking and hoisting ropes It they could come lic, or gravity means. surface of anttsllp type. Into contact. (III) Where necessary brakes shall be Non: Wood will mast this lequhemsat. ~ (8) Guards for mooing parts. (1) Ex provided with adjustment means to (III) ' Footwalk* should be continuous and permanently secured. (lv) Footwalk* shoud have a dear pas sageway at least 18 inches wide except opposite the bridge motor, where they should be not less than 18 Inches. The posed moving parts such as gears, set screw*, projecting keys, chains, chain sprocket*, and reciprocating component* which might constitute a hazard under normal operating conditions shall be guarded. Inner edge shall extend at least to the (II) Guards shall be securely fastened. compensate for wear. (lv) The wearing surface of all brake- drums or discs shall be smooth. (v) All1 foot-brake pedals shall be constructed so that the operator's foot will not easily slip off ths pedal. (vi) Foot-operated brakes shall be line of the outside edge of the lower (III) Each guard shall be capable of equipped with automatic means for posi cover plate or flange of the girder. supporting without permanent distortion tive release when pressure Is released (3) Toeboards and handrails tor foot- the weight of a 200-pound person unless from the pedal. walks. Toeboards and handrails shall be the guard Is located where It is impos <vll) Brakes for stopping the motion In compliance with section 1910.23 of this sible for a person to step on It. of the trolley or bridge shall be of suf part. (f) Brakes--(1) Brakes for hoists. ficient else to stop the trolley or bridge (4) Ladders and stairways. (1) Gantry (1) Each Independent hoisting unit of a within a distance in feet equal to 10 per cranes shall be provided with ladden or crane shall be equipped with at least one cent of full load speed In feet per minute stairways extending from the ground to self-setting brake, hereafter referred to when traveling at full speed with full the footwalk or cab platform. as a holding brake, applied directly to the load. HDftAl HOISTIS, VOL 3S, NO. 105--SATUSOAV, MAY IV, 1*71 1 6400 10620 RULES AND REGULATIONS (vlli) If holding brakes are provided on the bridge or trolley(s), they shall not prohibit the use of a drift point in the control circuit. (is) Brakes on trolley* and bridges shall have ample thermal capacity tor the frequency of operation required by the service to prevent impairment of functions from overheating. (S) Application of trolley brakes. (1) On cab-opersted cranes with cab on trolley, a trolley brake shall be required as specified under subparagraph (4) of this paragraph. ill) A drag brake may be applied to hold the trolley in a desired position on the bridge and to eliminate creep with the power off. () Application 0/ bridge braket. (1> On cab-operated cranes with cab on bridge, a bridge brake is required as specified under subparagraph (4) of this paragraph. (11) On cab-operated cranes with cab on trolley, a bridge brake of the holding type shall be required. (ill) On all floor, remote and pulpitoperated crane bridge drives, a brake or noncoasting mechanical drive shall be provided. (g) Electric equipment--(1) General. (1) Wiring and equipment shall comply with 11910.401. (il) The control circuit voltage shall not exceed 600 volts for a.c. or d.c. current. (ill) The voltage at pendant push buttons shall not exceed 160 volts for a.c. and 300 volts for d.c. (Iv) Where multiple conductor cable la used with a suspended pushbutton station, the station must be supported in some satisfactory manner that will protect the electrical conductors against strain. <v) Pendant control boxes shall be constructed to prevent electrical shock and shall be clearly marked for iden tification of functions. (2) Equipment. <i) Electrical equip ment shall be so located or enclosed that live parts will not be exposed to acci dental contact under normal operating conditions. <11) Electric equipment shall be pro tected from dirt, grease, oil, and mois ture. (ill) Guards for live parts shall be sub stantial and so located that they cannot be accidently deformed so as to make contact with the live parts. (3) Controllers. (1) Cranes not equipped with spring-return controllers or momentary.contact pushbuttons chall be provided with a device which will dis connect all motors from the line on fail ure of power and will not permit any motor to be restarted until the control ler handle is brought to the ``off'' posi tion, or a reset switch or button is operated. (li) Lever operated controllers shall be provided with a notch or latch which in the "off'1 position prevents the handle from being inadvertently moved to the "on" position. An "off" detent or spring return arrangement is acceptable. (ill) The controller operating handle shall be located within convenient reach of the operator. (lv) As far as practicable, the move ment of each controller handle shall be in the same general directions as the resultant movements of the load. (v) The control for the bridge and troller travel shall be so located that the operator can readily face the direction of travel. (vi) For floor-operated cranes, the controller or controllers if rope operated, shall automatically return to the "off" position when released by the operator. (vii) Pushbuttons in pendant stations shall return to the off position when pres sure is released by the crane operator. <vlll> Automatic cranes shall be so designed that all motions shall fall-safe if any malfunction of operation occurs. (lx) Remote-operated cranes -Shall function so that if the control signal for any crane motion becomes ineffective that crane motion shall stop. (4) Resistors. (I) Enclosures for re sistors shall have openings to provide adequate ventilation, and shall be in stalled to prevent the accumulation of combustible matter too near to hot parts. (U) Resistor units shall be supported so as to be free as possible from vibration. (ill) Provision shall be made to prevent broken parts or molten metal falling upon the operator dr from the crane. (6) Stottchee. (i> The power supply to the runway conductors shall be con trolled by a switch or circuit breaker located on a fixed structure, accessible from the floor, and arranged to be locked in the open position. (ill On cab-operated cranes a switch or circuit breaker of the enclosed type, with provision for locking in the open position shall be provided in the leads from the runway conductor*. A means of opening this switch or circuit breaker shall be located within easy reach of the operator. (ill) On floor-operated cranes, a switch or circuit breaker of the enclosed type, with provision for locking in the open position, shall be provided in the leads from the runway conductors. This disconnect shall be mounted on the bridge or footwalk near the runway col lectors. One of the following types of floor operated disconnects shall be provided: (a) Nonconductive rope attached to the main disconnect switch. <b> An undervoltage trip for the main circuit breaker operated by an emergency stop button in the pendant pushbutton in the pendant pushbutton station. (c) A main line contactor operated by a switch or pushbutton In the pendant pushbutton station. (iv) The hoisting motion of all electric traveling cranes shall be provided with an overtravel limit switch in the hoisting direction. <v) All cranes using a lifting magnet shall have a magnet circuit switch of the enclosed type with provision for locking in the open position. Means for discharg ing the inductive load of the magnet shsU be provided. (6) Runway conductors. Conductors of the open type mounted on the crane runway beams or overhead shall be so located or so guarded that persons en tering or leaving the cab or crane footwalk normally could not come into contact with them. (7) Extension lamps. If a service re ceptacle is provided In the cab or on the bridge of cab-operated cranes, It shall be a grounded three-prong type permanent receptacle, not exceeding 304 volts. (h) Hoisting equipment--(1) Sheaves (I) Sheave grooves shall be smooth and free, from surface defects which could cause rope damage. (li) Sheaves carrying ropes which can be momentarily unloaded shall be pro vided with closs-flttlng guards or other suitable devices to guide the rope back into the groove when the load is applied again. (ill) The sheaves in the bottom block shall be equipped with close-fitting guards that will prevent ropes from be coming fouled when the block is lying on the ground with ropes loose. (lv) Pockets and flanges of sheaves used with hoist chains aha: be of such dimensions that the chain does not catch or bind during operation. r (v) All rur-'ng sheave* shall be equipped wit neons for lubrication. Permanently .-oricated, sealed and/or shielded bearings meet this requirement. (2) Hopes, (i) In using hoisting ropes, the crane manufacturer's recommenda tion shall be followed. The rated load divided by the number of parts of rope shall not exceed 24 percent of the nomi nal breaking strength of the rope. (11) Socketing shall be done in the manner specified by the manufacturer of the assembly. (ill) Rope shall be secured to the drum as follows: (a) No less than two wraps of rope shall remain on the drum when the hook is in its extreme low position. (b) Rope end shall be anchored by a clamp securely attached to the drum, or by a socket arrangement approved by the crane or rope manufacturer. (lv) Eye splices. [Reserved.] (v) Rope clips attached with U-bolts shall have the C-bolts on the dead or short end of the rope. Spacing and num ber of all types of clips shall be in accordance with the clip manufacturer's recommendation. Clips shall be drop- forged steel in all sixes manufactured commercially. When a newly installed rope has been in operation for an hour, all nuts on the clip bolts shall be retightened. (vi) Swaged or compressed fittings shall be applied as recommended by the rope or crane manufacturer. (vii) Wherever exposed to tempera tures, at which fiber cores would be dam aged, rope having an Independent wire- rope or wire-strand core, or other temperature-damage resistant core shall be used. HDUAl MOIriH, VOL 34, NO. 105--SATl/SOAf, MAY ft, 1*71 1 6401 RULES AND REGULATIONS 10621 (vlU> Replacement rope shall be the (vi) All functional operating mech (11) The trip setting of hoist limit same size, trade, and construction as the anisms for excessive wear of components. switches shall be determined by tests oriclnal rope furnished by the crane (vll) Rope reeving for noncompliance with an empty hook traveling In Increas manufacturer, unless otherwise recom with manufacturer's recommendations. ing speeds up to the maximum speed. mended by a wire rope manufacturer (3) Periodic inspection. Complete In The actuating mechanism of the limit due to actual working condition require spections of the crane shall be per switch shall be located so that It will ments. formed at Intervals as generally defined trip the switch, under all conditions, In (3) Equalizer!. If a load Is supported in subparagraph (lHllHb) of this sufficient time to prevent contact of the by more than one part of rope, the ten paragraph, depending upon Its activity, hook or hook block with any part of the sion In the parts shall be equalized. severity of service, and environment, or trolley. (4) Hook!. Rooks shall meet the as specifically Indicated below. These In (3) Rated load test. Prior to Initial use manufacturer's recommendations and spections shall Include the requirements all new, extensively repaired, and altered shall not be overloaded. of subparagraph (3) of this paragraph cranes should be tested by or under the (I) Warning device. Except for floor- and In addition, the following Items. Any direction of an appointed or authorized operated cranes a gong or other effective deficiencies such as listed shall be care person, confirming the load rating of the warning signal shall be provided for fully examined and determination made crane. The load rating should not be each crane equipped with a power travel as to whether they constitute a safety mare than 80 percent of the maximum ing mechanism. hazard: load sustained during the test. Test loads (J) Inspection--(1) Inspection classi (I) Deformed, cracked, or corroded shall not be more than 135 percent of the fication. (1) Initial Inspection. Prior to members. rated load unless otherwise recommended Initial use all new and altered cranes (II) loose bolts or rivets. by the manufacturer. The test reports shall be inspected to Insure compliance (III) Cracked or worn sheaves and shall be placed on file where readily avail with the provisions of this section. drums. able to appointed personnel. (11) Inspection procedure for cranes (iv) Worn, cracked or distorted parts (I) Maintenance--(1) Preventive In regular service Is divided Into two such as pins, bearings, shafts, gears, maintenance. A preventive maintenance genera] classifications based upon the rollers, locking and clamping devices. program based on the crane manufac Intervals at which Inspection should (v> Excessive wear on brake system turer's recommendations shall be estab be performed. The Intervals in turn are parts, linings, pawls, and ratchets. lished. dependent upon the nature of the crit (vl) Load, wind, and other Indicators (3) Maintenance procedure. (1) Be ical components of the crane and the over their full range, for any significant fore adjustments and repairs are started degree of their exposure to wear, de terioration, or malfunction. The two Inaccuracies. (vll) Gasoline, diesel, electric, or other on a crane the following precautions shall be taken: 4 general classifications are herein desig powerplants for Improper performance (a) The crane to be repaired shall be nated as "frequent" and "periodic'' with or noneompllance with applicable safety run to a location where It wlu cause the respective Intervals between Inspections requirements. least Interference with other Eranes and as defined below: (vlil) Excessive wear of chain drive operations in the area. (a) Frequent Inspection--Dally to sprockets and excessive chain stretch. (b) All controllers shall be at the off monthly Intervals. (lx) Crane hooks. Magnetic particle position. (b) Periodic Inspection--1 to 13- or other suitable crack detecting Inspec (e) The main or emergency switch month Intervals. tion should be performed at least once shall be open and locked In the open (3) Frequent inspection. The follow ing Items shall be Inspected tor defects each year. (z> Electrical apparatus, for signs of position. (d) Warning or "out of order" signs at Intervals as defined In subparagraph pitting or any deterioration of controller shall be placed on the crane, also on the (1) (11) of this paragraph or as specifi containers, limit switches and pushbut floor beneath or on the hook where visi cally Indicated, Including observation ton stations. ble from the floor. during operation for any defects which (4) Cranes not in regular use. (1) A (e) Where other cranes are In opera might appear between regular Inspec crane which has been Idle for a period of tion on the same runway, rail stops or tions. All deficiencies such as listed shall 1 month or more, but less than t months) other suitable means shall be provided be carefully examined and determination shall be given an Inspection conforming to prevent Interference with the Idle made as to whether they constitute a with requirements of subparagraph (3) crane. safety hazard: of this paragraph and paragraph <m> (3) (/) Where temporary protective rail (i> All functional operating mecha of this section, before placing In servloe. stops are not available, or practical, a nisms for maladjustment Interfering (II) A crane which has been idle for signalman should be placed at a visual with proper operation. Dally. a period of over < months shall be given a vantage point for observing the approach (II) Deterioration or leakage In lines, complete Inspection conforming with re of an active crane and warning Its op tanks, valves, drain pumps, and other quirements of subparagraphs (3) and erator when reaching the limit of safe parts of air or hydraulic systems. Dally. (3) of this paragraph and paragraph distance from the Idle crane. (III) Hooks with deformation or (m) (3) of this section before placing In (II) After adjustments and repairs cracks. Visual Inspection daily: monthly servloe have been made the crane shall not be inspection with signed reports. For hooks (III) Standby cranes shall be inspected operated until all guards have been re with cracks or having most than It per at least semi-annually In accordance with installed, safety devices reactivated and cent In excess of normal throat opening requirements of subparagraph (3) of this maintenance equipment removed. or more than 10* twist from the plane paragraph and paragraph (m) (3) of this (3) Adjustments and repairs. (1) Any of the unbent hook refer to paragraph section. Standby cranes exposed to ad unsafe conditions disclosed by the Inspec (l) (3> (111) (a) of this section. verse environment should be Inspected tion requirements of paragraph (j) of (lv> Holst or load attachment chains. more frequently. this section shall be corrected before op Including end connections, for excessive (k> Testing--(1) Operational tests. eration of the crane Is resumed. Adjust wear, twist, distorted links Interfering (1) Prior to Initial use all new and al ments and repairs shall be done only by with proper function, or stretch beyond manufacturer's recommendations. Vis ual Inspection dally: monthly Inspection with signed report. (v) Rope slings. Including end con nections, for excessive wear, broken wires, stretch, kinking, or twisting. Visual inspection daily; monthly Inspection with signed report. tered cranes shall be tested to Insure compliance with this section Including the following functions: (a) Hoisting and lowering. (b) Trolley travel. (c) Bridge travel. (d> Limit switches, locking and safety devices. designated personnel. (11) Adjustments shall be maintained to assure correct functioning of com ponents. The following are examples : (a) All functional operating mechaniarna. (b) Limit switches. (c) Control systems. KDMAL MOUTH. VOL 34, NO. 105--SAIUtDAY, MAY J. 1*71 1 6402 10622 RULES AND REGULATIONS (d> Brakes. <e) Power plants. (ill) Repairs or replacements shall be provided promptly as needed tor safe operation. The following are examples: scr(iab)edCIrnanpearhaogorkasphsh(oJw> i<nag> defects (lw> of de this section shall be discarded. Repairs by welding or reshaping are not generally recommended. If such repairs are at tempted they shall only be done under competent supervision and the hook shall be tested to the load requirements of paragraph (k>(2) of this section before further use. (b> Load attachment chains and rope slings showing defects described In para graph (J) (2) (lv) and (v) of this section respectively. (e) All critical parts which are cracked, broken, bent, or excessively worn. <d> Pendant control stations shall be kept clean and function labels kept legible. <m) Rope Inspection--(1) Running ropes. A thorough Inspection of all ropes shall be made at least once a month and a full written, dated, and signed report of rope condition kept on file where readily available to appointed personnel. Any deterioration, resulting in appreci able loss of original strength, such as described below, shall be carefully noted and determination made as to whether further use of the rope would constitute a safety hazard: (1) Reduction of rope diameter below nominal diameter due to loss of core sup port, Internal or external corrosion, or wear of outside wires. (U) A number of broken outside wires and the degree of distribution or concen tration of such broken wire*. (Ill) Worn outside wires. (lv) Corroded or broken wires at end connections. (v) Corroded, cracked, bent, worn, or Improperly applied end connections. (vl> Severe kinking, crushing, cutting, or unstrending. (2) Other ropes. All rope which has been Idle for a period of a month or more due to shutdown or storage of a crane on which it Is Installed shall be given a thorough Inspection before It Is placed in service. This Inspection shall be for all types of deterioration and shall be performed by an appointed person whose approval shall be required for further use of the rope. A written end dated re port of the rope condition shall be avail able for Inspection. (n) Handling the load--(1) Rise of load. The crane shall not be loaded be yond its rated load except for test pur poses as provided In paragraph (k) of this section. ' (2) Attaching the load. -d> The hoist chain or hoist rope shall be free from vinir or twists and shall not be wrapped around the load. (il) The load shall be attached to the load block hook by means of slings or other approved devices. (Ill) Care shall be taken to make cer tain that the sling clears all obstacles. (3) Moving the load. (1) The load shall be well secured and properly balanced in the sling or lifting device before it is lifted more than a few Inches. (11) Before starting to hoist the fol lowing conditions shall be noted: (a) Holst rope shall not be kinked. (b) Multiple part lines shall not be twisted around each other. (c) The hook shall be brought over the load in such a manner as to prevent swinging. (ill) During hoisting care shall be taken that:. (a) There is no sudden acceleration or deceleration of the moving load. (b) The load does not contact any obstructions. (lv) Cranes shall not be used for side pulls except when specifically author ized by a responsible person who has determined that the stability of the crane is not thereby endangered and that various parts of the crane will not be overstressed. (v) While any employee is on the load or book, there shall be no hoisting, lower ing, or traveling. (yi) The employer shall require that the operator avoid carrying loads over people. (vli) The operator shall test the brakes each time a load approaching the rated load is handled. The brakes shall be tested by raising the load a few Inches and applying the brakes. (vlU) The load shall not be lowered below the point where less than two full wraps of rope remain on the hoisting drum. (iz) When two or more cranes are used to lift a load one qualified respon sible person shall be in charge of the operation. He shall analyse the operation and instruct all personnel Involved In the proper positioning, rigging of the load, enA the movements to be made. (x) The employer shall Insure that the operator does not leave his position at the controls while the load Is suspended. (xl) When starting the bridge and when the load or hook approaches near or over personnel, the warning signal shall be sounded. (4) Hoist Umtt twitch. (1) At the be ginning of each operator's shift, the upper limit switch of each hoist shall be tried out under no load. Extreme care shall be exercised; the block shall be "inched" into the limit or run in at slow speed. If the switch does not op erate properly, the appointed person hn be immediately notified. (11) The hoist limit switch which con trols the upper limit of travel of the load block shall never be used as an operating control. (o) Other requirements, general--(I) Ladders, (i) The employer shall Insure that hands are free from encumbrances while personnel are using ladders. (11) Articles which are too large to be carried in pockets or belts shall be lifted and lowered by hand line. (2) Cobs. (1) Necessary clothing and personal belongings shall be stored in such a manner as not to Interfere with access or operation. (11) Tods, oil cans, waste, extra fuses, and other necessary articles shall be stored in the tool box, and shall not be permitted to lie loose In or about the cab. (3) FIre extinguishers. The employer shall insure that operators are familiar with the operation and care of fire ex tinguishers provided. fi 1910.180 Crawler locomotive and truck cranes. (a) Definitions applicable to this sec tion. (1) A "crawler crane" consists of a rotating superstructure with power plant, operating machinery, and boom, mounted on a base, equipped with crawl er treads for travel. Its function is to hoist and swing loads at various radii. (2) A "locomotive crane" consists of a rotating superstructure with powerplant, operating machinery and boom, mounted on a base or car equipped for travel on railroad track. It may be selfpropelled or propelled by an outside source. Its function Is to hoist and swing loads at various radii. (3) A "truck crane" consists of a ro tating superstructure with powerplant. operating machinery and booni mounted on an automotive truck equipped with a powerplant for travel. Its function is to hoist and swing loads at various radii. (4) A "wheel mounted crane'* (wagon crane) consists of a rotating super structure with powerplant, operating machinery and boom, mounted on a base or platform equipped with axles and rubber-tired wheels for travel. The base is usually propelled by the en gine in the superstructure, but It may be equipped with a separate engine con trolled from the superstructure. Its function is to hoist and swing loads at various radii. (t) An "accessory" Is a secondary part or assembly of parts which contributes to the overall function and usefulness of a machine. > "Appointed" means ssslgned spe cific responsibilities by the employer or the employer's representative. (7) "ANSI" means the American Na tional Standards Institute. (8) An "angle indicator" (boom) is an accessory which measures the angle of the boom to the horizontal. (() The "axis of rotation" Is the ver tical vi around which the crane super structure rotates. (10) "Axle" means the shaft or spindle with which or about which a wheel ro tates. On truck- and wheel-mounted cranes it refers to an automotive type of axis assembly including housings, gear ing, differential, bearings, and mounting appurtenanoes. Cl) "Axle" (bogle) means two or more automotive-type axles mounted In tandem'ln a frame so as to divide the load between the axles and permit vertical oscillation of the wheels. (12) The "base" (mounting) Is the traveling base or carrier on which the rotating superstructure is mounted such noitAi mouth, vol is, no. ios--satusday, may j, mi 1 6403 RULES AND REGULATIONS 10623 u a car. truck, crawlers, or wheel turer In accordance with paragraph'(c) designed for railway and automobile platform. of this section. wreck clearances are excepted. The (13) The "boom" (crane) Is a mem (31) "Outriggers" are extendable requirements of this section are ap ber hinged to the front of the rotating fixed metal arms, attached to the mount plicable only to machines when used as superstructure with the outer end sup ing base, which rest on supports at the lifting cranes. ported by ropes leading to a gantry or outer ends. (2) New and existing equipment. All "A" frame and used for supporting the (32) "Rail clamp" means a tong-like new crawler, locomotive, and truck hoisting tackle. metal device, mounted on a locomotive cranes utilized after the effective date of <14> The "boom angle" Is the angle crane car, which can be connected to this subpart shall meet the design speci between the longitudinal centerline of the track. fications of the "American National the boom and the horizontal. The boom (33) "Reeving" means a rope system Standard Safety Code for Crawler, Loco longitudinal centerline Is a straight line in which the rope travels around drums motive and Truck Cranes." ANSI B30.6- between the boom foot pin (heel pin) and sheaves. 1988. Equipment constructed and utilized centerline and boom point sheave pin (34) "Rope" refers to a wire rope prior to the effective date of the regula centerline. unless otherwise specified. tions In this section shall be modified to (IS) The "boom hoist" Is a hoist drum (38) "Side loading" means a load ap conform to these specifications. and rope reeving system used to raise plied at an angle to the vertical plane (c) load ratings--(1) Load ratings-- and lower the boom. The rope system of the boom. where stability governs lifting perform may be all live reeving or a combination (38) A "standby crane" Is a crane ance. (1) The margin of stability for of live reeving and pendants. which Is not In regular service but which determination of load ratings, with (IS) The "boom stop" Is a device used is used occasionally or Intermittently as booms of stipulated lengths at stipulated to limit the angle of the boom at the required. working radii for the various types of highest position. (37) A "standing (guy) rope" Is a crane mountings Is established by taking (17) A "brake" Is a device used for supporting rope which maintains a con a percentage of the loads which will pro retarding or stopping motion by friction stant distance between the points of at duce a condition of tipping or balance or power means. tachment to the two components con with the boom In the least stable direc (18) A "cab" Is housing which covers nected by the rope. tion, relative to the mounting. The load the rotating superstructure machinery (38) "Structural competence" means ratings shall not exceed the following and/or operator's station. On truck- the ability of the machine and its com percentages for cranes, with the indi crane trucks a separate cab coven the ponents to withstand the stresses Im cated types of mounting under condi driver's station. posed by applied loads. tions stipulated in subdivisions (11) and (19) The "clutch" Is a friction, elec (39) "Superstructure" means the ro (111) of this subparagraph. - tromagnetic, hydraulic, pneumatic, or tating upper frame structure of the positive mechanical device for engage machine and the operating machinery ment or disengagement of power. mounted thereon. (30) The "counterweight" Is a weight (40) "Swing" means the rotation of Type of crane mounting: JCSxinvm load rating* (percent of tipping load*) used to supplement the weight of the the superstructure for movement of Locomotive, without outrigger*: machine In providing stability for lift loads In a horizontal direction about the Booms SO feat or leas----------------------- SS ing working loads. axis of rotation. Boom* over SO feet1 SS (31) "Designated" means selected or (41) "Swing mechanism" means the Locomotive, using outrigger* fully assigned by the employer or the em machinery Involved In providing rota ployer's representative as being qualified tion of the superstructure. to perform specific duties. (43) "Tackle" Is an assembly of ropes (33) The "drum" Is the cylindrical and sheaves arranged for hoisting and extended---------------------------------------------------- Crawler, without outriggers---------------Crawler, using outrigger* fully ex tended SS Truck and wheel mounted without SO 75 members around which ropes are wound pulling. outriggers or using outriggers fully for raising and lowering the load or (43) "Transit" means the moving or extended------------------------------------------ SS boom (23) "Dynamic" (loading) means transporting of a crane from one jobsite to another. 1 Unlee* this results In leas than 30.000 pound-feet net stabilising moment about the loads Introduced into the machine or Its (44) "Travel" means the functions of rail, which shall be minimum with such components by forces in motion. the machine moving from one location booms. (24) The "gantry" (A-frame) Is a structural frame, extending above the superstructure, to which the boom sup ports ropes are reeved. (25) A "jib" Is an extension attached to the boom point to provide added boom length for lifting specified loads. The lib may be In line with the boom or offset to various angles. (26) "toad" (worklmp means the ex ternal load. In pounds, applied to the crane, including the weight of loadattaching equipment such as load blocks, shackles, and slings. (27) "Load block" (upper) means the assembly of hook or shackle, swivel, sheaves, pins, and frame suspended from the boom point. (28) "Load block" (lower) means the assembly of hook or shackle, swivel, sheaves, pins, and frame suspended by the hoisting ropes. (29) A "load hoist" Is a hoist drum to another, on a jobsite. (46) The "travel mechanism" Is the machinery Involved In providing travel. (48) "Wheelbase" means the distance between centers of front and rear axles. For a multiple axle assembly the axle center for wheelbase measurement is taken as the midpoint of the assembly. (47) The "whipline" (auxiliary hoist) Is a separate hoist rope system of lighter load capacity and higher speed than pro vided by the main hoist. (48) A "winch head" Is a power driven spool for handling of loads by means of friction between fiber or wire rope and spooL (b) General requirements--(1) Appli cation. This section applies to crawler cranes, locomotive cranes, wheel mounted cranes of both truck and self-propelled wheel type, and any variations thereof which retain the same fundamental characteristics. This section Includes (11) The following stipulation shall govern the application of the values In subdivision (1) of this subparagraph for locomotive cranes: (a) Tipping with or without the use of outriggers occurs when half of the wheels farthest from the load leave the rail. (b) The crane shall be standing on track which Is level within 1 percent grade. (c) Radius of the load Is the horizon tal distance from a projection of the axis of rotation to the rail support sur face, before loading, to the center of vertical hoist line or tackle with load applied. (d> Tapping loads from which ratings are determined shall be applied under static conditions only, l.e., without dynamic effect of hoisting, lowering, or swinging. and rope reeving system used for hoist ing and lowering loads. only cranes of the above types, which are basically powered by Internal com (e) The weight of all auxiliary han dling devices such as hoist blocks, hooks, (30) "Load ratings" are crane ratings bustion engines or electric motors and and slings shall be considered a part of In pounds established by the manufac which utilize drums and ropes. Cranes the load rating. FioitAi uoirrm, vol m, no. ios--satukoay, may is, mi 1 6404 10624 RULES AND REGULATIONS (111) Stipulations governing the appli (4) Periodic inspection. Complete In (c) Swinging mechanism cation of the values in subdivision (1) of spections of the crane shall be performed (d) Travel mechanism this subparagraph for crawler, truck, and at Intervale as generally defined In tub- (e) Safety devices wheel-mounted cranes shall be In ac paragraph (2) (11) of this paragraph (II) Where the complete production cordance with Crane Load-Stability Test depending upon Its activity, severity of crane Is not supplied by one manufac Code. Society of Automotive Engineers service, and environment, or as specifi turer such tests Shan be conducted at (SAE) J785. cally Indicated below. These Inspections final assembly. (lv) The effectiveness of these preced shall Include the requirements of sub- (III) Certified production-crane test ing stability factors will be influenced paragraph (3) of this paragraph and in results shall be made available. by such additional factors as free sus addition. Items such as the following. (2) Rated load test. (1) Written re pended loads, track, wind, or ground Any deficiencies such as listed shall be ports shall be available showing test pro conditions, condition and Inflation of carefully examined and determination cedures and confirming the adequacy of rubber tires, booth lengths, proper oper made as to whether they constitute a repairs or alterations. ating speeds for existing conditions, and, safety hazard: (II) Test loads shall not exceed 110 In general, careful and competent oper (I) Deformed, cracked, or corroded percent of the rated load at any selected ation. All of these shall be taken Into members. In the crane structure and working radius. account by the user. boom. (III) Where rerating is necessary: <3> Load rating chart. A substantial (II) Loose bolts or .rivets. (a) Crawler, truck, and wheel- and durable rating chart with clearly (III) Cracked or worn sheaves and mounted cranes shall be tested In ac legible letters and figures shall be pro drums. cordance with BAE Recommended Prac vided with each crane and securely fixed (lv) Worn, cracked, or distorted parts tice, Crane Load Stability Test Code to the crane cab In a location easily such as pins, bearings, shafts, gears, J76S (April 1901). visible to the operator while seated at rollers and locking devices. (b) Locomotive cranes shall be tested his control station. (v) Excessive wear on brake and In accordance with paragraph (a) (1) (1) (d> Inspection classification--(1) Ini clutch system parts, linings, pawls, and and (11) of this section. tial inspection. Prior to Initial use all ratchets. (c) Rerating test report shall be read new and altered cranes shall be Inspected (vl) Load, boom angle, and other indi ily available. to Insure compliance with provisions of cators over their full range, for any sig (lv) No cranes shall be rerated In this section. nificant Inaccuracies. excess of the original load ratings unless (2) Regular inspection. Inspection (vll) Gasoline, diesel, electric, or other such rating changes are approved by the procedure for cranes In regular service 1s divided Into two general classifications power plants for Improper performance or noncompllance with safety require crane manufacturer or final assembler. (f) Maintenance procedure--(1) Gen based upon the Intervals at which in spection should be performed. The Inter vals In turn are dependent upon the nature of the critical components of the crane and the degree of their exposure to wear, deterioration, or malfunction. The two general classifications are herein designated as "frequent" and ments. (vUl) Excessive wear of chain-drive sprockets and excessive chain stretch. (lx) Travel steering, braking, and locking devices, for malfunction. (x) Excessively worn or damaged tires. (5) Cranes not in regular use. (1) A crane which has been Idle for a period eral. After adjustments and repalrs have been made the crane shall hot be oper ated until all guards have been re installed. safety devices reactivated, and maintenance equipment removed. (g) Rope inspection--(1) Running ropes. A thorough Inspection of all ropes In use shall be made at least once a "periodic" with respective Intervals be tween Inspections as defined below: of one month or more, but less than 6 months, shall be given an Inspection con month and a full written, dated, and signed report at rope condition kept on (1) Frequent Inspection: Dally to forming with requirements of subpara file where readily available. All inspec monthly Intervals. graph (3) of this paragraph and para tions shall be performed by an appointed Ill) Periodic lnspectlrfti: One- to 12- graph (g) (2) (11) of this section before or authorized person. Any deterioration, month Intervals, or as specifically recom placing In service. resulting tn appreciable loss of original mended by the manufacturer. (II) A crane which has been Idle for strength, such as described below, shall <3) Frequent inspections. Items such a period of six months shall be given a be carefully noted and determination as the following shall be Inspected tor complete Inspection conforming with re made as to whether further use of the defects at Intervals as defined In sub quirements of subparagraphs (3) and (4) rope would constitute a safety hazard: division (2) (1) of this subparagraph or of this paragraph and paragraph (g) (2) (1) Reduction of rope diameter below as specifically Indicated Including ob (11) of this section before placing In nominal diameter due to loss of core sup servation during operation for any de service. port. Internal, or external corrosion or fects which might appear between regu (III) Standby cranes shall be Inspected wear of outside wires. lar Inspections. Any deficiencies such as at least semiannually in accordance with (II) A number of broken outside wires listed shall be carefully examined and requirements of subparagraph (3) of this and the degree of distribution of con determination made as to whether they paragraph and paragraph (g) (2) (11) of centration of such broken wires. constitute a safety basard: this section. Such cranes which are ex (III) Worn outside wires. (I) All control mechanisms for mal posed to adverse environment should be (lv) corroded or broken wires at end adjustment Interfering with proper op eration: Dally. (II) All control mechanisms for ex cessive wear of components and contami nation by lubricants or other foreign matter. (III) All safety devices for malfunction. (lv) Deterioration or leakage tn air or hydraulic systems: Daily. (v) Crane hooks with deformations or cracks. For hooks with cracks or having more than IS percent In excess of normal throat opening or more than 10* twist from the plane of the unbent hook. (vl) Rope reeving for noncompllance Inspected more frequently. (6) Inspection records. Written, dated, and signed Inspection reports and rec ords shall be made monthly on critical Items In use such as brakes, crane hooks, and ropes. Records shall be kept readily available. (e) Testing--(1) Operational tests. (1) In addition to prototype tests and qual ity-control measures, each new produc tion crane shall be tested by the manu facturer to the extent necessary to Insure compliance with the operational require ments of this paragraph Including func tions such as the following: connections. (v> Corroded, cracked, bent, worn, or improperly applied end connections. (vl) Severe Unking, crushing, cutting, or unstrandlng. (2) Other ropes. (1) Heavy wear and/ or broken wires may occur In sections In contact with equalizer sheaves or other sheaves where rope travel is limited, or with saddle. Particular care shall be taken to Inspect ropes at these locations. (11) All rope which has been Idle for a period of a month or more due to shut down or storage of a crane on which it with manufacturer's recommendations. (a) Load hoisting and lowering mech- Is Installed shall be given a thorough In (vll) Electrical apparatus for malfunc tioning, signs of excessive deterioration, |knlsyqi (b) Boom hoisting and lower mecha- spection before It is placed In service. This Inspection shall be for all types of dirt, and moisture accumulation. deterioration and shall be performed by FEDERAL REGISTER, VOl. 34, NO. 105--SATURDAY, MAY 2*. 1V7I 1 6405 RULES AND REGULATIONS 10593 upon the commencement of the WelchHealey requirement fi 1910.139 Source! of slindardi. Sec. Coerce 1910.139.............. 41 on 10-904.7. 1010.133(e)____ amx C47.1-194S, Xj! and race ProActlon. ieio.134 ......... ansi reea-ioeo. standard Practice (or Keeplratory Protection. 1010.134 ANSI K13.1-10C7. Indentl- Tablc I-L fleatlon ol Oaa Maak Canlater. 1010.133 ............ ABNI Z80.1-1030. Safety Requlrcmcnta lor Indus- trlal Bead Protection. 1010.133 ............ ANSI Z41.1-1947, Mtn* Safety-Toe Pootvear. 1010.137 ---------- ANSI Z9.4-194S, Ventila tion and Sale Practiced of Abraatee Blaetlnf Op eratlone. I 1910.140 Standard! organization!. Specific atandarda of the following or ganization have been referenced In this part. Copies of the referenced materials may be obtained from the issuing or ganization. American National Standards Institute, 1430 Broadway, New York, NT 10013. Subpart J--General Environmental Controls 1910.141 Sanitation. (a) Oeneral requirements--(l) House keeping. (1) All places of employment, passageways, storerooms, and servicerooms shall be kept clean and orderly and In a sanitary condition. (II) Hie floor of every workroom Shall be maintained In a clean and. so far as possible, a dry condition. Where wet processes are used, drainage shall be maintained and false floors, platforms, mats, or other dry standing places should be provideo where practicable. (III) Cleaning and sweeping shall be done In such a manner as to minimize the contamination of the air with dust and, so far as is practicable, shall be done outside of working hours. (lv) To facilitate cleaning, every floor, working place, and passageway shall be kept free from protrudingnails, splinters, holes, or loose boards. (2) Expectorating. (1) Expectorating upon the walls, floors, work places, or stairs of any establishment Shall not be permitted. (11) Cuspidors are considered undesir able, but, if used, they shall be of such construction that they ate deanaWe. They shall be cleaned at least dally when In use. (3) Waste disposal. (1) Any receptacle used tor putrescible solid or liquid waste or refuse shall be so constructed that It does not leak and may be conveniently and thoroughly cleaned, and It shall be maintained in a sanitary condition. Such a receptacle shall be equipped with a tight-fitting cover. (11) All sweepings, solid or liquid wastes, refuse, and garbage shall he re moved In such a manner as to avoid creating a nuisance or menace to health and as often as necessary to maintain the place of employment In a sanitary each sex shall In every case be based on condition. the maximum number of persons of that (4) Jtodewt, Insect, and vermin control. ex employed at any one time at work Every enclosed work place and personal on the premises for which the facilities service room shall be constructed, are furnished. When persons other than equipped, and maintained, so far as employees are permitted the use of toilet reasonably practicable. In such a manner facilities on the premises, a reasonable as to prevent the entrance or harborage allowance ahaU be made for such other of rodents. Insects, and vermin of any persons In estimating the minimum num kind. ber of toUet facilities required. (b) Water supply--(1) Potable water. Minimum number of (1) An adequate supply of potable water Number of persons faculties shall be provided tor drinking, ablutlon- 1 to 9----------------------- l. ary, and culinary purposes In all places 10 to 94........................a, of employment. Drinking water should be made available within 200 feet of any location at which employees are regularly engaged In work. 93 to 49........................9. 30 to 74........................4. 78to 1008. over 100---------------------- i for each additional 90 persons. Ill) Sanitary drinking fountains shall be of a type and construction In accord ance with the Standard Specification for Drinking Fountains,-ANSI Z4.3-1949. (Ill) In all Instances where water Is Where 10 or more are employed, urinals may be provided. One water closet less than the number specified In the fore going may be provided for each urinal, cooled by lee, the construction of the container shall be such that the Ice does except that the number of water closets .in such cases may not be reduced to less not come In direct contact with the than two-thirds of the number specified water. In the foregoing. Two feet of trough uri <iv> Open containers such as barrels, nal shall be considered as equivalent to palls, or tanks for drinking water from one individual urinal. which the water must be dipped or (lv) An adequate supply of toilet paper poured, whether or not they are fitted with a cover, are prohibited. with holder shall be provided for every water closet. 1 (v) The common drinking cup Is (v> Covered receptacles shall be kept prohibited. In all toilet rooms used by women. (vi) Where single service cupe (to be (vi) / . 'uste trashing facilities shall used but once) are supplied, both a san itary container for the unused cupe and be prov. >. in every toilet room or be adjacent thereto. a receptacle for disposing of the used cups shall be provided. (9) Construction of toUet rooms. (1) Each toilet faculty (closet) shall occupy (2) Nonpotable water. (1) Outlets for nonpotable water, such as water for In dustrial or firefighting purposes only, shall be posted to Indicate clearly that the water Is unsafe and Is not to be used for drinking, washing, or cooking a separate compartment, which should be equipped with a door, latch, and clothe* hanger. (II) The walls of compartments or par titions between fixtures may be less than the height of room walls, but the top shall purposes. not be less than 8 feet from the floor and (U) There shall be no cross-connec the bottom not more than 1 foot from tion, open or potential, between a system .furnishing potable water and system the floor. (III) The door to every toilet room furnishing nonpotable water. shall be fitted with an effective self-clos (Ill) Construction shall be such as to ing device, and the entrance to the toUet prevent backflow of contaminated water room shall be so screened that the Inter Into a potable water system. ior of the toilet room Is not visible from (lv) Nonpotable water shall not be the workroom. used for bathing or for washing any (lv) In ell toUet rooms Installed after portion of the person, clothing, dishes, July 1,1971, the floors and side walls, to or premises. a height of at least 8 Inches, including (e) Toilet faculties--(1) Oeneral. (I) the angle formed by the floor and side Every place of employment shall be pro walls, shaU be of watertight construction. vided with adequate toilet facilities (v> The floors, walls, ceilings, parti which are aeparato for each sex. The tions, and doors of aU toUet rooms shaU sewage disposal method shall comply be of a finish that can be easily cleaned. with requirements of the health or other In Installations made after July 1, 1971, authorities having jurisdiction. cove bases shaU be provided to facilitate (II) Toilet facilities shall be provided cleaning. to as to be readily accessible to all em (vl) ToUet rooms, except those In work ployees. Toilet faculties to located that places accessible to men only, shaU be employees must use more than one floor- completely enclosed with solid material to-floor flight of etalrs to or from them that is nontransparent from the outside. are not considered as readily accessible. (3) Construction and Installation of As far as Is practicable, toilet facilities toilet faculties. (1) Every water closet should be located within 200 feet of all bowl shaU be set entirely free and open locations at which workers are regularly from aU enclosing structures and shaU employed. be so InstaUed that the space around the (III) Water eloMts shall be provided fixture can be easily cleaned. This pro for each sex according to the foUowlng vision does not prohibit the use of wall- table. The number to be provided for hung type water closets. FI0EIAI ItOISTES, VOL 34, NO. 103--SATUCDAY, MAT 9*. 1*M 1 6406 105M RULES AND REGULATIONS (II) Every water closet shall have a hinted openfront seat made of substan tial material having a nonabsorbent fin ish. <4 > Chemical closets and "brinies. Chemical closets and privies shall be constructed and maintained In accord ance with i 1910.143. (d) Washing facilities--(1) General. Adequate faculties for maintaining per sonal cleanliness shaU be provided In every place of employment. These shaU be convenient for the employees for whom they are provided and shall be maintained In a sanitary condition. (3) Lavatories. At least one lavatory with adequate hot and cold water, pref erably from a combination supply fixture, shaU be provided for every 10 employees (men or women) or portion thereof, up to 100 persons; and over 100 persons one lavatory for each additional IS persona or portion thereof. Twentylfour Inches of sink with Individual faucet shall be considered as equal to one lavatory. In aU Instances, a suitable cleansing agent shall be provided at each wash place. (3) Towels. Individual hand towels, or sections thereof, of cloth or paper, shaU be provided and proper receptacles or other sanitary means maintained for the disposal of used towels. The provision of a towel for general or common use Is prohibited. <e> Change roomt--(1) Separate fa culties. Separate change or dressing rooms equipped with Individual clothes facilities shall be provided for each sex wherever it is the practice to change from street clothes or wherever it is nec essary to change because the work per formed Involves exposure*to excessive dirt, heat, fumes, vapor, or moisture. In the event that change rooms are not pro vided, facilities shaU be furnished for hanging outer garments. (3) Drying facilities. Where the proc ess in which the worker Is engaged Is such that his working clothes become wet or have to be washed between shifts, provision shaU be made to insure that such clothing Is dry before reuse. (f > Retiring rooms for women. Where 10 or more women are employed St any one time, at least one retiring room shaU be provided for rest and emergencies. Where fewer than 10 women are em ployed and a restroom Is not furnished, some equivalent space shaU be provided which can be properly screened for pri vacy and made suitable for the use of women employees. At least one touch or bed shaU be provided In every place where more than 10 woman are em ployed. The required number of such beds or couches foUows; 10 to loo............................................. i bad. 100 to 380................................ .......... a bada. 1 additional bad (or each additional 3S0 women employee! A minimum or SO square feet of floor space per bed or couch shall be provided. (g) Lunchrooms--(1) General. In all Usees of employment where employees ire permitted to lunch on the premises, in adequate space suitable for that pur>ose shaU be provided for the maximum number of employees who may use such space at one time. Buch space shaU be physically separate from any location where there Is exposure to toxic materials. (3) Waste disposal containers. An ade quate number of covered receptacle's con structed of a smooth, corrosion-resistant, easily cleanable, or disposable material, shall be provided by the employer and used by the employees for the disposal of all waste food. Such receptacles shall be emptied not less than once dally and shaU be maintained In a clean and sani tary manner. (3) Location. (1) No food shaU be stored or eaten where there are present any toxic materials or substances that may be Injurious to health. (U) No food shaU be stored or eaten In any toUet room. (Ill) In every establishment where there Is exposure to injurious dusts or other toxic materials, a separate lunch room shall be maintained unless It Is con venient for the employees to lunch away from the premises. The foUowing number of square feet per person, based on the maximum number of persons mdng the room at one time, shaU be required: Number of persons Square feet per person 38 and lest......... ............................ IS. 3S-74........................ -...................... 19. 78-148 ............................................... 11. 160 and over 10. (h) Food handling. AU employee food sendee facilities and operations shaU meet the requirements of "Food Service Sanitation Ordinance and Code," Fart V, "Food Service Sanitation Manual." HU. PubUc Health Sendee Publication No. 934 (1945). In an places of employment where aU or part of the food service Is provided by vending machines, the food dispensed shaU be prepared, and the machine operated In accordance with the requirements of "Vending of Foods and Beverages, A Sanitation Ordinance and Code," TJjB. PubUc Health Service Pub lication No. 544 (1946). 8 1910.143 Temporary labor camps. (a) Site. (1) AU sites used for camps shall be adequately drained. They shaU not be subject to periodic flooding, nor located within. 300 feet of swamps, pobls, sink hales, or other surface collections of water unless such quiescent water sur faces can be subjected to mosquito con trol measures. The camp shaU be located so the drainage from and through the camp wlU not endanger any domestic or public water supply. An sites shall be graded, ditched, and rendered free from depressions In which water may become a nuisance. (3) AU sites shaU be adequate In else to prevent overcrowding of necessary structures. The principal camp area In which food Is prepared and served and where sleeping quarters are located shaU be at least 600 feet from any area In which livestock Is kept. (3) The grounds and open areas sur rounding the shelters shaU be main tained in a clean and sanitary condition free from rubbish, debris, waste paper, garbage, or other refuse. (4) Whenever the camp Is closed for the season or permanently, all garbage, manure, and other refuse shaU be col lected and so disposed of as to prevent nuisance. AU abandoned privy pits shaU be filled with earth and the grounds and buildings left in a clean and sanitary condition. If privy buildings remain, they shaU be locked or otherwise secured to prevent entrance. (b) Shelter. (1) Every shelter In the camp shaU be constructed In a manner which wlU provide protection against the elements. (3) Each room used for sleeping pur poses shaU contain at east 50 square feet of floor space for each occupant. At least a 7-foot celling shaU be provided. (3) Beds, cots, or bunks, and suitable storage faculties such as wall lockers for clothing and personal articles shaU be provided In every room used for sleep ing purposes. Such beds or similar fa culties shaU be spaced not closer than 34 Inches both lateraUy and end to end. and shaU be elevated at least 13 Inches from the floor. If double-deck bunks are used, they shaU be spaced not less than 48 Inches both lateraUy and end to end. The minimum dear space between the lower and upper bunk shaU be not less than 37 Inches. Triple-deck bunks are prohibited. - (4) The floors of each shelter shag be constructed of wood, asphalt, or 4on- crete. Wooden floors shaU be of smooth and tight construction. The floors shaU be kept In good repair. (6) An wooden floors shaU be elevated not lees than 1 foot above the ground level at aU mints to prevent dampness and to permit free circulation of air beneath. (4) Nothing In this section shaU be construed to prohibit ''banking" with earth or other suitable material around the outside walls In areas subject to extreme low temperatures. (7) AU living quarters shaU be provided with windows the total of which hu be not lees than one-tenth of the floor area. At least one-half of each window shaU be so constructed that It can be opened for purposes of ventilation. (8) AU exterior openings shaU be effectively screened with 14-mesh ma terial. AU screen doors shaU be equipped with self-closing devices. (9) In a room where workers cook, Uve. and sleep a minimum of 100 square feet per person shaU be provided. Sani tary faelUtlee shaU be provided for stor ing and preparing food. (10) In camps where cooking facul ties are used In common, stoves (In ratio of one stove to 10 persons or me stove to two families) shaU be provided In an enclosed and screened shelter. Sanitary faculties shaU be provided for storing and preparing food. (11) AU heating, coming, and water heating equipment shaU be Installed In accordance with State and local ordi nances, codes, and regulations govern ing such InstaUatlons. If a camp la used during cold weather, adequate heating equipment shaU be provided. rtoisAt sioinis, vol is, no. los--satuiday, may 3*, i*n r < f c c N ( 1 6407 RULES AND REGULATIONS 10595 <c> Water supply. (1) An adequate with an adequate water flush. Urinal vided for each family shelter and shall and convenient water supply, approved troughs tn privies shsdl drain freely be located within 100 feet of each shelter by the appropriate health authority, than Into the pit or vault and the construc on a wooden, metal, or concrete stand. be provided tn each camp for drinking, cooking, bathing, and laundry purposes. (3) A water supply shall be deemed adequate If it Is capable of delivering 35 gallons per person per day to the campsite at a peak rate of 3% times the average hourly demand. (3) The distribution lines shall be capable of supplying water at normal operating pressures to all fixtures for tion of this drain than be such as to exclude flies and rodents from the pit. (T) Every water closet Installed after July 1, 1371, than be located In a toilet room. (8) Each toUet room shall be Ugbted naturally, or artificially by a safe type of Ughtlng at aU hours of the day and night (8) An adequate supply of toilet paper (3) Garbage containers shaU be kept clean. (3) Garbage containers shaU be emp tied when full, but not less than twice a week. (1) Construction and operation of kitchens, dining hall, and feeding facili ties. (1) In all camps where central din ing or multiple family feeding operations simultaneous operation. Water outlets than be provided in each privy, water are permitted or provided, the food shall be distributed throughout the camp closet, or chemical toilet compartment. handling facilities shaU comply with the in such a manner that no shelter Is more (10) Privies and toUet rooms shan requirements of the "Food Service Sani than 100 feet from a yard hydrant If water Is not piped to the shelters. be kept In a sanitary condition. They shan be cleaned at least dally. tation Ordinance and Code," Part V of the "Food Service Sanitation Manual," (4) Where water under pressure Is (e) Socage disposal facilities. In US. PubUc Health Service Publication available, one or more drinking foun camps where public sewers are avail 334 (1385). tains shall be provided for each 100 oc able. aU sewer lines and floor drains (3) A properly constructed kitchen cupants or fraction thereof. The con from buildings shall be connected and dining hall adequate In size, sepa struction of drinking fountains shall thereto. rate from the sleeping quarters of an; comply with ANSI Standard Specifica <f) Laundry, handwashing, and bath Of the workers or their families, shaU be tions for Drinking Fountains, Z4J3-1843. ing facilities. (1) laundry, handwash provided In connection with all food Common drinking cups are prohibited. ing, and bathing facilities than be pro handling faculties. There shaU be no (d) Tottet facilities. (1) Toilet facil vided In the fonowlng ratio: direct opening from living or sleeping ities adequate for the capacity of the (1) Handwash basin per family shel quarters Into a kitchen or dining hall. camp shall be provided. (3) Each toilet room shall be located so as to be accessible without any Indi vidual passing through any sleeping room. Toilet rooms shall have a window not leas than 8 square feet In' area open ing directly to the outside area or other wise be satisfactorily ventilated. All outside openings shall be screened with 18-mesh material. No fixture, water closet, chemical toilet, or urinal shall be located In a room used for other than toilet purposes. (3) A toilet room shall be located within 300 feet of the door of each sleep ing room. No privy shall be closer than 100 feet to any sleeping room, dining room lunch area, or kitchen. ter or per six persons In shared facilities. 01) Shower head for every 10 per sons. Oil) Laundry tray or tub for every 30 persons. (lv) Slop sink in each building used for laundry, hand washing, and bathing. <3> noon shall be of smooth finish but not slippery materials; they shall be Impervious to moisture. Floor drains shall be provided In all shower baths, shower rooms, or laundry rooms to re move waste water and facilitate clean ing. All junctions of the curbing and the floor shall be coved. The walls and partitions ef shower rooms shall be smooth and Impervious to the height of splash. (3) No person with any communicable disease shall be employed or permitted to work tn the preparation, cooking, serv ing, or other handling of food, foodstuffs, or materials used therein, tn any kitchen or dining room operated in-eonnectlon with a camp or regularly used by persons living in a camp. (j) Insect and rodent control. Effec tive measures shell be taken to prevent Infestation by and harborage of animal or Insect vectors or pests. (k) First aid. (1) Adequate first aid facilities approved by a health authority shaU be maintained and made avaUable In every labor camp for the emergency treatment of Injured persons. (4) Where the toilet rooms are shared, such as In multifamily shelters and In (3) An adequate-supply of hot and cold running water shall be provided for (3) Such faculties shaU be In charge of a person trained to administer first barracks type facilities, separate toilet bathing and laundry purposes. Facili aid and shaU be readily accessible for use rooms shall he provided lor each sex. ties for beating water shall be provided. at aU times. These rooms shall be distinctly marked (4) Every service building shall be (l) Reporting communicable disease. "for men" and "for women" by signs provided with equipment capable of (1) It shaU be the duty of the camp printed In English and In the native maintaining a temperature of at least superintendent to report Immediately to language of the persons occupying the TO* F. during cold weather. the local health officer the name and camp, or marked with easily understood (5) Facilities for drying clothes shall address of any Individual In the camp pictures or symbols. If the facilities for he provided. known to have or suspected of having a each sex are In the same building, they (8) All service buildings shall be kept communicable disease. shall be separated by solid walls or parti clean. (3) Whenever there shaU occur In any tions extending from the floor to the roof (g) Lighting. Where electric service Is camp a case of suspected food poisoning or celling. available, each habitable room In a camp or an unusual prevalence of any Illness (5) Where toilet facilities are shared, shall be provided with at least one ceil In which fever, diarrhea, sore throat, the number of water cloeets or privy ing-type light fixture and at least one vomiting, or jaundice Is a prominent seats provided for each sex shall be based separate floor-or wall-type convenience symptom. It shaU be the duty of the On the minimum DQQlbtt f pCTSOOt Of outlet. Laundry and toUet rooms and camp superintendent to report Immedi that sex which the camp is designed to rooms where people congregate shall ately the existence of the outbreak to house at any one time, In the ratio of one contain at least one celling- or wall-type the health authority by telegram or such unit to each 15 persona, with a fixture. Light levels in toilet and storage telephone. minimum of two units for any shared facility. (8) Urinals shan be provided on the rooms shall be at least 30 foot-candles 30 Inches from the floor. Other rooms, including kitchens and living quarters, | 1910.143 Nonwater carriage dispoaal systems. basis of one unit or 3 linear feet of urinal shaU be at least 30 foot-candles 30 Inches (a) Acceptable Industrial disposal sys trough for each 35 men. The floor from from the floor. tems. (1) The waste disposal systems de the wan and for a distance not lea (h) Refuse disposal. (1) Fly-tight, scribed In subparagraphs (3), 13), (4), than 15 inches measured from the out rodent-tight. Impervious, deanable or (5), (8). or (7) of this paragraph, may ward edge of the urinals shah be con single service containers, approved by be used only where not prohibited by structed of materials Impervious to the appropriate health authority shall be codes and regulations of local authorities, moisture. Where water under pressure provided for the storage of garbage. At and where water cloeets are not feasible Is avaUable, urinals shall be provided least one such container shall be pro due either to the lack of an adequate FIDUAL tICinit, VOL 34, NO. 10]--JATUiDAV, MAY 3*. 1*71 1 6408 10596 RULES AND REGULATIONS water supply or to the location or tem (lv) The pit and seat area shall be Into the toilet room shall be covered with porary nature of the operation requir vented by a flue or vent pipe having not 18-mesh screen. The minimum require ing the facility. The number of unite less than 7 square Inches cross-sectional ments given In subparagraphs (2) required for a place of employment shall area, so as to provide a continuous escape through (7) of this paragraph shal apply. be as specified In II 1(10.141 and of odors. (2) Caustic receptacles shall be dura 1(10.142. (v> The pit shall provide a capacity of ble and corrosion proof, and provide a (2) Privies constructed In conformity 50 cubic feet for each seat Installed In minimum capacity of 100 gallons per with paragraph (b) of this section may the privy building. The vault within 15 seat. be used for the disposal of human excreta Inches of the surface grade shall not be (3) The caustic receptacle charge per where their use will not contaminate counted as part of the SO-cublc-foot seat shall be a minimum of 25 pounds of ground or surface water because of privy capacity. caustic dissolved In 10 gallons of water. location, type of soil, or ground-water (vi> Pit cribbing shall fit firmly and (4) The chemical shall be drained and table. be In uniform contact with the earth receptacle recharged every 8 months of (3) Chemical toilets constructed In walls on all sides, and shall rise at least continuous use, or at the beginning of conformity with paragraph (c) of this 8 Inches above the original ground line each season of operation when In lnter- section may be used In place of privies and descend to the full depth of the pit. , mlttent use, or when three-fourths full, or where a privy Is not permitted due to However, pit cribbing below the soil llhe whichever occurs first. possible contamination of ground and may be omitted In rock formations. (5) Each seat In the building shall be surface water. (vil) An earth plateau shall be con provided with a conveniently located (4) Recirculating toilets constructed structed level with the top of the pit agitator. In conformity with paragraph (f) of this cribbing, and extend horizontally for a (8) Receptacles shall be vented as pre section may be used In place of privies distanoe of at least 18 Inches before slop scribed In paragraph (b)(1) (lv) of this or chemical toilets. ing to the original ground level. section. (5i Combustion toilets constructed In (2) Privy building shall be firmly an (7) The receptacle shall be equipped conformity with paragraph (e) of this chored, rigidly constructed, and free from with a manhole external to the privy section may be used in place of privies, hostile surface features, such as exposed building for cleaning and caustic re chemical toilets, or recirculating toilets. nail points, sharp edges, rough or broken moval purposes. The manhole shall be (6) Portable toilets constructed In con formity with paragraph (g) of this sec tion may be used for temporary or mobile Installations. Such temporary units may be: boards, etc., and shall provide privacy and protection from the elements. It shall be ventilated by leaving a 4-inch open ing at the top of all the walls just beneath the roof. covered so as to prevent the escape of gases and odors. (d) Seepage pit coiutructkm. (l) Seepage pit construction shall conform with requirements for privy-pit con <ii Chemical, recirculating, or com bustion toilets designed for Installation In or as an Integral part of a skid mounted portable privy building, or In a separate toilet room, or (11) Portable privies designed for In stallation over a manhole of a sanitary or a combined waste water sewer system. (7) A seepage pit constructed In con formity with paragraph <d) of this sec tion may be used for the disposal of waste water from culinary activity, tem porary bathing facilities, and clothes washing facilities where there Is no avail able piped water supply. Human excreta shall not be discharged Into a seepage pit. All units described In this paragraph shall comply with applicable codes and regulations of local authorities. (b) Privy specifications. (1) A privy pit shall be separated by a minimum dis tance of 100 feet between the privy and a well, spring, or other source of water supply for drinking bathing, or culinary purposes. (I) At no time shall the pit bottom of a privy extend Into ground water, nor shall It be constructed within 100 feet of the shoreline of any open body of water. Phreatic water, each as may be found In surface soil at depths of 10 feet or less, shall not be Interpreted as ground water unless there Is evidence of positive directional flow through the Pit. (II) The privy shall be so located and so constructed that no surface water may enter into the pit either as runoff or as flood water. (III) The pit shall be constructed of such material and In such a manner as to prevent rapid deterioration, provide adequate capacity, and facilitate mainte nance in a satisfactory manner under or dinary conditions of usage. (I) The building shall be of fly-tight construction, doors shall be self-closing, and vent and building openings shall be screened with 18-mesh screen of durable material. The vent shall extend 12 Inches above the roof. (II) The seat shall be so spaced as to provide a minimum clear space of 24 Inches between each seat In multiple unit installations, and shall provide 12 Inches clear space from the seat opining to the side wall In single and multiple units. (III) The seat riser shall have an In side clearance of not less than 21 Inches from the front wall and not less than 24 Inches from the rear wan of the privy building. (lv) The seat top ahaU be not less than 12 Inches nor more than 18 Inches above the floor. (v) The seat opening shall be covered with an attached, movable toilet seat and lid, so constructed and Installed that when closed It will limit access of In sects, and which can be raised to allow sanitary use as a urinal. (vi) The floor and riser shall be built of Impervious material or tongue and groove lumber, and In a manner to deny access of Insects. (vll) Where electricity la available, lighting shall be provided with an Inten sity of not less than 10 foot-candles 30 Inches above the floor. <viil) A conveniently located recep tacle or dispenser containing an adequate supply of toilet paper shall be provided for each seat in each privy building. (c) Chemical toilet specifications. (1) Rooms, buildings, or shelters housing chemical toilets shall be of sound con struction and easy to clean, and shall provide shelter and privacy. The toilet rooms shall be ventilated to the outside and adequately lighted, and all openings struction In paragraph (b)(lP (1). (11), (111), (vl) and (vll) of this section. The seepage pit may be filled with stone or rubble of not less than nominal 1 Inch diameter. (2) Seepage pits shall be of such di mensions as to provide side wall area equal to at least 10 square feet per per son served by the facility, or such greater area as may be required by the health agency having jurisdiction. (3) Temporary piping connections from sinks or shower platforms may be discharged beneath the floor If they have traps In accordance with the provisions of American National Standard National Plumbing Code, A 40.8-1(55. (4) The platform covering the seepage pits shall be built of Impervious material and In a manner to exclude Insects. (5) The platform shall be provided with an opening at least 1 foot In each dimension and have a rim at least 1 Inch above the floor to prevent precipitation from accumulating on the platform floor. (8) The platform opening shall be covered with a self-closing lid, so con structed that It can be easily opened by foot or hand, and so Installed that when closed it wtll exclude Insects and fit closely over the raised rim of the opening. (e) Combustion toilet. (1) Combustion toilets and combustion toilet buildings, rooms, or shelters shall conform to the applicable specifications given for chem ical toilets in paragraph (c) of this section. (2) All external surfaces, including bowl and hopper, shall be easy to clean. (3) The residue must be sterile and Inert. (4) The flue effluents must be free of bacteria. (5) The oombustlon system and all fuel and electrical parts shall be safe HOEtAL KOISTIt, VOL 34, NO. 109--9ATUIDAY, MAY 24, 1*71 V* 1 6409 RULES AND REGULATIONS 10597 and In compliance with applicable gas (I) Fire protection equipment and ap refers to radiation types such as X-ray, and electrical codes of local authorities. paratus. (a) Fire alarm boxes (pull alpha, beta, gamma, neutron, proton, Where such codes do not exist, the In boxes). deutron, and meson. Yellow should be stallations shall comply with the Ameri (b) Fire blanket boxes. used In combination with purple for can National Standard National Electri (c) Fire buckets or palls. markers such as tags, labels, signs, and cal Code. Cl-1968 (NFPA No. 70-1968). (d> Fire exit signs. floor markers. (f> Recirculating toilet specifications. (e> Fire extinguishers (If painting the (1) Black, white, or combinations ot (l) Recirculating toilet buildings, rooms, extinguisher Is impractical or undesir black and white. Black, white, or a com or shelters shall conform to the appli able, color should be used on the hous bination of these two, shall be the basic cable specifications given for chemical ing, wall, or support to Identify .the colors for the designation of traffic and toilets In paragraph (c) of this section. location). housekeeping markings. Solid white, solid (2) All materials, bowl, piping, and (/) Fire hose locations (color should black, single color striping, alternate fittings shall be corrosion resistant. be used on (he reel, supports, or housing stripes of-black and white, or black and (3) Waste passages shall have smooth but not on the hose). white checkers should be used In accord surfaces and be free of obstructions, re (q) Fire hydrants (Industrial). ance with local conditions. cesses, or chambers that would permit (It) Fire pumps. (b> Color specifications. Colors shall fouling. (1) Ftreslrens. meet the tests specified In section 3, (4) Flushing shall be accomplished by (J) Post Indicator valves for sprinkler Color Definitions, of ANSI ZS3.1-1967. a single control so arranged as to be system (It Is suggested that if a traffic Safety Color Code for Marking Physical operated without special knowledge or hasard Is involved, the top should be Hazards. effort. (61 Recirculating toilets shall conform to "Self-Contained, Electrically Oper colored red, and the barrel or post yel low and black stripes). (Jfc) Sprinkler piping. (See ANSI | 1910.145 Specification! for accident prevention signs and tags. ated Recirculating, Chemically Con Standard Scheme for the Identification (a) Scope. (1) These specifications ap trolled Toilet." International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials of Piping Systems, A13.1-1966.) (II) Danger. Safety cans or other port ply to the design, application, and use of signs or symbols (as Included In para Trailer Standard T8C 12-66. able containers of flammable liquids graphs (c) through (e) of this section) (6) The unit shall be maintained and having a flashpoint at or below 80' F. Intended to Indicate and. Insofar as pos cleaned; and water, filter, and odor- table containers of flammable liquids sible, to define specific hazards of a na controlling chemical shall be replaced (open cup tester), excluding shipping ture such that failure to designate them in accordance with the Instructions of the manufacturer. (gl Portable toilet construction. (11 A portable toilet may comprise -the seat and Its treatment unit to be Installed In a structure, or It may comprise an entire prefabricated, skid mounted, or otherwise portable structure containing a seat or treatment units with seat. (21 No pit, tank, or other subsurface structure shall be construed as part of a portable toilet. (I) Portable privies must be Installed over a pit conforming to paragraph (b) (1) of this section, or a manhole that Is part of a sanitary or combined waste water disposal system. (II) No portable toilet shall discharge Into a storm sewer. (31 A portable building shall be rigidly constructed, ventilated by a screened opening or a vent having a croes-sectlonal area of at least 1 square foot per seat, and equipped with a floor, riser, and seat meeting the requirements of para graph (b) (2) of this section or an equiv alent individual stool and seat In pre fabricated metal, fiber glass, plastic, or ceramic material. (1) The structure shall provide privacy containers, shall be painted red with may lead to accidental Injury to workers some additional clearly visible Identifi or the public, or both, or to property cation either In the form of a yellow band damage. These specifications are In around the can or the name of the con tended to cover all safety rigns except tents conspicuously stenciled or painted those designed for streets. 1 highways, on the can In yellow. Red lights haii be railroads, and marine regulations. These provided at barricades and at temporary specifications do not apply to plant bul obstructions, as specified In ANSI letin boards or to safety posters. Safety Code for Building Construction, (2) All new signs and replacements of A10.3-1S44. Danger signs shall be painted did signs after July 1, 1971, shall be In red. accordance with these specifications. (III) Stop. Emergency stop bars on (b) Definitions. As used In this section, hazardous machines such as rubber mills, the word "sign" refers to a surface on wire blocks, flat work lroners, etc., shall which letters or other markings appear, be red. Stop buttons or electrical switches used for emergency stopping of machin prepared for the warning of, or safety Instructions of, industrial workers or ery shall be red. "' members of the public who may be ex (2) Orange. Orange shall be used as the basic color for designating dangerous parts of machines or energized equip ment which may cut, crush, shock, or otherwise Injure and to emphasize such hazards when enclosure doors are open or when gear belt, or other guards around moving equipment are open or removed, exposing unguarded hazards. (3) Yellow. Yellow shall be the basic color for designating caution and for marking physical hazards such as: Striking against, stumbling, falling, posed to hazards. Excluded from this definition, however, are news releases, displays commonly known as safety posters, and bulletins used for employee education. (c) Classification of signs according to use--(1) Danger signs. (1) Danger signs should be used only where an Immediate hazard exists. There shall be no varia tion In the type of design of signs posted to warn of specific dangers and radia tion hazards. (11) All employees shall be Instructed and protection from tha elements. dll An airtight seal shall be provided tripping, and "caught In between." Solid yellow, yellow and black stripes, that danger signs Indicate Immediate danger and that special precautions are between the structure base and any pit, yellow and black checkers (or yellow with necessary. receptacle, or manhole over which It Is suitable contrasting background) should (2) Caution signs. (1) Caution signs placed. be used Interchangeably, using the com shall be used only to warn against po (III) Ventilation of the pit, receptacle, bination which win attract the most at- tential hazards or to caution against un or manhole shall conform to paragraph ' tentlon In the particular environment. safe practices. (b) (1) (lv) of this section. (4) A portable toilet shall be provided with facilities, requisite to Its construc tion, for the removal of chemicals, ash, or residue. All surfaces subject to soil ing shall be readily accessible and easily cleaned. (4) Green. Green shall be used as the basic color for designating "Safety" and the location oFfirst aid equipment (other than firefighting equipment). (6) Blue. Blue shall be the baste color for designating caution, limited to warn ing against the starting, the use of, or the til) All employees shall be Instructed that caution signs Indicate a possible hazard against which proper precaution should be taken. (3) Safety instruction signs. 8afety In struction signs shall be used where there Is a need for general Instructions and 1910.144 Safety color code for mark movement of equipment under repair or suggestions relative to safety measures. ing physical hazards. being worked upon. (d) Sign design and colors--(1) De (a) Color identification--(1) Red. Red shall be the basic color for the Identifica tion of: (6) Purple. Purple shall be the basic color for designating radiation hazards. "Radiation" as used In this subparagraph sign features. The colors, proportions, and location ot the Identification panels on each sign shall be In accordance with PIDIKAL RROISTRR, VOL 34, NO. 109--SATURDAY, MAY 39, 1*71 16410 10598 RULES AND REGULATIONS thli partgraph. AH signs shan be fur nished with rounded or blunt corners and shall be free from sharp edges, burrs, splinters, or other sharp projec tion*. The ends or heads of bolts or other fastening devices shall be located In such a way that they do not constitute a hazard. When conditions warrant the use of a sign slse not covered tn the following tables, the ratio of the depth of the Identifying panel (Danger, Cau tion, etc.) to the width of the sign shall be as established In Tables J-l to J-4. (3) Danger signs. (1) The colors red, black, and white shall be those of opaque glossy samples as specified in Table 1 of Fundamental Specification of Safety Colors for CDS Standard Source "C", American National Standard Z53.1-1367. (Ill Standard Proportions Shall be as Indicated in Table J-l, and format shall be as in Fig. J-l. RED BLACK ANGER WHITE Ilf. J-l Dcnftr 9lf* (111) Fermat shall be as In figure J-3. Sign proportions shall be the same as those for danger signs In Table J-l. (4) Caution signs. (1) Standard color of the background shall be yeQov; and the panel, black with yellow letters. Any letters used against the yellow back ground shall be black. The colors shall be those of opaque glossy samples ss speci fied in Table 1 of American National Standard ZS3.1-1067. (U) Standard proportions shall be as Indicated In Table J-3, and format shall be as In Figure J-4. Tails tdasd PftoroinosB rot Danqxb bom >YEUOW Sign 4m, Inch** Belcht width 7x10 10 X 14 aMoXx9s0 10x7 14 X 10 30 X 14 3BX30 Bltnenkerlt,clUoeohgMuUr Ha*bt Width Red tnebtt Helcbt Width OtOONTAX. umiN {lift 1I1t W17 i UniOIl PATTtXN 3^x18 Hx UH Word dtnttr, height tnches VA* T ar --....... svmllsbfc lor Oft vordlac. loehee XKit Fig. J-4 Csatton Sign BUBS WR1 wuagukr "CidUu" ptael, fbetMi Mgfat of Might width knar. poo* trad- (3) Radiation wanting signs. (1) Standard color of the background shall be yellow; the panel, reddish purple with yellow letters; the symbol, reddish purple; any letters need against the yellow background shall be black. The colors shall be those of opaque glossy samples as specified In Table 1 of Amer ican National Standard, ZS3.1-10S7. size consistent with the slse of the equip ment or material or area to which It Is attached. RADIATION!------------- BEDO.SH PURPLE -YELLOW REDDISH PURPLE FlgJ-Z Radiation Warning Sign (11) The standard symbol shall be as In Figure J-3. Method of dimensioning, design, and orientation of the standard symbol (one blade pointed downward and centered on the vertical axis) shall be executed as Illustrated. The symbol shall be prominently displayed, and of a Tig. J-3 Standard Radiation Sysabet U71lM10 XlisisMe 10s 7 14sU 90x14 99x30 mot "'vrat nmis union rATTiur 7 S8 at (ft) gxif signs. Exit signs shall be In aoeordanoe with 11310J7 (q). (() Safety instruction signs. (1) Standard color of the background shall be white; and the panel, green with white letters. Any letters used against the white background shall be black. The oolbre shall be those of opaque glossy samples as specified In Table 1 of American National Standard, ZS3.1- 1067. (U) standard proportions shall be as Indicated In Table J-3, and format shall be as In Figure J-8. r X (X FCOfftAl **OI$Tli, VOL. 34, NO. 105--IATUKDAY, MAT *, 1*71 { 16411 RULES AND REGULATIONS BE CAREFUL* 10599 (11) Symbols. Symbols used on signs (hall follow recognized practices, such as In Figure J-4. For radioactive ma terials, see symbol In Figure J-3. (Neif: TV. writ *TUaV* wS ** Csrtfal,* glrm Van, irt aal, ffluotibu, OiVw vvrjiap mtj k awi) Fig. J-5 Safety bstraetlea Slgag Taaca J-S--Standasd PaoPoanOM. aoa Sararr laiTaocnoN Sign, POISON: Sign rise, Orreo Word tnebee, recuagnltr -Think" SBSfe d*o1, tnebee. height of height, width Ittun, lncbee Uftxlmaa tTti&btofar Wgn wording below reoii. Inches height, width* Sign size, inches height, width Green E3. Word 'Be" height of tetters. Inches Wasbntun "CWeonrtdal'1' srdSeble for height of sign wordliw letters. below penel, Inches inches, height* width ELECTRICITY: 7 s 10 in I10 s 14 14 s 90 Til m 3!901* 2HsN >Mi 1*4 9*s*4 *HlUH 9 s 1*4 14*s 97* 7z 10 10 s 14 14 z 90s 98 * 0H h Hie 2*1*1 Hie 9* 4* (T) Directional signs. (1) Standard color of the background shall be white; and the panel, black with white direc tional symbol. Any letters used against the white background shall be black. The colors shall be those of opaque glossy samples as specified In Table 1 of American National Standard Z53.11M7. (11) Standard proportions shall be as Indicated In Table J-4, and format shall be as In Figure J-5. SLACK-- white Fig. J-6 Directional Sign. Fi*. J-8 Symbols Used on Signs (e) Sign wordings--(1) examples 0/ wordings. The lists In subparagraphs (3) through (7) of this paragraph are In tended to serve as a guide for choosing the correct sign design for the message to be displayed. Tsble J-4--Standard Proportions for Directional Bigns (2) Nature of wording. The wording height width Black rectaMolar banal, mctaee height width Overall length White arrow, inch* Maitgiom spare ------------------- iorslgn Arrow band Arrow rttafl Arrow tali wording below height width balght balght width panal height of any algn should be easily read and , concise. The sign should contain suffi cient Information to be easily under H s 14 z 90 13 I 28 U tM - _, 7H * 1 12* M s 9 lb 18* M %<H' lfc s W4 1\ w* 4 % OH 3N *f lil stood. The wording should make a posi tive, rather than negative suggestion and should be accurate In fact. (3) Danger signs. (t) In-Plant tragic signs. Regulatory and control signs required for the safe movement of vehicles and pedestrians on thoroughfares on plant property shall conform to the standards established in American National Standard Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways. D4.1-1941. (9) Informational signs. Blue shall be the standard color tor informational signs. It may be used as the background color for the complete sign or as a panel at the top of such type* of "Notice" signs, which have a white background. The colors shall be those at opaque glossy samples as specified In Table 1 of Amer ican National Standard Z53.1-1957. (10> Slow-moving vehicle emblem. This emblem (see Fig. J-7) consists at a fluorescent yellow-orange triangle with a dark red reflective border. The yellow-orange fluorescent triangle Is a highly visible color for daylight expo sure. The reflective border defines the shape of the fluorescent color in day light and creates a hollow red triangle In the path of motor vehicle headlights at night. The emblem Is Intended as a unique Identification for, and It shall clearance marker for wide machinery nor Is it Intended to replace required light ing or marking of slow-moving vehicles. Neither the color film pattern and Its dimensions nor the hacking shall be altered to permit use of advertising or other markings. The material, location, mounting, etc., of the emblem shall be In accordance with the American So ciety of Agricultural Engineers Emblem for Identifying 81ow-Movlng Vehicles, ASAE R275, 1947. Danger--Kaap Off. Bsctrle Current. Danger--No amoving. Matches, or Open Lights. Danger--Men Working Abova. Danger--Not Boom Enough Hera to Clear Men on Care. Danger--Keep Away. Dangar--Men In Boiler. Danger--Insufficient clearance. Danger--3X00 Volte. Danger--Keep Out. Danger--Crane Overhead. Danger--Keep Off. (4) Biological hazard signs. The bio logical hazard warning shall be used to signify the actual or potential presence of a biohazard and to identify equip ment, containers, rooms, materials, ex perimental animals, or combinations thereof, which contain, or are contami nated with, viable hazardous agents. For the purpose of this subparagraph the term "biological hazard," or "biohazard," shall include only those Infectious agents presenting a risk or potential risk to the be used only on, vehicles which by de sign move slowly (35 m.ph. or less) on the public roads. The emblem is not a NOTE: An dlauMfcna in is lack*. Fig. J-7 81ew-Jf<nriag Vehicle Emblem well-being of man. The biohazard sym bol ahall be designed and proportioned as Illustrated In figure J-9. HOHAL tlGirril. VOL M, NO. 10!--SATU1DAY, MAY It. lt71 16412 10600 RULES AND REGULATIONS OifMMWS A e e c t M tnlt* 1 1* 4 n 19 tl 90 tit- J-9 Symbol (or Bloloclc*] Hazard The symbol design shall be a fluorescent orange or orange-red color. Background color Is optional as long as there is suffldrat contrast for the symbol to be clearly d'jflned. Appropriate wording may be reed In association with the symbol to Indicate the nature or Identity of the hazard, name of Individual responsible for Its control, precautionary Informa tion, etc., but never should this Informa tion be superimposed on the symbol. <S> Caution signs. Caution--Do Not Optrat, Man Working on Repairs. Caution--Bands Off Switch, MenWorking on Lint. Caution--Working on Machints. Do Not Caution--Goggles Must Bt Worn When Operating This Machine. Oautlon--This Door Must Bt Kept Closed. Caution--Bloctrte Trucks, Oo 8k>w. Caution--This Space Must Be Kept Clear at All Times. Caution--Stop Machinery to Clean, Oil, or Repair. Caution--Keep Aisles Clear. Caution--Operators ot This Shall Wear Snug Fitting Clothing--No Glorea. Caution--Close Clearance. Caution--Watch Tour Step. Caution--Electrlo r To the (Inside arrow) Plra Escape (below arrow panel). To the (lnalde arrow) Pint Aid (below arrow panel). Manway (below arrow panal). Tbla Way to (lnalde arrow) First-Aid Room (below arrow panel). (8) Informational signs. No Treipeealng Under Penalty of the Law. Tbla Elevator la for Freight Only, Not for Paaaengera. No Admittance Except to Employees oh Duty. No Admittance. No Admittance, Apply at Office. No Treepassing Men. Women. For Employees Only. Office. Non: When sign wordings such as those listed In tbla section are eontemplated, cars should bs taken to be sure that they are suit able for the particular location at which tba sign la to be placed and that wording meets the requirements of the Intended purpose. When there la a reasonable doubt, a sign of a standard design should be used. (f) Accident prevention tags--(1) Scope and purpose. (1) The tags are a temporary means of warning all con cerned of a hazardous condition, defec tive equipment, radiation hazards, etc. The tags are not to be considered ss a complete warning method, but should be used until a positive means can be employed to eliminate the hazard: for example, a "Do Not Start" tag on power equipment shall be used for a few mo ments or a very short time until the switch In the system can be locked out; a "Defective Equipment" tag shall be placed on a damaged Udder and Immedi ate arrangements made for the ladder to be taken out of service and sent to the repair shop. (11) The purpose of this paragraph U to establish a set of specifications for tags based on experience and previous use. The tags are to be need In Industry mercantile establishments, or wherever such tags can be utilized to help pre vent accidental Injury to personnel or damage to property, or both. (2) Definitions. The word "tag" as used in this paragraph refers to s sur face (usually card, paper, pasteboard, or some temporary or nonpermanent ma terial) on which letters or markings, or both, appear. These letters or markings, or both, are for warning (cautioning) or safety instruction of employees who may be exposed to hazards. They are to be affixed to the device In question by string, wire, or adhesive. (3) Do not start tags. (1) The stand ard background color for Do Not Start tags shall be red. (See Fig. J-10.) (U) Letters shall be white or grey or etched, provided that a long lasting and sharp contrast results. (Ill) Do Not Star tags shall be placed In a conspicuous location or shall be placed In such a manner that they effec tively block the starting mechanism which would cause hazardous conditions should the equipment be energized. (4) Danger tags. (1) Danger tags should be used only where an Immediate hazard exists. There should be no varia tion In the type of design of tigs posted or hung to warn of specific dangers. (See Flg.J-U.) " (ID All employees should be butrueted that Danger tags Indicate Immediate danger and that special precautions are necessary. (8) Caution tags. (1) Caution tags should be used only to warn against po tential hazards or to caution against unsafe practices. (See Fig. J-12.) (11) All employees should be Instructed that Caution tags Indicate a possible hazard against which proper precautions should be taken. \ <*) Safety instruction signs, Report All Injuries to the Ptrxt-Aid Booes st Once. Walk--Don't Run. Report All Injuries No Matter How Slight. Think, IT Sal. Oo Ahead. Make Tour Work Plaea Baft Before Starting the Job. Report All Uneafe Conditions to Tour Porsman. Help Keep This Plant Safa and Clean. <7) Directional signs. This Way Out (below arrow panel). This Way (Inal04 arrow) Out (below arrow panel). Fire Exit (below arrow panel). Plra (inelde arrow) Bztlagulsher (below arrow peael). white letter* on red squore Whit* tog whit* lotion on rod oval with a Hack square yellow letter* one block background Fig. J-10 Do Net Start 1kg Flg-J-ll Dssgtr Tag Fig. j-u CsuUoaTsg (6) Out of order tags. Out of Order tags should be used only for the speclflo purpose of Indicating that a piece of equipment, machinery, etc, la out of order and to attempt to use it might present a hazard. (Bee Fig. J-U.) (7) Radiation tags. (1) The standard background for Radiation tags shall be yellow; the panel shall be reddish pur ple. Any letters used against the yellow background shall be black. The colors shall be those at opeque glossy samples as FfDIIAl MOISTit, VOL 34, NO. 103--SATURDAY, MAY IV, 1*71 16413 RULES AND REGULATIONS 10601 specified In Table 1. Fundamental Speci fication of Safety Colors for CIS Stand ard Source "C" American National Standard Safety Color Code for Markins Physical Hazards and the Identification of Certain Equipment, Z53.1-U67. (11) The method of dimension, design, and orientation of the standard symbol (one blade pointed downward and cen tered on the vertical axis) shall be exe cuted as illustrated In Figure J-14. The symbol shall be- prominently displayed and of a size consistent with the size of the equipment or area in which It Is to be used. () Biological hazard tags. (1) The standard background color for the Bio- logical Hazard symbol Is optional as long as there Is sufficient contrast for the symbol to be clearly defined. The symbol design (see Fig. J-15) shall be a fluores cent orange or orange-red color. (II) The biological Hazard tag shall be used to signify the actual or potential presence of a biohazard, to Identify equipment, containers, rooms, materials, experimental animals, or combinations thereof, which contain or are contami nated with viable hazardous agents. (III) For the purpose of this subpar agraph the term "biological hazard" shall Include only those Infectious agents presenting a risk or potential risk to tha well-being of man. \ RADIATION 4A o Yellow loft yellow letters In reddish-purple panel (Added wording in black on yellow background) While log block leltere on fluorescent -orange background and symbol Fig. 3-13 Out of Order Tig Fig. J-14 Radiation Ibg Fig. J-15 Biological Heard 7kg {1910.147- Soorces of standard*. The standards In this Subpart J an derived from the following sources: Btc. Soutct 1910.141 ...... ANSI 4.1-1968. Minimum acquirement! for Boni- tetlon in PImm of Xm- flojment. 1910.143 ...... ANSI 4.4-1908, Minimum acquirements for Benl- tetSoA la Temporwy comps. 1910.143 ......... ANSI B4J-1970. Minimum asMtosmsnts for Non* WgarOsttsce Dlspocel 1910.144 ............ AmO^BM-l-lMT, Ssfety Color Cods for Msrklnf NhpslosX ,***"<* 1910.145 ANSI 35.1-1908. SpecU* (c)-(c). estlons for Aoddent Pre vention 1910.145(f) ... ANSI 53.2-1968.Specifies- Uon* far Aooldent Pre vention TS*. { 1910.148 Standard. organisations. Standards and specifications of the fol lowing organizations have been refer enced In this Subpart J: American National Standard! Inatltuta, 1430 Broadway, New York. NT 1001S. National Aaeoclatlon or Plumbins and Me chanical Officials, 5083 Alhambra Avantw, lx Angelas, OA 30083. ^wiavWn SoeUty at Afrletftunl Ksflnren, 9960 KUm Rood, Poet Offle* Box 839. Bt. Joooph. MO 43068. Subpart K--Medical and First Aid {1910.1S1 Medical aervicea and first aid. (a) Employer ahall Insure the ready availability of medical personnel tor ad vice and consultation on matters of plant health. (b) In the absence of an Infirmary, clinic, or hospital in near proximity to the workplace which la used for the treat ment of all Injured employee*, a person or persons shall be adequately trained to render first aid. Pint aid supplies ap proved by the consulting physician shall be readily available. (c) Where the eyes or body of any person may be exposed to Injurious cor rosive materials, suitable facilities for quick drenching or flushing of the eyes and body shall be provided within the work area for Immediate emergency use. { 1910.152 [Reaerredl { 1910.153 Sources of standards. The standard In 11910,151 U derived from 41 cm 50-204.6. Subpart L--Fit, Protection { 1910.156 Definition, applicable to this nbporL (a) "Class A fires" are fires In or dinary combustible materials, such as wood, cloth, paper, and rubber. (b) "Class B fires" are fires In flam mable liquids, gases, and greases. (c) "Class C fires" are fires which Involve energized electrical equipment where the electrical nonconductivity of the extinguishing media is of Importance. (When electrical equipment Is deener gized, extinguishers for Class A or B fires may be used safely.) (d) "Class D fires" are fires In com bustible metals, such as magnesium, titanium, zirconium, sodium, and potassium. (e) Classification of portable fire ex tinguisher.: "Portable fire extinguishers" are classified for use on certain classes of fires and rated for relative extinguishing effectiveness at a temperature of plus 70* F. by nationally recognized test ing laboratories. This Is based upon the preceding classification of fires and the fire extinguishment potentials as deter mined by Are testa. Nora: Tha classification and rating sys tem described In this .action IS that used by Underwriters' Laboratories. Ins. and Under writer. Laboratories of "-"`Ce and la based oo extinguishing preplanned 6ns of deter mined alas and description as follows: (1) Class A rating--Wood and axcalalor fires excluding deep-seated conditions. (U) Class B ratine--Two-Inch depth ItlOllM fires in HUU1 naw (111) fbsas C rating--No fire teat. Agent must be a nonconductor of electricity. (tv) Claes D rating--Special testa on specific combustible mats} fires. (f) A "light hazard" Is a situation where the amount of combustibles or flammable liquids present Is such that Axes of small size may be expected. These may Include offices, schoolrooms, churches, assembly halls, telephone ex changes, etc. (g) An "ordinary hazard" Is a situa tion where the amount of combustibles or flammable liquids present la such thaf fires of moderate size may be expected. These may Include mercantile storage and display, auto showrooms, parking garages, tight manufacturing, ware houses not classified as extra hazard, school shop areas, etc. (h) An "extra hazard" Is a situation where the amount of combustibles or flammable liquids present is such that fires of severe magnitude may be ex pected. These may Include woodwork ing, auto repair, aircraft servicing, ware houses with high-piled (14 feet or higher) combustibles, and processes such as flammable liquid handling, painting, dipping, etc. (1) Sprinkler system: A "sprinkler system," for fire protection purposes. Is an Integrated system of underground and overhead piping designed In accord ance with fire protection engineering standards. The system includes a suit able water supply, such as a gravity tank, fire pump, reservoir, or pressure tank and/or connection by underground piping to a city main. The portion of the No, 106--Pt, 18 KOHAl ftiOUTM, VOL 34, NO. 105--SATUtDAY, MAY 39, 1971 10602 RULES AND REGULATIONS sprinkler system above ground is a net work of specially sized or hydraulically designed piping Installed In a building, structure or area, generally overhead, and to which sprinklers are connected In a systematic pattern. The system In cludes a controlling valve and a device tor actuating an alarm when the aystem Is In operation. The system Is usually activated by heat from a lire and dis charges water over the fire area. Non: Th# design and InstaUetlon of water supply facilities such as gravity tanka, firs pumps, reservoirs, or prsasurs tanks, and underground piping are covered by NFPA Standards No. 33-1970, Water Tanks For Private Plre Protection: No. 30-1070. Installa tion of Oentnfugal Firs Pumps and No. 34-1970. Outside Protection. (J) Sprinkler alarms: A "sprinkler alarm" unit is an assembly of apparatus approved for the service and so con structed and Installed that any flow of water from a sprinkler system equal to or greater than that from a single auto matic sprinkler will result In an audible alarm signal on the premises. Ok) Class of service--standpipe sys tems: "Standpipe systems" are grouped Into three general classes of service for the Intended use In the extinguishment of fire. (1) Class I: For use by lire depart ments and those trained In handling heavy fire streams (2%-Inch hose). (2) Class XI: For use primarily by the building occupants until the arrival of the fire department (small hose). (3) Class HI: For use by either lire departments and those trained In han dling heavy hose streams or by the build ing occupants. (l) Class I service: "Class I service" Is a standpipe system callable of fur nishing the effective fire streams re quired during the more advanced stages of fire on the Inside of buildings or for exposure fire. (m) Class n service: "Class n serv ice" Is a standpipe system which affords a ready means for the control of In cipient fires by the occupants of build ings during the nighttime and holidays. <n) Class m service: "Class m serv ice" Is a standpipe system capable of furnishing the effective fire streams re quired during the more advanced stages of fire on the Inside of buildings as well as providing a ready means for the con trol of fires by the occupants of the building. (0) standpipe systems: "Standpipe systems" are usually of the following types: (1) A wet standpipe system having a supply valve open and water pressure maintained at all times. (2) A standpipe system so arranged through the use of approved devices as to admit water to the system automat ically by opening a hose valve. (3) A standpipe system arranged to admit water to the system through man ual operation of approved remote control devices located at each hose station. (4) Dry standpipe having no perma nent water supply. See also paragraph (k) of this section. <p) Type I storage: "Type I storage" la that In which combustible commodities or nonoombustlble commodities involv ing combustible packaging or storage Ids are stored not over 16 feet high In solid plies or not over 12 feet high In piles that contain horizontal channels. Minor quantities of commodities of haz ard greater than ordinary combustibles may be Included without affecting this general classification. (q) Type n storage: "Type n storage" Is that In which the stored commodities, packaging, and storage aids are non combustible or contain only a small con centration of combustibles which are Incapable of producing a fire that would cause appreciable damage to the com modities stored or to noncombustible wall, floor or roof construction. Ordinary combustible commodities In completely sealed noncombustible containers may qualify In this classification. General commodity storage that Is subject to fre quent changing and storage of combust ible packaging and storage aids Is ex cluded from this category. (r) Type I storage: "Type I storage" Is that n which combustible commodities or noncombustible commodities Involv ing combustible packaging or storage aids are stored over 15 feet but not more than 21 feet high In solid plies or over 12 feet but not more than 21 feet high In plies that contain horizontal channels. Minor quantities of commodities of hazard greater than ordinary combustibles may be Included without affecting this gen eral classification. (s) "Approved": "Approved" means listed or approved by: (1) At least one of the following nationally recognized testing laboratories: Factory Mutual En gineering Corp.; Underwriters' Labora tories, Inc., or (ill Federal agencies such as Bureau of Mines, Department of the Interior: Department of Transportation; or UJB. Coast Guard, which lskue approv als for such equipment. Postablx Frax SurraxssiOH EqummtT | 1910.157 PoruUc fire extinguisher*. (a) General requirements--(1) Oper able condition. Portable extinguishers shall be maintained In a fully charged and operable condition, and kept In their designated places at all times when they are not being used. (2) Location. Extinguishers shall be conspicuously located where they will be readily accessible and Immediately avail able in the event of fire. They shall be located along normal paths of travel. (3) Marking of location. Extinguishers shall not be obstructed or obscured from view. In large rooms, and In certain loca tions where visual obstruction cannot be completely avoided, means shall be provided to Indicate the location and Intended use of extinguishers conspicuously. (4) Marking of extinguishers. If ex tinguishers Intended for different classes of fire are grouped, their intended use shall be marked conspicuously to Insure choice of the proper extinguisher at the time of a fire. (5) Mounting of Extinguishers. Extin guishers shall be Installed on the hangers or In the brackets supplied, mounted In cabinets, or set on shelves unless the ex tinguishers are of the wheeled type. (6) Height of mounting. Extinguishers having a gross weight not exceeding 40 pounds shall be Installed so that the top of the extinguisher Is not more than 5 feet above the floor. Extinguishers hav ing a gross weight greater than 40 pounds (except wheeled types) shall be so In stalled that the top of the extinguisher is not more than 3% feet above the floor. (7) Cabinet mounting. Extinguisher mounted In cabinets or wall recesses or set on shelves shall be placed In a man ner such that the extinguisher operat ing Instructions face outward. The loca tion of such extinguishers shall be marked conspicuously. (8) Vibrating locations. Extinguishers Installed under conditions where they are subject to severe vibration shall be Installed In brackets specifically designed to cope with this vibration. ( Temperature range. Extinguishers shall be suitable for use within a tem perature range of at least plus 40* to 130* Fahrenheit. (10) Extreme temperature exposure. When extinguishers are Installed In lo cations subjected to temperatureeoutslde the range prescribed in this 11810.167 (a) (10), they shall be of a type ap proved or listed for the temperBure to which they will be. exposed, or placed In an enclosure capable of maintaining the temperature within the range prescribed In this 11910.167(a) (10). (b) Selection of .extinguishers--(1) General. The selection of extinguishers for a given situation will depend.upon the character of the fires anticipated, the construction and occupancy of the In dividual property, the vehicle or hazard to be protected, ambient-temperature conditions, and other factors. The num ber of extinguishers required shall be determined by reference to paragraph (c) of this section. (3) Selection by hazard, (l) Extin guishers shall be selected for the specific class or classes of hazards to be protected In accordance with the following para graphs. (ID Extinguishers for protecting Class A hazards shall be selected from among the following: foam, loaded stream, mul tipurpose dry chemical, and water types. Certain smaller extinguishers which are charged with multipurpose dry chemical are rated on Class B and Class C fires, but have Insufficient effectiveness to earn the minimnm i-A rating even though they have value In extinguishing smaller Class A fires. Such smaller extinguishers shall not be used to meet the requirements of para graph (c) (2) (I) of this section. (Ill) Extinguishers for protection of Class B hazards shall be selected from the following: Bromotrlfluoromethane, carbon dioxide, dry chemical, foam, loaded stream, and multipurpose dry chemical. Extinguishers with ratings less than 1-B shall not be considered In de termining suitability. (lv> Extinguishers for protection of Class C hazards shall be selected from the FfOHAl SIGISm, VOL 34, NO. 101--SATUIOAY, MAY 39, 1471 16415 /^r'SC/va.L Pv'ei'-*c*t t v(_ v y~-\r-^ "1~ --<>. k-L. cuW -c*- AVc pS"<*.vv^ R>o"\ V-S-JL. O.*-- *. ^ 0 l* ^-*o e ^Ko-JLcl _Vx- )V^s-"4_e __ _ vs'^ ^cw O- vA-- 'TU'^ --*-*^c0. ^^ pJic^^jL -*--' /n/OTLo ft") a~*J*. ao ^ (eCOrt r^\. ^ v C'-o^'-- (V-^* . TT"4~C 3 W*-i--*!A --a-Xtf-t.w.C-cC Ck^^-'ky -fc --o-a_^ _i--\ C.Q.O 4Vst_ . 0-'- e'- -*-'4. *? ~^j >.-^ A ^ ^ --<.o-A^_k.>. --^Lc ^7 On* /`'^t ( 0*-*-+--* - "t -N_< --C L>- ^v^dL '- ,^i- O-C *U-^ 0J-Lr^d*V_*~k_* ^/i-4 r-ct L ^ a -' / *" e* A/ ^t4* l Codt.-o "S I ^ 16 t H I Syitoi ta"f > *> -- * / D --vo-.y-iw-s 0o.Vj=>_ -^AvO--LA A>* <^>--.kt-l{ 'J .Qj-C--XU.-k- ck C.k--*--c-v^t-_ ^ ^2-0 ** ^-lJ~ \J J wl\ .*. 5 ,M^| < 5 { w.t i. c^fj (,U 1i ^i-sij b.t uif ) cs. i ' C 'iwppl'-Ll 1 Ok <5 r\KS 1-VerV C. *-,.; r e w * A tkfl * .' ^ **- ^<c.tp^.-[c *! t) IJP SlN 5 oi -Ak< >oSif^ Cops. (^<5 k I [>?!*> J D-* pt ) H w- W*C V- ^ liv.' ic c. t, $ pro f j by r C A ^ i U G_ >-^"k >Ak. \A.V\C.\fc' tfL-V*. Me^ K <. *t 1" C_^<t'A. n\ *\ f k/ <. t ^>\~...~.^W. ^.crcr*~N- | <i.w<.*V. Oct*'----* b4-"-^ 'A-X- C'QL'^J "V C^-0-*,-t *^C-idU-OC-W -LCi*. -- * -'w-W1' ^.e-oL-cL .ok-^xJls. JkxX.^ MvjV^ loe cNce a. 4y. u.-i-io-^ ]pVv:^A ^ 10 A- ~7"o CcVkw'%- OoX^du 16416 t .la) . F'1''*- *> wt + 10*1 d'jv.p -- * *> 4- ^=Li_ -v'-t j M-t_^ . ^ t---v. \ yvA -A.----'^-J ,------ Ot LX--- <*}-A A- X^ -^x-- J--a XX -5 <^-- or--> c--*- (X-~x ^ct* 0^0**. a--<C iw-*-vi.*^x ctv<_ X--V^-aC -_<> ^A-<-gA~- X--'-^*----- Ar1--- ^ (J- olLC ~ o-- t, i. A li- aj ^4 . >. V *t- Xi.<-vJL-i. J-k*- v _>_o'-v>- jl a cl . / *. --___ f .?'~`->-X o-<X~^'3 " "tU --.Xw**/*-w^ v a a a-t- oiW V~ ` A-e<- V-'-'t-^~J X*-l- X/ <K\S~oJ C1 c C -' p <i. \ ' <- tc\ S \!iSt <ik >-^r V < V i/t?/i> ir ( i i , -7TA-A .^--< c*- C*tuL <. 4--e-t' - rsXJ t v--s C^-3?w-C cn_ x .OC-^Vvv /ajL*'7^L JLw 'M^klv OoVJL^L -t X-\-V pS-^-A 4. - V rw- I C3L'-."W'*> ^ XX* I C5o.vw<^^. V\cv.rv.^ KtCt (S-A_Ci_ 0~X -XTc- XJ-e 16417 Sw.A - VbO 4 v*- ^ H cA S - 2.0 yi J s/*tvfs 'i nv. :: ^ s '. - ' '! y : r r?0 ^ YO "7 5>0 fairs ) C7S ) ft 3- F 5~ "S -- * .' f- . t, . -Tj ,- rr . - ~ VNV- i r. u. *- _ ( i . \ _ ir a *? * ' *' LSI (3 l) dfe Y 1 *^ V '* - o ' . t > '>' - r, > ) < .' - t fv . - h` r : C C t t i *". <* r- -- v: j_. V .. . ,_ J* ( 20 ) * tJ -i ^ r b) ( a - -T ? Clip*. ; Or ^'- i X c ^ ; (_2t t><) t- ,, 1 ^ O : >.' *' ' * j r * j yv: ' ' T-: ' ' "I <3 'i 'l l ^- C) I P'' K - ^ .Jt- S'? \ _ `S 2 ! J r,U ^ ' - 16418 iMtomtoijWatMil fri>*togr*rienu aa >i> to tomd '() IiwMm aod ehtoratee shall not bt used. Or) * equipment dull oamply r ranrirements of this subdivl- <) 9m Men of the promoting ||Q|pnMt'lBQlvKD| |Q^ ooc mm QijmI| n i ii iI (hall bo rawnpatlhlo Mi fee relative sensitivity of the mate rial* hatwf bandied. Equipment shall be OalMd to minlmiee tin pnasThllltr of filiObnol beotlni. compaction. ervtrioad- tomaad oentaoment. Ugottimsnt and handUnt pro__ oB bo designed to prerent the totrddnotion ot foreign abloeto or matertafe (o) Uxors, pampo, valves, and re lated equipment eball be designed to per mit regular and periodic flushing, deanmat (tumewtHnf and Inspection. (d) All electrical equipment Including wiring, twitches, controls, motor*, and Myrta aKan conform to the requirement* of Subpart S of thl* part. (e) All electric motoro and aeneraton shall be provided ultti suitable overload protection devices. Hectrtcal aenerator*. motor*, proportions* device*, and all other electrical endoeure* shall be elec trically bonded. The aroundlna conduc tor to.aH each electrical equipment (hall be effectively bonded to the servleeeqtrance ground connection and to all equipment ground connections In a man ner so as to provide s continuous path to around. (v) Mixing facilities shall comply with the lire prevention requirements of this subdivision. <a> The miring, loading, and Ingredi ent transfar areas where residues or spilled materials may accumulate shall be cleaned periodically. A cleaning and collection system for dangerous residues shall be provided. (b) A dally visual Inspection shall be made of the mixing, convening, and eleetrical equipment to establish that each equipment is In good opcratfpg condition. A program of systematic maintenance shall be conducted on iu<l*r schedule. (c) . Beater* which an not dependent on the combustion proesas within the heating unit may be used within tha con fines of processing buildings, or compart ments, if provided with temperature and safety controls and located away from combustible materials and the finished product. (4) Bulk delivery and miting veAtdee. (l) The design of vehicles shall comply with the requirements of this subdivision. (a) Vehicles used over public high ways for the bulk transportation of water gels or of Ingredients classified as dan- (b) When, elaotrie power 1# slgplWd bg a aslf senfatriad motor generator Id eated eti tha eotdtis tha generator than be at a point separate from where the water gel Is discharged. (cl The design of processing equip ment and general requirements shall con form to subparagraphs (3) (ill] and (lv) of this paragraph. id) a posttire action parking brake which win act the wheel brakes On at least one axle shall be provided on vehi cles when equipped with air brakes and shall be used during bulk delivery opera tions. Wheel chooka shall supplement parking brakes whenever conditions may require. (11) Operation of bulk delivery and "lying vehicles than comply with the re quirements of this subdivision. () The placarding requirements con tained in DOT regulations apply to vehi cles carrying water gel explosives or blasting agents. () Tha operator shall be trained In the safe operation of the vehicle to gether with Its mixing, conveying, and related equipment. He shall be familiar with the commodities being delivered and the general procedure for handling emergency situations. (c) The hauling of either blasting caps or other explosives, but sot both, shall be permitted on bulk trucks pro vided that a special wood or nonferrouslined container is Installed for the ex plosives. 8oeh blasting caps or other ex plosives shall be In DOT-speelfled strip ping containers; see 43 CFR Chapter L (<f) No person shall be allowed to moke, carry matches or any flame-pro ducing device, or cany any firearms while In or about bulk vehicles effecting the mixing, transfer, or down-the-bole loading of water gels at or near the blast ing alts. (s) Caution shall be exercised In the movement of the vehicle In the Masting area to avoid driving the vehicle over or'dragging hoses over firing lines, cap wires, or explosive materials. The em ployer shall furnish the driver the as sistance of a second person to guide the driver's movements. if) No Intransit mixing of materials shall be performed. - (f1 The location chosen for water gel or Ingredient transfer from a support vehicle Into the borehold loading vehi cle shall be away from the blasthole site when the boreholes are loaded or In the process of being loaded. (1) Stonge of ammonium nitrate-- (11 Scope end definition*. (lXo) Except as provided In subdivision <d) at this subdivision this paragraph applies to the storage of ammonium nitrate In the form at crystals, flakes, grains, or prills (eluding fertiliser grade, dynamite grade, nitrous oxide grade, technical grade, and other mixtures containing 60 percent or more ammonium nitrate by weight but does not apply to blasting. U.B. Coast Ouard (a Mfi). (d) The stotags of a __ and ammonium nitrate mixtaeafeatare mare seosHive than allowed bg tha "Oefl- nf Tnll^rnfrr inn..... . Nitrate FertUtar Is prohlbtud- (e> Nothing to tfris parmrtch shall apply to the production ad i nitrate or to the *--# el ; nitrate on the praurieto at the i plant, provided the* a .distinct hsaard to the ptatttierawtod. (Ill (g) Tha dHliritioei aad teto.psu eedureg tor i are those fsued to the 1 tieeandTtotl Nitrate NUtaalNtotfMthdHU met mf./Wgihkartoii. apj definition Bntts thee materials, i net that toi trato fa wUedtanMritaM.nl- (6> Tta feta mtrsto tofikoue aside gfwrie: found to the ' end Raaonam Fifth Avenue, taw Fort. 1 (3) Ottered prochtoes. tf'jtavpqi*tgraph applies to aZfpenanastortng: Sav ing. or taping smmretfmt. nitrate, end to the owner or lene* off rififjnBatog. pramlees, or shoetore to wMtfgwenonlum nitrate ta gtqgpd ttitanata of 1,000 pounds or mere: , 1 (II) Approval at torse gutBstittrifekage shah be subject todtWtotadeBKtcp. of Utofite and antogVwf bMgMtfc feeluding exposure to' total TMtoEtoto burning or decompostog aagmaatom nitrate. (III) (a) Storage buddings than not have basements unless tbs tv****"int* are open on at least one side. Storage buildings shall not be over one story to height. (b) Storage buildings shall hare ade quate ventilation or be of a ecsutruetlon that will be self-ventilating to the event of fire. (e) The wall on the exposed side of a storage building within M feet of a combustible building. forest,- piles of combustible materials aad stmHar ex posure hasardt shall be at fire-radstive construction. In Urn at the fireresistive wall, other suitable means of exposure protection such aaa free stand ing wall may be used. The robf coverings shall be class C or better, as defined In Roof Coverings. NFPA 303-1370. (d) All flooring In storage and han dling areas. Shan be of nonoombustible material or protected against Impregna tion by ammonium nitrate and shall be Ko. ie--Pt. n- FIDHAi MOUTH, VOL 34, NO. 109--JATUIDAY. MAY IV. 1V7I 16419 m smJi Uisr-compounders of axplottvsa or blast ing agents dbafi be tn conformity with man Wirnta mK** mt to eonBned <b> Height or depth of piles shaS be paragraphs (a) through a of this in the mot afflifc-;;' limited by the presents setting teodmxy IQCtlOB. (e> Tte'tetuflC tor an existing at the product. However, In no ease shall (> General precaution), (l) (a> Bee- storage bmidtog oalfcetotoi not tn sfatet the ammonium nitrate be piled higher at trleal Installations shall conform to the conformity with 0* petogtoph m*y be any point than 38 Inches below the roof requirements of subpart S of this part, approved tn eases where each continued or supporting and .spreadsr beams over for ordinary locations. They shall be de uk will not oaoetitirte heoerd to life head. signed to minimise damage from or adjoining property. (c) Ammonium nitrate shall not be corrosion. </) Buildings end structures shall be aoeepted for storage when the tempera (vl> In areas where lightning storms dry end free from water seepage through ture of the product exceeds 130* F. are prevalent, lightning protection shall the roof, welle, end floora. <d) Dynamite, other explosives, and be provided. (See the Lightning Protec (3) Storage of ammonium nitrate in blasting agents shall not be ueed to break tion Code. NPPA 78-1388.) boat. grants. or other containert. (i> (o> up or loosen caked ammonium nitrate. (vll> Provisions shall be made to pre Bags end oontelnere ueed for ammo (5) Contaminant). (1) (a) Ammonium vent unauthorised personnel from en nium nltrete muat comply with specifi nitrate shall be In a separate building or tering the ammonium nitrate storage cations end etenderde required for uee shall be separated by approved type fire area. in lntenute commerce Ceee 43 CFR walls of not leas than 1 hour fire-resist (7) fire protection. (1) Not more than Cbeptor I). ance rating from storage or organic 3,800 torn of begged ammonium nitrate <b) cootetnen need on the premises chemicals, acids, or other corrosive ma shall be stored In a building or structure In the actual msaufactoring or process terials, materials that may require blast not equipped with an automatic sprin ing need not comply with provisions of ing during processing or handling, earn- kler system.-Sprinkler systems shall be subdivision (a) of thle eabdlrlelon. pressed flammable gases, flammable and of approved type and installed In ac (U) (a) Contelnere of ammonium nl combustible materials or other contam cordance with the Standard for the In trete shell not be accepted for iterate inating substances, Including but not stallation of Sprinkler Systems, NFPA wben the temperature of the ammonium limited to animal fate, baled cotton, baled 13-1363. nltrete eeoeede 130* F. rage, baled scrap paper, bleaching <U) (a) Suitable fire control devices (b) Bate of ammonium nltrete shell powder, burlap or cotton bags, caustic such as small hose or portable extin not be stored within SO inches of the soda, coal, ooke. charcoal, cork, camphor, guishers shall be provided throughout terete building wells end partitions. (c) The halfht of piles shell not cl excelsior, fibers of any kind, fish oils, fish meal, foam rubber, bay, lubricating oil, the warehouse and in the t"emsg and unloading areas. See thi Standard for - osed 30 feet. The width of piles shall not exceed 30 feet end tbs length 30 feet except that where the boUdlnt It of nencombustlbie construction or la protected by automatic sprinklers the length of piles shall not be limited. In no case shall the ammonium nitrate be stacked closer linaed oil, or other oxldlsahle or drying oils, naphthalene, oakum, oiled cloth ing, oiled paper, oiled textiles, paint, straw, sawdust, wood shavings, or veg etable oils. Walls referred to in this sub division need extend only to the under side of the roof. the Installation of Portimle Ftre bttngubhers, NFPA 10-1370,iuid the Stand ard for the Inatallatton at Standpipe and Boee Systems. NPPA 14-1378. (b) Water suppllee and fire hydrants shall be available In accordance with recognised good practicee. then 38 inches below the roof or sup porting end spreader beams overhead. (b) In lieu of separation walls, am monium nitrate may be separated from (1914.110 Storage sad handling of ilq- . aeftsd petroleum gstea, (d> Aisles shall be provided to sepa rate piles by a clear space of not leas than 3 feet in width. At least one service or main aisle In the storage area shall be not less than 4 feet In width. (4) Storage of bulk ammonium ni trate. (1) (a) Warehouses shall have adequate ventilation or be capable of adequate ventilation m case of fire. (b) Unless constructed of noncombustible material or unless adequate facilities for fighting a roof fire are available, bulk storage trueturns shall not exceed a height of 40 feet. (ll) (a) Bins shall be clean and free of materials wMch may contaminate ammonium nitrate. ibi Due to tbrcorrosive and reactive properties of ammonium nitrate, end to avoid contamination, galvanised Iron, copper, lead, and line shall not be used in a bln construction unless suitably pro the materials referred to In subdlvision (a) of this subdivision by a space of at least 30 feet. (e) Flammable liquids such as gaso line, kerosene, solvents, and light fusl oils shall not be stored on the premises except when such storage conforms to 11310.108, and when wells and sills or curbs are provided In accordance with subdivisions (a) or <b> of this subdivision. <d) LP-Gas shall not be stored on the premises exoept when such storage eonforms to 11310.110. <U) (a) Sulfur and finely divided metals shall not be stored In the same building with ammonium nitrate except wben such storage conforms to para graphs (a) through (h) of thle section. (b> Explosives and blasting agents shall not be stored In the same building with ammonium nitrate exoept on the () Definition) applicable to this sec- j tion. As ueed tn this section: (1) API-ASMB container--A con tainer constructed tn accordance with j the requirements of paragraph (b)(3) (ill) of this section. (3) A8MI container -- A container constructed in accordance with the re quirements of paragraph (b) (3) (111) of this section. (3) Container assembly--An assembly i<tnrigtln| flMflfltlilly of coDUlntr and fittings for all ooatalner openings. Including shutoff valves, excess flow valves, liquid-level gaging devices, safety relief devices, and protective housing. (4) Containers--All vessels, such as tanks, cylinders, or drums, used tor transportation or storing liquefied pe troleum gases (8) DOT -- Department of Transportation. tected. Aluminum bins and wooden bine protected against impregnation by am monium nitrate are permissible. The premises of makers, distributors, and user-compounders of explosives or blast ing agents. () DOT container--A container con structed In accordance with the appli cable requirements of 43 CFR Chapter 1. partitions dividing the ammonium ni (o> Where explosives or blasting (7) "Liquefied petroleum gases"-- trate storage from other products which agents are stored in separate buildings, "LPO" and "LP-Gas"--Any material would contaminate the ammonium ni trate shall be of tight construction. other than on the premises of makers, distributors, and user-cornpounders of which b composed predominantly of any of the following hydrocarbons, or mix (c> The ammonium -nitrate storage explosives or blasting agents, they shall tures of them; propane, propylene, bu bins or piles shall be dearly Identified be separated from the ammonium nitrate tanes (normal butane or lso-butane). by signs reading "Ammonium Nitrate" by the distances and/or barricades speci and butylenes. with letters at least 3 Inches high. fied in Table H-23 of thle subpart, but by (8) Movable fuel storage tenders or <iii) 'a) Piles or bins shall be so sized not less than So feet. farm carte--Containers not In excess of and arranged that all material In the (d) Storage and/or operations on the 1,300 gallons water capacity, equipped pile is moved out periodically In order to premises of makers, distributors, tad with wheeb not to be towed from one HOHAL IfOISTH. VOL 34, NO. 103--SATVItOAT, MAY 1*. 1V71 1 6420  ?5fe - Tel-Ji-***:.. - ? MM3 location -of imp to snotber. They arc those constructed fa aeeerdaass with 49 fag to paragraph U-to to-tfce fafg and bafcaHy noobfahway vehicle*. bat mar CFR Part 178, shall consist of a centstner saltier edltloor an ace srttoM oecatkmaffy be moved over pqbbe road* assembly and eosor more regulators, and <B) Container* Snrtgnedl roratrusted, or highways, They m and a* a fad may include ether prate. TBs system as and tested pries to My t-1991, accord (apply for farm Itartoee. eonetruction a mtit or the eentsfaer assembly as a ing to the Code for UWbed Pressure machinery mil mftreiiiliaiait unit, and the regulator or regulators, Vessels for Petroleum Liquids eng Oases, (9) PjSJ.o.--pjonfa per equare Inch shall be Individually listed. 1991 edition with 1994 Addenda, of the gauge. (lv> The provMene of subdivision (1) American Petroleum Institute and ttn- (10) PJBJ.A.--pounds per square Inch of this subparagraph shall not be con Amerlcan Society of Mechanical Engi absolute. strued as prohibiting the continued use neers shall be conoldered in oonfonn- (11) Systems--an assembly of equip or reinstallation of containers con ance. Containers constructed according ment consisting essentially of the con structed and maintained in accordance to API-ABME Code do not have to oom- tainer or containers, major devices such with the standard for the Storage and ply with section I or with appendix to as vaporisers, safety relief valves, excess Handling of Liquefied Petroleum Oases section I. Paragraphs W-901 to W-999 flow valves, regulators, and piping con- NPFA No. 89 In effeet at the time of fab Inclusive in the 1943 and earlier edition* rtdtr.ttny guch pets. rication. dO Apply, (12) Vaporiser-burner--an Integral (v> Containers taed with systems em (6) With notation ae to whether the vaporiser-burner unit, dependent upon bodied In paragraph (b), (d)(3)(111), container Is designed for underground the beat generated by the burner as the and (f> of this section, than be con or aboveground Installation or both. If source of beat to vaporize the liquid used structed, tested, and stamped fa accord Intended for both and different style for dehydrators or dryers. ance with DOT spedfleatlons effective at hoods are provided, the marring shall (IS) Ventilation, adequate--when the date of their manufacture. indicate the proper hood for each type specified for the prevention of fire dur (4) Welding of containers. (1) Weld of installation. ing normal operation, ventilation shall ing to the iheB, head, or any other part (c) With the name and address of the be considered adequate when the con of the container subject to internal pres supplier ef the container, or with the centration of the gas In a gas-air mixture sure, ban be done fa eomphanee with trade name of the container. does not exceed 29 percent of the lower flammable limit. (14) Approved--unless otherwise In dicated, hating or approval by the fol lowing nationally recognised testing the code under which the tank was fab , (4) With the water capacity of the ricated. Other welding Is permitted only container in pounds or r* UJB. on saddle plates, lugs, or brackets at Sti&dtnL tached to the container by the tank (e) With the pressure fa p*Lg., for manufacturer. which the container Is designed. laboratories: Underwriters Laboratories, (II) Where repair or modification in If) With the wonfisg It* msilslnsi Inc.; Factual Mutual Engineering Corp. volving welding of DOT oontefnen it re shall not contain a prodatt havtog a (It) listed see "approved" In I 1910. quired, the container (hall be returned vapor p- . ire In excess of -- pjXg. at 110(14). (10) DOT Specifications--regulations to a qualified manufacturer mafang con tainers of the tame type, and the repair 100* F,, i subparagraph (14) (rill) at this paragraph. of the Department of Transportation or mortification made In compliance with (g) With the tare wefaM fapenndser published in 49 CFR Chapter I. (IT) DOT regulations--see 11910. DOT regulations. (8) ttarktnge on confabler*. (1) Radi other Identified uzdt of weight for con tainers with a water eapadfaLcf 200 110(a>(10>. (10) DOT requirement*--see 11910. container covered In subparagraph (3) (1) of tide paragraph, except as provided pounds or leas. (A) With marking indicating the max 110(a)(10). (19) DOT cylinders--cylinders meet ing the requirements of 49 CFR Chapter L (b) Basie rales.--(1) Odorlting eater. (1) All liquefied petroleum cases shall be effectively odorized by an approved agent of such character ae to Indicate posi tively, by distinct odor, the presence of gas down to concentration In air of not over one-fifth the lower limit of flam mability. Odoriiation, however, la not required If harmful In the use at further processing of the liquefied petroleum gas, or If odorlxatlon will serve no useful pur pose as s warning agent In such use or further processing. (11) The odorlaatton requirement of subdivision (1) of this subparagraph shaH be considered to be met by the use of 1.0 pounds of ethyl mercaptan, l.o pounds of thlophane or 1.4 pounds of amyl mercaptan per 10.000 gallons of LP-Qas. However, this listing of odorants and quantities shall not exclude the use of other odorants that meet the odorlxatlon requirements of subdivision (1) of this In subparagraph (3>(lv) of this para graph shaH be marked as specified in the following; (a) With g marking Identifying com pliance with, and other markings re quired by, the nilee of the reference wider which the container la con structed; or with the stamp and other markings required by the National Board of Boiler and Pressure Vessel Inspectors. (III) In systems utilizing containers of over 2,000 gallons water capacity, each regulator, container valve, excess flow valve, gaging device, and relief valve In stalled on or at the container, hcn have Its correctness as to design, construction, and performance determined by listing by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., or Factory Mutual Engineering Corp. (3) Requirementt tor construction and original test of container. (1) Contain ers used with systems embodied in para graphs (d), (e), (g). and (h) of this sec tion, except ae provided in paragraphs (e) (3) (111) and (g) (3) (1) of this section, shall be designed, constructed, and tested In accordance with the Rules for Con imum level to which the container may be filled with liquid at temperatnns be tween 30* F. and 130* F., eeetpl ca con tainer* provided with fixed level Indicators or which are fined by weighing. Markings than be increments of not more than 39* F. This marking may be located on the liquid level gaging device. (i) With the outside surface area In square feet. (U) Markings specified shall be on a metal nameplate attached to the con tainer and located In such a manner ae to remain risible after the container 1* Installed. (Ill) When LP-Gas and one or more other gases are stored or used In the same area, the containers shall be marked to Identify their content. Marking than be In compliance with American National Standard Z4S.1-1964, "Method of Mark ing Portable Compressed Gas Containers To Identify the Material Contained." (9) Location ot container! and reg ulating equipment. (1) Containers, and first stage regulating equipment if used, subparagraph. struction of Unfired Pressure Vessels, shall be located outslde.of buildings, ex (2) Approval ot equipment and sys section vm. Division 1, American So cept under one or more of the following: tems. <L> Each system utilizing DOT ciety of Mechanical Engineers (ABME) (a) In buildings used exclusively far containers In accordance with 49 CFR Part 178 shall have Its container valves, connectors, manifold valve assemblies, and regulators approved. (U> Each system for domestic or com mercial use utilizing containers of 2.000 Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. 1988 edition. (11) Containers constructed according to the 1949 and earlier editions of the ASMS Code do not have to comply with paragraphs U-2 through U-10 and U-19 container charging, vaporization pres sure reduction, gas arizing, gas manufac turing, or distribution. (b) When portable use Is necessary and in accordance with paragraph (c) (&) gallons or less water capacity, other than thereof. Containers constructed accord- ot this section. fit)HAL IMISTft, VOL 34, NO. IOS--SATUtOAV, MAY >*, 1*71 1 6421 iTWNS LP-Oas fueled stationary or port- mable liquid tanks of 378 galkme or lees accordance with the specification* for tn UMldUM ftth BUV capacity. Aluminum Alloy Pipe, American Na raphtaMll) or (U) of this aectico. (vlll) Suitable means shall be taken to tional Standards Institute (ANSI) H38.- (d) LP-Ga* fueled Industrial track* prevent the aocumulaUoo of flammable 7-190# (AST, B341-09), except that the used in aooordanee with,paragraph () liquids under adjacent liquefied petro use of alloy 5450 la prohibited and shall 03) of this section. leum gae containers, such ae by diking, be suitably marked at each end of each (e> U>-Gas fueled vehicles garaged In diversion curbs, or grading. length Indicating compliance with accordance with paragraph (e)(14) of (lx) When dikes are used with flam American National Standard Institute this section. mable liquid tanks, no liquefied petro Specifications. Aluminum Alloy pipe (/> Contelnen AWAittn* use or resale leum gas containers shall be located shall be protected against external cor when stored In accordance with pore- within the diked area. rosion when It is In contact with dis graph (f > of this section. (7) Container valve* and container similar metals other than galvanized (11) Each Individual container shall be accessories. (1) Valves, fittings, and steel, or its location Is svmject to re located with respect to the nearest Im accessories connected directlyto the con peated wetting by such liquids as water portant building or group of buildings tainer Including primary shutoff valves, (except rain water), detergents, sewage, or line of adjoining property which may shall have a rated working pressure of or leaking from other piping, or It be built on In accordance with Table at laast 380 psig. and shall be of ma passes through flooring, piaster, ma H-23. terial and design suitable for LP-Oas sonry, or insulation. Galvanized sheet Tills H-SS service. Cast Iron shall not be used for steel or pipe, galvanized Inside and out, container valves, fittings, and accesso may be considered suitable protection. ries. This does not prohibit the use of The maximum nominal pipe size for container valve* made of malleable or aluminum pipe shall be three-fourths Watar capacity paroootalnar CocUlnan Btww aba** Uadar> Abor nodular Iron. Inch and shall not be used for pressures (U) Connection* to oontalnen, except exceeding 30 psig. Aluminum alloy pipe safety relief connection*, liquid level shall not be Installed within 8 Inches *f gaging device*, and plugged opening*, the ground. hUml tothNaOnff1t2O6 o(aGht.... 10 bet.. . Noon.... Nona. 10 hat.. . lOhat... Nona. tt hat.. . 10 hat... Shat Shat'. Sfaat'.. that shall have shutoff valves located a* dose (a) Vapor piping with operating pres to the container t* practicable. sure* not exceeding 138 psig. shall be (Ill) Excess flow valves, where re suitable for a working pressure ot at lesat "AS-Shat.. Shat... that. quired (hall close automatically at the 138 psig. Pipe shall be at least Schedule rated flows of vapor or liquid as specified .40 ASTM A-83-89, Grade B Electric Re Shat.. 78 hat... atari of by the manufacturer. The oannection* or sistance Welded and ^ectrio Plash Shat.. 100 hat.. adjacent contain- line Including valve*, fittings, etc., being protected by an excel* flow valve shall Welded Pipe or equal. (b) Vapor piping with eperatlng pres vatar eaeaetty of o emUt-cooUtMr ______________ nmar 4ta Is m faDooa or cnotar, tba eetie.iiw.fw*> dljtaaaa dn aomply vttfa tba appropriate pottka or this Ubto. spptjtaf lb. sqn ntber Una tbo auecnr por oootalMrU mere tbea o ' InaaaBBssOtlobo kli pmaoddoa. suobh' tmHIMHwi daQ bo otooppttnnttod frwn onolhor lnotsllotlon br ot looot 36 boa Do not apply tbo MINorCM DISTANCES BITWXXN ABOVxOBOUND CONTAIN! R8 lo soob tnoWbotWio < Non- Tbo ebon dWaaeo loQulfomouU war bo ootrodnood lo am taw tfcsn 10 looc lor o dodo ocnlolMT o( l nllou vat* osoodtr or Moa proildtos oh o t 1stcootsloor Is tt looot Shot bom OUT oUMr LP-Ooo no- tolnor o mors thou foQorio votor copedtr. (Ill) Containers Installed for use shall not be stacked one above the other. (Iv) In Industrial Installation* Involv ing container* of 1(0.000 gallon* aggre gate water capacity or more, where serious mutual exposures between the container and adjacent properties pre vail, firewall* or other means of special protection designed and constructed in accordance with good engineering prac tices are required. (v) in the case of buildings devoted exclusively to gee manufacturing and distributing operation*, the distances re have a greater capacity than the rated flow of the excel* flow valve. (iv) Liquid level gaging devices which are so constructed that outward flow of container contents shall not exceed that passed by a No. 84 drill else opening, need not be equipped with excess flow valves. (v) Openings from container or through fitting* attached directly on container to which pressure gage con nection is made, need not be equipped with shutoff or excess flow valves If such openings are restricted to not larger then Ho. 84 drill sise opening. (vi) Except a* provided in paragraph (e) (8) (1) (b) of this section, excess flow and back pressure check valve* where required by this section shall be located Inside of the container or et a point out side where the line enters the container; In the latter case, installation shall be made In such manner that any undue train beyond the excess flow or back pressure check valve will not cause breakage between the container and sure* over 136 psig. and an liquid pip ing shall be suitable far a working pres sure of at least 380 psig. Pipe shall be at least Schedule 80 If Joints are threaded or threaded and back welded. At least Schedule 40 (ASTM A-83-09 Grade B Hectric Resistance Welded and Electric Plash Welded pipe or equal) shall be used If Joints are welded, ox welded and flanged. til) Timing shall be seamless and of copper, brass, steel, or aluminum alloy. Copper timing shall be of type KorLor equivalent as covered tn the Specifica tion for Seamless Capper Water Tube ANSI H33.1-1970 (AJ3TU BSS-g) Aluminum alloy tubing shall be of Type A or B or equivalent a* oorered in Spec ification ASTM B310-8S and shall b< suitably marked every 18 Inches Indicat ing compliance with ASTM Specificstloos. The minimum QOmltUkl Will thickness of copper tubing and sJumlnun alloy tubing shall be as specified In Tabli H-24 and Table H-35. quired by Table S-tt may be reduced provided that In no case shall containers of water capacity exceeding 800 gallons be located closer than 10 feet to such such valve. (vll) Exoees flow valve* shall be de signed with a bypass, not to exceed e Ho. 80 drill size opening to allow equalisa Tilt* S-H--WtXL TvctxtM or Com TV*wo i Note: Tba standard sl by Wbtcb Cobs la daaifoai* la Vflnch than tta nominal oaulda diamater. gas manufacturing and distributing tion of pressures. buildings. (vlli) Containers of more then 30 gal ivi) Readily lgnltlble material such lons water capacity and leu than 3,000 as weed* and long dry grass shall be gallons water capacity, filled on s vol Standard SSU (lachaa) Nominal O.D. (inebaa) Nominal vail thkknam (Incbat) Type C Typa L removed within 10 feet of any container. umetric basis, and manufactured after (vll) The minimum separation be December l, 1(83, shall be equipped for 3 0.375 0 500 . a 046 0.049 a 030 0.005 tween liquefied petroleum gas containers filling Into the vapor space. and flammable liquid tanks shall be 30 (8) Piping--including pipe, tubing, feet, and the minimum separation be and fitting*. (1) Pipe, except as provided 3 0 625 a 750 a 175 1.12ft 0.049 0.049 a 066 0.06ft 0. 04<) 0 042 0 045 0 050 tween a container and the centerline of In paragraphs (e)(6)(l) and (g)(10) the dike shall be 10 feet. The foregoing (111), ot this section shall be wrought iH P 1. 375 l. A2S 2.125 0.066 0.072 a 063 0 066 0 060 0.070 provision shall not apply when LP-Oss Iron or steel (black or galvanised), brass, containers of 138 gallons or lees capacity copper, or aluminum alloy. Aluminum i Based on data In Specification lor Seamless Copp< are installed adjacent to Claes in flam alloy pipe shall be at least Schedule 40 In Water Tabs, ANSI H2$T-1*TO (ASTM B-84-69). HOttAl MG1STU. VOC 34, NO. 10J--SAIUIDAT, MAT 1*. 1*71 1 6422 KIMIS AND KIOUtATMNS 10640 Tuu H-W-WiU. Tpcmw of Ainonni Allot OutM6t dtonator (todbm) H u u * Nenwsl nl rntam (SM ryes* Tm AO* AO* AMI AO* AO* AO* AO* A0 1 BtMd on <UU to SUodtrd Otttdfleatfoo tor Alumi num-Alloy Dnvn flnmleM Co&d Tub tor Bpttfcl PnipoM Applications, ASTM B310-0A Aluminum alloy tubing shall bo protecLed against external corrosion when It le In contact with dissimilar metals other than saitanixed eteel, or lta loca tion le eubject to repeated wetting by liquids such aa water (except rainwater), detergents, sewage, or leakage from other piping, of It pasee* through flooring, plaster. masonry, or lneulation. Oalvanlaed sheet steel or pipe, galvanized In side and out, may be considered suitable protection. The maximum outside di ameter for aluminum alloy tubing shall be three-fourths Inch and shall not be used for pressures exceeding 30 p-sXg. Aluminum alloy tubing shall not be In stalled within g Inches of the ground. (Ill) In systems where the gas In liquid form without pressure reduction enters the building, only heavy walled seamless brass or copper tubing with an Internal diameter not greater than three thirty-seconds Inch, and a wall thick ness of not less than three sixty-fourths Inch shall be used. This requirement shall not apply to research and experi mental laboratories, buildings, or sepa rate lire divisions of buildings used ex' dusively for housing Internal combus tion engines, and to commercial gas plants or bulk stations where containers are charged, nor to Industrial vaporizer buildings, nor to buildings, structures, or equipment under construction or under going major renovation. (lv) Pipe Joints may be screwed, flanged, welded, soldered, or brazed with a material having a melting point ex ceeding 1.000' P. Joints on seamless cop per, brass, steel, or aluminum alloy gas tubing shall be made by means of ap proved gas tubing fittings, or soldered or brazed with a material having a melting point exceeding 1,000* F. (v) For operating pressures of 12S ps-l.g. or leas, fittings shall be designed for a pressure of at least 136 ps-lg. For opersrting pressures above 136 psig-, fit tings shall be designed for a minimum of 350 ps-l.g. (vi) The use of threaded cast Iron pipe fittings such as ells, tees, crosses, couplings, and unions Is prohibited. Aluminum alloy fittings shall be used with aluminum alloy pipe and tubing. Insulated fittings shall be used where aluminum alloy pipe or tubing connects with a dissimilar metal. (vli) Strainers, regulators, meters, compressors, pumps, etc., are not to be considered as pipe fittings. This does not prohibit the use of malleable, nodular, or higher strength gray iron for such equipment. (vttt) An materials such as valve seats, packing, gaskets, diaphragms, gto, shall be of such quality as to be resistant to the action of liquified petroleum gee under the service conditions to which they are subjected. (lx) All piping, tubing, or hose shall be tested after assembly and proved free from leaks at not less than normal oper ating pressures. After installation, pip ing and tubing of all domestic and com mercial systems shaU be tested and proved free of leaks using a manometer or equivalent device that win Indicate a drop In pressure. Test shall not be made with a flame. (x> Provision shall be made to com pensate for expansion, contraction, Jar ring, and vibration, and for settling. This may be accomplished by flexible connections. (xi) Piping outside buildings may be buried, above ground, or both, but shall be well supported and protected against physical damage. Where soil conditions warrant, all piping shall be protected against corrosion. Where condensation may occur, the piping shall be pitched back to the container, or suitable means shall be provided for revaporization of the condensate. (6) Hote specifications. (1) Bose shall be fabricated of materials that are resist ant to the action of LP-Oas in the liquid and vapor phases. If wire braid Is used for reinforcing the hose, it shall be of corrosion-resistant material such as stainless steel. (U> Hose subject to container pres sure shall be marked "LP-Oas" or "LPQ" at not greater than 10-foot Intervals. (Ill) Bose subject to container pres sure shall be designed for a bursting pressure of not less than 1350 psig. (lv) Hose subject to container pres sure shall have its correctness as to de sign construction and performance determined by being listed (see i 1910.110 (a)(16)). (v) Hose connections subject to con tainer pressure shall be capable of with standing, without leakage, a test pres sure of not leas than 500 pzJ.g. (vl) Hose and hose connections on the low-pressure side of the regulator or reducing valve shall be designed for a bursting pressure of not less than 135 ps-l.g or five times the set pressure of the relief devices protecting that portion of the system, whichever Is higher. (vll) Hose may be used on the low- pressure side of regulators to connect to other than domestic and commercial gas appliances under the following conditions: (a) The appliances connected with hose shall be portable and need a flexi ble connection. (b) For use Inside buildings the hose shall be of minimum but shall not exceed eprfaecetticaexl cleepntgtahs, provided In paragraph (c) (5) (1) (/) of this section and shall not extend from one room to another, nor pass through any walla, partitions, ceilings, or floors. Such hose shall not be concealed from view or used In a concealed location. For use outside of braidings, the hosa may exceed this length but shall b* kept as short as practtoal. (c) The hose shall be approved and shaU not be used where it Is likely to be srmjected to temperatures above 135' P. The hose shall be securely connected to the appliance and the use of nk>ber slip ends shall not be permitted. (d) The shutoff valve for an appli ance oasmected by boee shall be in the metal pipe or tubing and not at the ap pliance end of the hose. When shutoff valves are Installed dose to each other, precautions shall be taken to prevent operation of the wrong valve. (e) Hose used for connecting to wall outlets shall be protected from physical damage. (10) Safety device*. (1) Every con tainer except those constructed in ac cordance with DOT specifications and every vaporizer (except motor fuel vaporisers and except vaporizers de scribed In subparagraph (lixiixc) of this paragraph and paragraph (d) (4Xv> (a) of this section) whether heated by artificial means or not, shall be provided with one or more safety relief valves of spring-loaded or equivalent type. These valves shall be arranged to afford free vent to the outer air with discharge not less than 6 feet horisoctally Away from any opening Into the buUdUV which la below such discharge. The rate of dis charge shall be In accordance with the requirements of subdivision (11) of this subparagraph or subdivision (111) of this subparagraph In the case of vaporizers. (11) ifhUmiun required rate of dis charge In cubic feet per minute of air at 130 percent of the maximum per mitted start to discharge pressure for safety relief valves to be used on con tainers other than those constructed in accordance with DOT specification shall be as follows: Surface area (*q. ft ) Flew rote cm air 20 or Ms. 25........... . 30 ........... 35........... . SOS 731 870 000 40 ........... 45........... . 1. 100 1.200 50........... 55 ........... SO........... sTOo................ 1.330 1. 430 1.640 1. 040 1.760 76............ *0 ......... 55 ........... 1. 860 1. 960 0. 050 00........... OS........... .....100......... . 106 110......... 118......... . no......... 106......... 130......... . 138 ......... 140......... . 0. 150 0.240 0. 340 2.440 2.530 0. 630 2. 700 0. B10 0.900 2. 990 3.080 146......... . 160......... . 166.......... ISO......... . 3. 170 3.260 3.350 3.440 HDWAt tfOISTH, VOL 34, MO. 105--SATUtOAT, MAY 39, 1971 1 6423 , . K<SfSS^ fa* HerTtHie ectnas at ooctalners with total oQMh curiae* im *Btr thaq 9400 eqweje feet* the required flow ml# can be cetenlrtmt tatng the formule, now 9it*^7W ait=s9.m am>. Astotal eotdft wifm area of the coo- Vein* aot sMrksq 'air' have now vats (vtt XB eefMfc'SMNDnr'MMenfly curtained Ugb tampecalras prevail which reqnU* thn dm of a Imnc pressure produoi to b* stored or I of a W|fc designed vnmiH nod in order to prevent the safety rein* openln u the remit of these temperature*. At an alternative the tanka mar be pro tected by cooling device, inch ai by spraying, by shading, or other effective mean.. mtfrJSnSm^JS'rS^SaSe^fwTby muittplyuc th. UoutM panleia n, retlac* by fKton UsMd bslow. air dov I*Unfa can M eonvsrtsd to nun*, in cubic fast pm minute or Uqwtod pstroisum gas by tfivMin, th. air rating. by tM faster. HM (TU Safety relief valve. Hull be rr*ned to that the poanWUty of tampevlng will be mtnlmlied. If prassuis setting or adjustment 1. external, the relief valve* (hall be provided with approved mean, for snsltng adjustment, (Tm> Shutoff valve, mall not be ln- Mio*' stalled between the utetr relief device. am coirmmoa rum and the eootatner, or the equipment or ------------------------- ----- -------- ---- ----------- piping to which the aafrtr relief device Catalan typ,....... tot i* u. in as la oocmaeted exeept that a shutoff valve irBnmMM<r. ii. ti. Lin lws im may he Med where the arrangement of -------------------------------------------------------- tU* valve Is inch that foil required ca- Ull) arinimnm Required Rate of DU- parity flow through the safe^ relief charge far Safety Relief Valve* for devloe It atway* afforded. IJqnefled Petroleum Oas VaporUem (lx) safety reflet valve.'Mali bare (Steam Heated, Wstsr Heated, and direct eommunleauon with th* vapor 490........... ................... Direct Fired). moo of Ms container atoll thorn. *00. MO *00..... .................... ........................ io,m MO........................ .................. ........10. MO TOO................................................... 11,550 TOO ............................................ ......19,00 00 ...................................... ............19, MO The minimum required rata of diecharge for Mfcty relief valve. shall be determined a. follows: (a) Obtain the total surface area by adding th* surface area of vaporlaer Mdl in square fMt directly tn contact (x) Xaeh eoutalner safsm reUsf vwlve met vtth lyow, wmw, & p,ygmriu (d). (a), (g), and (hi afthU section, except as provided In parAresh (aid) (Bl) of this motion Man b* r1-1-^ Md permanently marked with tbs tallowing: MO..... ................................ ---- 19.040 with If-a*, end the heat evnhangart "Container Type" of the prsesura veeeei 00........................................ ..........14.1*0 MO ........................................ ..........14,8*0 1.000 ................................................10,410 1,060 .............................. .................. 10,100 1,100................................................ 16,190 1,160................................................ 11,9*0 1400............. .................................. IT,MO surface area tn square feet directly tn contact with If-Oaa. (b) Obtain th* minimum required rate of dlwharre In cnfiie feet of air per mlnuteTat M* F.and 14 7 pjXa. from subdivision (11) of this sub- on which th* valve Is dmlgnad to b* Installed: the pressure In paXg. at which Talv* U eet to dUcharge; the actual rat* uf dUeharg* of the Waive In cubic Per minute of air at M* P. and 14.1 P-sJjl; and the manufacturer*, name 1,260 ................................................ 18*1* 1,500 ................................................ 19.1*0 pPa*aravgOraCpohn, tafolnretrhiesndtotvaal proartifsaecresaarfeeaty, and catalog number, fog example: T300- 1460................................................ 10,7*0 1,400 ................................................ 90.9*0 1,450 .......................................... ......90,9*0 1400................................................ 91,510 1.550 ................................................ 99.2*0 1.600 ................................................ 29.740 1.650 ................................................ 99,990 1.700 ................................................ 29,900 1.750 ................................................ 94.470 with Table H-ao. tihi h-m -------------------------------------------------------- ConUlMfB mml.sss.im Ust4.ma ^u to subdivision au of this subparagraph. (xl) Safety relief valve assemblies. In- ClUd&Q* thdr thall |)i of 1.800 ................................................ 91.060 1.850 ................................................ 9*. 690 1400................................................ 99,190 1.950 ................................................ 99.750 9.000 ________ _________________ * 97,810 Surfae* *r*=total < container in i wbta the turfto* art* I* not ampw1 on tht nnmtput* or wtMB tba martin* 1* bo* legible, the tm eta bo calculated by utlnf on* of the following formulM: (l) Cylindrleol container with fcexnlepheri* eol heeds: Area = Overall length x outaldo diameterx 3.1416. (9) Cylindrical container with other than hemispherical heads: Am= (Overall length+05 outside dlometor) x outside dlometerx 9.1416. Note: Thu formula U bo* exact, but will give retulu within the limits of practical (pma>) ipnas sufficient slM so a* to provld* the rate of flow required for the container on us ms which they are Installed. asm ooa Pu. c-aos, (ill) A hydrostatic relief valve shall in^SSmSaiis.- * be Installed between each pair of Mut- usauSjMiusm off valves on liquefied petroleum gas llq- .gA&*qi---.-a;:r- S ijg uld piping so as to nUev* into a safe DOT-ifn>!iSi?tLS"00*- " ua atmosphere. The start-to-dlaoharge pres- c/acbsetwi----------------------------------- - sure setting of such relief valres shall not -be In excess of 500 paiv. The minimum bhaaertaiw, V mMty met rehw tn iBend setting on relief valves Installed In piping Mrti ootu.T^Tt 10 pTOO' * Ul *" vnmM csohnanllenctoetdbteo olotwheerr tthhaannD1O40T pceorncteaninteor*f f.) A*r.t* Tnf riaviMs used with system* employing containers other Man those constructed aborting to the container relief valve setting and In PlPl".hco..n.n4e0c0tepdstoixDSOuTchcosnrtaeilnieefrvsanlvoet {Sculd^ to lmtaffidtotha pumpdtaM^ffttosiie^^tlSrcStopre- Vlded by installing the relief valve In the thf. suction piping. The st*rt-to-dlsch*re occurocy for the eole purpooe of Bjdnc relief valves. (31 SDherleol container: Area=Outside diameter aquoredx 1.1416. now Rate-CFM Air=Required flow oapadty m^^riiluSnTSr14 percent re- temd to tn rabdlTtaioa (It) ot ttato ubBAiBCTBDh) DBzmttted stBrt to diachtm preuure settln* ol the deriee. votap, thAll b* fr*At*r toab the maxlaum pressure permitted by the recircu- lation device In the system. rwmbu ooirw, vot 9*. no. to*--utoway, mat n, im 1 6424 HUB AMfr ^nUtATOMS (xfll) Dm (hsehsur* (no any safety relief device shall not tmmtaate In or hanaath any bufldtog, axsept relief de vice* OOTCTMl hr UUMMI'l>ht <> <1> (a)-(/) of this paragraph, or paragraphs (c) (4) (1) or (A) oT tideNetted. (xlv) Container safety relief devices and regulatorrelief note shall be lo cated not leu than five (6) feet In any direction from air openings Into reeled combuatlon system appliance* or me chanical ventilation air Intake*. (11) Vaporizer and housing. (1) In direct fired vaporizers utilizing steam, water, or other heating medium shall be constructed and Installed as follows: (a) Vaporizers shall be constructed In yvord*Tiee with the requirements of sub paragraph (3) (1)-(1U> of this para graph and shall be permanently marked as follows: (1) With the code marking signifying the specifications to which the vaporizer Is constructed. (2) With the allowable working pres sure and temperature for which the vaporizer Is designed. (2) With the sum of the outside sur face area and the Inside heat exchange surface area expressed In square feet. (4) With the name or symbol of the manufacturer. (b> Vaporizers having an Inside diam eter of t Inches or leu exempted by the ASME Unbred Pressure Vessel Code. Sec tion VUI of the ASME Boiler and Pres sure Vessel Code--1958 shall have a de sign pressure not leu than 350 psl.g. and need not be permanently marked. (c> Heating or cooling colls shall not be Installed Inside a storage container. (d) Vaporizers may be Installed In buildings, rooms, sheds, or lean-tos used exclusively for gas manufacturing or dis tribution, or In other structures of light, noncombustible construction or equiva lent, well ventilated near the floor line and roof. When vaporizing and/or miring equipment Is located In a structure or building not used exclusively for gas manufacturing or distribution, either attached to or within such a building, such structure or room shall be separated from the remainder of the building by a wall designed to withstand a static pres sure of at least 100 pounds per square foot. This wall shall have no openings or pipe or conduit passing through It. Such structure or room shall be provided with adequate ventilation and shall have a roof or at least one exterior wall of lightweight construction. <e> Vaporizers shall have, at or near the discharge, a safety relief valve pro viding an effective rate of discharge In accordance with subparagraph (10(111) of this paragraph, except as provided in paragraph (d> (4) (v) (a), of this section. (/) The heating medium lines Into and leaving the vaporizer shall be pro vided with suitable means for prevent ing the flow of gas Into the heat systems in the event of tube rupture In the vapor izer. Vaporizers shall be provided with suitable automatic means to prevent liquid passing through the vaporizers to the gas discharging pipe. () The devise that supplies the loeated at least 10 feet from the con necessary heat for producing steam, hot tainer shutoff valves. Vepnrlmn ltovtog water, or other heating medium may be a capacity greater than 1M estlrsn per Installed to a building, compartment, hour shall be located at least U lest from room, or lean-to which shall be venti container shutoff valves. lated near the floorline.and roof to the (c> Vaporisers may be Installed to outside. The device location shall be buildings, rooms, housings, sheds, or separated from all compartment! or lean-tos used exclusively for vaporising rooms containing liquefied petroleum or mixing of liquefied petroleum gaa. gas vaporisers, pumps, and central gaa Vaporising housing structures shall be of mixing devices by a well designed to noncombustible construction, wsll ven withstand a static pressure of at least tilated near the floorline and the high 100 pounds per square foot. This wall est point of the root. When vaporizer shall have no openings or pipes or con and/or mixing equipment la located In a duit passing through It. This require structure or room attached to or within ment does not apply to the domestic a building, such structure or room shall water heaters which may supply heat be separated from the remainder of the for a vaporizer In a domestic system. building by a wall designed to Withstand (A) Oat-fired heating systems supply a static premure of at least 100 pounds ing heat exclusively for' vaporization per square foot. This wall shall have no purposes shall be equipped with auto openings or pipes or conduit peesing matic safety devices to shut off the flow through It. Such structure or room shall of gas to main burners, If the pilot light be provided with adequate ventilation, should fall. and shall have a roof or at least one ex (I) Vaporizers may be an integral part terior wall of lightweight construction of a fuel storage container directly con to accordance with DOT specification*. nected to the liquid section or gas sec (d) Vaporisers shall have at or near tion or both. the discharge, a safety relief valve pro (1) Vaporizers shall not be equipped viding an effective rate of discharge to with fusible plugs. accordance with subparagraph (10X111) (k) Vaporiser houses shall not have of this paragraph. The relief valve shall unprotected drains to sewers or sump be so located as not to be subjected to pits. temperatures In excess of 140* r. (II) Atmospheric vaporizers employ (e) Vaporisers shall be provided with ing heat from the ground or surrounding suitable automatic means te prevent air shall be Installed as follows: liquid passing from the vaporizer to the (a) Burled underground, or gas discharge piping of the vaporizer. (b> Located inside the building Close (/) Vaporlzeri shall be provided with to a point at which pipe enters the build means for manually turning off the gas ing provided the capacity of the unit to the main burner and pilot. does not exceed 1 quart. Ig) Vaporizers shall be equipped with (c) Vaporizers of less than 1 quart automatic safety devices to shut off the capacity heated by the ground or sur flow of gas to main burners If the pilot rounding air. need not be equipped with light should fall. When the flow through safety relief valves provided that ade the pilot exceeds 2,000 B.t.u. per hour, quate tests demonstrate that the assem the pilot also shall be equipped with an bly Is safe without safety relief valves. automatic safety device to shut off the (III) Direct gas-fired vaporisers shall flow of gae to the pilot should the pilot be constructed, marked, and Installed flame be extinguished. as follows: (A) Pressure regulating and pressure (a) (J) In accordance with the re quirements of the American Society of Mechanical Engineers Boiler and Pres sure Vessel Code--IBM that are appli cable to the maximum working condi tions for which the vaporizer lz designed. (2) With the name of the manufac turer; rated BTU input to the burner; the area of the heat exchange surface to square feet: the outside surface of the vaporizer In square feet; and the reducing equipment If located within 10 feet of a direct fired vaporizer shall be separated from the open flame by a sub stantially airtight noncombustible par tition or partitions. > Except as provided In (c) of this subdivision, the following minimum dis tances shall be maintained between di rect fired vaporizers and the nearest Im portant building or group of buildings or line of adjoining property which may be built upon: maximum vaporizing capacity In gallons per hour. (b) (1) Vaporizers may be connected Ten feet for vaportz*r having a capacity of 1ft gallon* par liour or lea* vaporising capacity. Twenty-five feet for vaporizers having a to the liquid section or the gas section vaporising capacity of 16 to 100 gallon* per of the storage container, or both; but hour. In any case there shall be at the con Fifty feet for vaporizers having a vaporiz tainer a manually operated valve In each ing capacity exceeding 100 gallon* per hour. connection to permit completely shutting <j) Direct fired vaporizers shall not off when desired, of all flow of gas or raise the product pressure above the de liquid from container to vaporiser. sign pressure of the vaporizer equipment (2) Vaporizers with capacity not ex nor shall they raise the product pres ceeding 35 gallons per hour shall be sure within the storage container above located at least 5 feet from container the pressure shown in the second column shutoff valves'. Vaporizers having ca of Table 30-H. pacity of more than 35 gallons but not (A) Vaporizers shall not be provided exceeding 100 gallons per hour shall be with fusible plugs. *0ttAi KfOfSTU, VOL U, NO. 1OS--SATUtOAY, MAY If, IfTI 1 6425 shalist ton uapra- to wife autoTrtert fed temp--ita tn- tors covered ta paragraph fa) of this i to nwn or i _______ - `-*oit fMHMraetad tod l i bos tm palg. im section, or eontoiaan iwohsrted at. tin I to dhwetad toward end tDfteOBtiflQ) BMET bt fflkl Mmp to ttorts at tits eqalp- weight, or hy vchcne uting a fixed lccgflh (or Dboet lU-Srto took bootees, mt craCtog persoa- dip tab* gaging dotted. tonka to whleh they on W>M touJl (13) LP-Ocx to bsitdtegr. (1) Vapor ni7 to testallefl above grated. (e) Vapottosr-bumsrs shell be pro shall be piped Into buUdtegs et prmsnrve (to Tank beaten shall bo perma vided wife mans for manually turning in exoees of 30 psi-g. only tf the bund nently narked wife the none at On off the gas to the main-burner end pilot. ing* or aeporete areas thereof, (a) an iumlartuier. the rated B.t.u. input to (/> Vaporiser-burners shell be equip constructed In accordance with this sec thwburner, and the maximum vaporizing ped with automatic safety devices to shut tion; (6) are used excustvely to boon capacity tn gallonj per hoar. off the flow et gas to the main burner equipment ter vaporization, pleasure (e) Tank beaten may be an Integral and pilot In the event the pilot la reduction, gas mixing, gas manufactur part of a fuel Mange container directly *nngiilnhft1 ing, or distribution, or to house Interna) aoQMcted to the container liquid tec- (?) Pressure regulating and control combustion engines, Industrial processes, tian. ar vapor section, or both. equipment shall be located or protected research and experimental laboratories, Cd> Took heatete (hall be provided so that tha temperatures surrounding or equipment and processes using such wife a neane for manually turning off this equipment shell not exceed 140* F. gas end having similar hazard: (c) build tto aoe to the main burner and pilot. except that equipment components may ings, structures, or equipment under <e Tank heater* aboil be equipped be used at higher temperatures If de construction or undergoing major wife an automatic safety device to abut signed to withstand rash temperatures. fODOtottoL off fee flow of gas to main burner*. If the (h> Pressure regulating and eootrol (ID liquid may be permitted In build plied tight should fail. When flow through equipment when located downstream of ings aa follows: pilot enceed* 3,009 B.tu. par hoar, the the vaporiser shall be designed to with (a) Buildings, or separate areas of pilot also (hall be equipped with an auto stand the maximum discharge tempera buildings, used exclusively to house matic safety device to abut off the flow ture of the vapor. equipment for vaporization, pressure et gee to the pilot should the pilot (i) The vaporizer section of vaporiser- reduction, gas mixing, gas manufactur flame be extinguished. bumers shell not be provided with fusi ing, or distribution, or to house Internal |/> Pressure regulating and pressure ble plugs. combustion engines, Industrial processes, reducing equipment If located within 10 (f) Vaporizer coils or Jackets shall be research and experimental laboratories, feet of e direct fired tank heater shall made of ferrous metal or high tempera or equipment and processes usingguch ha separated from the open flame by a ture alloys. gM inH hfevinj rimllhy toUTdl rtQd substantially airtight noneomhueUble (k) Equipment utilizing vaporiser- when such buildings, or separate areas partition. burners shall ha equipped with auto thereof are cor xted In accorfence <S> The following minimum distances matic shutoff devices upstream and with this sectioc- ' ovaii be maintained between a storage downstream of the vaporizer section (b) Buildings, structural, or equip- tank heated by a direct fired tank heater connected so as to operate In the event ment under construction or undergoing and the nearest Important building or of excessive temperature, flame failure, major renovation provided the tempo group of buildings or Una of adjoining and. If applicable, Insufficient airflow. rary piping meets the following property which may be built upon: (13) rating densities. (1) The "filling conditions: Tsu (set (or storsga contain*!* of lsas thamSOO gallons watsr capacity. Twsnty-dvs (set (or starts* container* of 500 to 10 gallon* water capacity. Fifty (set for rtormf* contalnms of over 1.300 gallons water capacity. density" Is defined os the percent ratio of the weight of the gas In e container to the weight of erater the container will hold et to* F. All containers shall be filled according to the filling densities shown In Table B-37. (1) LtQUid piping <nMfe the building shall conform to the requirements of subparagraph (I) of this paragraph, and shall not exceed three-fourths iron pipe size. Copper tubing with an outside di ameter of three-fourths Inch or leas may (h) No direct fired tank heater shall raise the product pressure within the Tatra h-v-Mixtkvk FasanTSD Fame Dissit be used provided It conforms to Type K of Specifications for Seamless Water storage container over 75 percent of the Aboraffeond eaawlaari Tube, ANSI H33.1-1970 (ABTM BSS-39) pressure set out In the second column of Table H-30. (v) The vaporiser section of vaporizerburners used for dehydrators or dryers shall be located outside of buildings; they (u.rcj 0 tpok1a(d90s9OUM-ft. O|r*fcu.o(1o,00U0.S. *MWT XStaT voter top. voter top. eootoeflnloon*, podtfc* (see Table H-24). AH such piping shall be protected against construction haz ards. Liquid piping Inside buildings shall be kept to a minimum Such piping shall be securely fastened to walls or other shall be constructed and Installed as follows: Promt 41 Promt 44 Promt 49 surfaces so os to provide adequate pro tection from breakage and so located as (a) Vaporizer-burners shall have e minimum design pressure at 3M PJig. with e factor of safety et five. <b> Manually operated positive shut .tot- .#10 ...oaIaImIo---...1mt1a0r .am- .M4 .148- .M3 43 43 44 a 40 47 49 49 47 48 47 to subject the liquid Une to lowest ambient temperatures. 48 4to0 to (2) A shutoff valve shall be Installed In each Intermediate branch line where It off valves shall be located at the con tainers to shut off all flow to the vaporizer-burners. (cl Minimum distance* between stor .m- .mo .Ml- .Ml .mo- .r .on- .Mt .089- .302 .001-.000 41 4to0 11 . a 81 takes off the main line and shall be readily accessible. A shutoff valve shall 59 M also be placed at the appliance end of 97 the Intermediate branch line. Such age containers and vaporiser-burners shutoff valve shall be upstream of any shall be as follows: (11) Except es provided In subdivision flexible connector used with the Water capacity per contain*. (gallon*) Minimum distance* (r*s/) Leu than SOI---------------------------------------------------- 10 501 to 3.000.............................. 35 Over 3.000......................................................... SO (HD of this subparagraph, shy container including mobile cargo tanks and port able task containers regardless of size or construction, shipped under DOT Ju risdiction or constructed In accordance with 49 CFR Chapter I Specifications appliance. (]> Suitable excess flow valyes shell be Installed In the container outlet line supplying liquid LP-Qas to the build ing. A suitable excess flow valve shall be < d > The vaporizer section of vaporizer- shall be charged according to 49 CFR Installed Immediately downstream of burners shall be protected by a hydro Chapter I requirements. each shutoff valve. Suitable excess flow static relief valve. The relief valve shell be located so as not to be subjected to temperatures In excess of 140* F. The (ill) Portable containers not subject to DOT Jurisdiction (such as, but not limited to. motor fuel containers on in salves shall be Installed where piping size Is reduced and shall be sized for the re start-to-dlschsrge pressure setting shall dustrial and lift trucks, and form trac duced size piping. HBflUU. MORTR, VOL M, NO. 105--JATUtCAY, MAY 2*, 1*21 1 6426 MW MWRATIONS iwW U) Hydrostatic relief raises dull to mHsu frees ato nrwhin fato tealed (v) A harfrflow cheek valve, exceu- Installed la aeearda&ee with nfepro- flow valve, or a shutaC valve with -- graph (lOXxtt) of this paragraph. of remote dosing, to protect against on- (5) Theuee of hou to cany ttqoid be- <v) Puef (apply containers shall be eoctroCed discharge .of LF-Oes from tween the ml tt Mhflnf or gaged and charged only In the open air storage tank piping dull be Installed at any point In lb* liquid toe, except at or in buildings especially provided for close to the point where the liquid pip the appliance connector, ihall be that purpose. ing and hose or swing Joint pipe Is prohibited. (lx) The maximum vapor pressure of connected. <<) Where flexible connector* are the product at 100* F. which may be (vl) Except as provided In subdivision necessary for appliance Installation, *uch transferred Into a container shall be In (vll) of this subparagraph, when the connector* shall be ae short as practi accordance with paragraph* (d) (3) and size (dlzmeter) of the loading or unload cable and shall comply with subpara (e) (3) of this section. (For DOT con ing hoses and/or piping Is reduced below graph (8) (11) or (t> of this paragraph. tainers use DOT requirements.) the size of the tank car or transport (7) Release of fuel when any section of (x) Marketers and users shall exercise truck loading or unloading connections, piping or appliances Is disconnected shall precaution to assure that only thoee the adaptors to which lines are attached be minimized by either of the following zncthodi! (I) Using an approved automatic gases for which the system Is designed, examined, and listed, an employed In It* operation, particularly with regard to shall be equipped with either a backflow check valve, a properly sized excess flow valve, or shutoff valve with means of c quick-dosing coupling (a type dosing In both directions when coupled In the fuel Ub6)i or <U) Closing the valve nearest to the appliance and allowing the appliance to operate until the fuel In the line Is consumed. (tU) Portable containers shall not be taken Into buildings except as pro vided In subparagraph (6) (1) of this paragraph. (14) Transfer of liquids. The employer shall assure that (1) at least one attend ant shall remain close to the transfer connection from the time the connec tions are first made until they are finally disconnected, during the transfer of the product. (II) Containers shall be filled or used only upon authorization of the owner. (III) Containers manufactured In aceordance with specifications of 48 CPR Part 178 and authorized by 48 CTR Chapter 1 as a "single trip" or "nonre- pressures. (xl> Pumps or compressors shall be designed for use with LP-Oas when compressors an used they shall normally take suction from the vapor space of the container being filled and discharge to the vapor space of the container being emptied. (xil) Pumping systems, when equipped with a positive displacement pump, shall Include a recirculating device which shall limit the differential pressure on the pump under normal operating conditions to the msvimiim differential pressure rating of the pump. The discharge of the pumping system than be protected so that pressure does not exceed 330 psXg. If a recirculation system discharge! Into the supply tank and contains a manual shutoff valve, an adequate secondary safety recirculation system shall be In corporated which shall have no means of rendering It Inoperative. Manual shut off valves In recirculation systems shall remote dosing, to protect against uncon trolled discharge from the car or transport truck. (vll) The requirement of subdivision (vl) of this subparagraph shall not apply If the tank ear or transport is equipped with a quick-closing Internal valve that can be remotely dosed. (via) The tank ear or transport truck loading or iminsAinf point shall be lo cated with due consideration to the following: (a) Proximity to railroads and high way traffic. 5 (b) The distance of such unloading or loading point from adjaceit property. (e) With respect to btolding* on In staller's property. (d) Nature of occupancy. (e) Topography. (/) Type of construction of buildings. Iff) Number of tank cars or transport trucks that may be safely loaded or un loaded at one time. flllable container" shall not be refilled or reused In LP-Oas service. be kept open except during an emergency or when repairs are being made to the <h) Frequency of loading or unloading. (lx) When practical, the distance of (lv> Oas or liquid shall not be vented system. the unloading or loading point shall con to the atmosphere to assist In transfer (xlil) When necessary, unloading form to the distances In subparagraph ring contents of (me container to another, piping or bases shall be provided with (6) (11) of this paragraph. except as provided In paragraph (e) (5) suitable bleeder valves for relieving pres (16) Instructions. Personnel perform (It) of this section and except that this sure before disconnection. ing Installation, removal, operation, and shall not preclude the use of listed pump (rvl) Agricultural air moving equip maintenance work shall be properly utilizing LP-Oas In the vapor phase as a ment, including crop dryers, shall be trained In such function. source of energy and venting such gas to shut down when supply containers are (17) Electrical equipment and other the atmosphere at a rate not to exceed being filled unless the air Intakes and sources ol Ignition. (1) Electrical equip that from a No. 31 drill < opening end sources of Ignition on the equipment are ment and wiring shall be of a type spec provided that such venting and liquid located 30 feet or more from the con ified by and shall be Installed In accord transfer shall be located not leal than M tainer. ance with Subpart 8 of this part, for feet from the nearest Important building. (xv) Agricultural equipment employ ordinary locations except that fixed elec (v) Filling of fuel containers for In ing open flames or equipment with Inte trical equipment In classified areas shall dustrial trucks or motor vehicles from gral containers, such as flame cultiva comply with subparagraph (18) of this industrial bulk storage containers shall tors, weed burners, and, In addition, paragraph. be performed not lam than 18 feat from tractors, shall be shut down during (U) Open flames or other sources of the nearest Important masonry-walled refueling. Ignition shall not be permitted in vapor building or not less than 38 feet from the (13) Tank car or transport truck izer rooms (except thou housing direct- nearest Important building or other con loading or unloading points and oper fired vaporizers), pumphouses, con struction and, in any event, not less than ations. (1) The track of tank car siding tainer charging rooms or other similar 23 feet from any building opening. shall be relatively level. locations. Direct-fired vaporizers shall <vl) puling of portable containers, (II) A "Tank Car Connected" sign, as not be permitted In pumphouses or con containers mounted on skids, fuel con covered by DOT rule*, shall be installed tainer charging rooms. tainers on farm tractors, or similar appli at the active end or ends of the siding (Ill) Liquefied petroleum gas storage cations, from storage containers used In while the tank car Is connected. containers do not require lightning pro domestic or commercial service, shall be (III) While can are on sidetrack for tection. performed not less than >0 feet from the loading or unloading, the wheels at both (lv) Since liquefied petroleum gas Is nearest Important building, ends shall be blocked on the rails. contained In a closed system of piping (vll) The filling connection and the (lv> The employer shall Insure that an and equipment, the system need not be vent from the liquid level gages In con employee Is In attendance at all times bonded for protection against static tainers, filled at point of Installation, while the tank ear, ears, or trucks are electrically conductive or electrically shall not be less than 10 feet In any dl- being loaded or unloaded. electricity. Ho. 108--Ft. -------It FtOUAI. MOISTti, VOL 34, NO. 103--SATURDAY, MAY 3t, 1*71 1 6427 .upt'Ort flMDM <x9p* M provided IMU* wbmratnvh (U> of tide p*raapfc), entUecor mUtac. perUble tlaotcto tool*, tad eMenrieB Uchte capable Ignltlnc IfOat. (tall apt be permltc ted within nlautdert erne ^eetfled to Table B-a* antae Um UMSm MUUee have been freed at afl Hold and vapor, or apeelal precaution* obilived under carefully controlled condition*. Pvni DAViNC HIM #v is f\*trvii** V |M(I( aaotwa or t rr. ITtIOM I Equipment thill Extent of clastifled Are* 1 be suitable far National Kfae- tfle*) Cod*. ClMi l. Oroop D * evuNbbiCau vOluuC pivmON < (inCluDIS *0T0U ml!.* Of it ft. 4 Store** oontainm other than Wlthlo 15 feet to *11 directions from connections, exept Dtvitooo X aapiui s*CM) DOTcyttndsn. connections otherwise covered tn Tibi* H-S. Fl|ur H-V B Tank vehicle and tank ear Within 5 feet tn ill directions bom connection* regu- Division 1. badiig and unloading. IsHv made nr HtwvxMierlad (nr DradDCt tfUflte. treBeyond 5 f*et bat vltbtn L5f**t In nil directions from* Division X point when connections regularly and* or dle- (18) Fixed electrical equipment in claesifled areas. Fixed electrical equip Gif* tod! other oooneeted and wlthfo tb cylindrical volume b* tvMn the bortaooUl equator of the sphere *ad grad*. i Hear* H-l) m Sleet in all directions from point of discharge. DtvWoo 1. ment and wiring installed within claselfled areas specified In Table H-28 shall comply with Table H-28 and shall be thantboeeoo DOT cylinder*. Byoad I feet but within 15 fei in nil iHr-ctioas from DtvMonZ Installed In accordance with Subpart S of this part. This provision does not Belief valve dtecshh*arer c than those DOT eyttndera. rant of discharge. Within direct path of dtrehorge. Within 5 feet In ail directions from point of discharge. Dtvtoon I. Wets-- Fixed ei*ctrtoal eqolpmmttoiould prefacebty not b* installed. DtvWooL apply to fixed electrical equipment at residential or commercial Installations of LP-Oas systems or to systems covered by paragraph (e) or (g) of this section. (18) Liquid-leva gating device. (1) Beyond 5 feet bat within 15 fret in all directions Iran Division X point of discharge except within the direct path of dbeharge. Each container manufactured after De cember 31, 1985, and filled on a volu Pu_m_'pr_se_, _oa_ontaaavpnarpvoortits.egr*sveethire~r than direct fired. Indoore wltbont ventUatlsn... Satire room and any adjacent room not separated by a Division l. metric basis shall be equipped with a fixed liquid-level gage to Indicate the maximum permitted filling level as pro wRhta^lS*feetoftbe exterior tide of any exterior wall or DfvUonZ vided In subdivision (v) of this subpara roof that to not vaportight or within 15 (eat of any graph. Each container manufactured Indoore with edaqtuU vantOattoax.* exterior opening. Kotin room and any adjacent room not separated by a DtvWonZ gastight partition. after December 31. 1989. shall have per manently attached to the container ad Oatdoon tn open air at or sbovMOde. Service Station Dlspendog Colt*. Within 15 feat tn aO directions bom this equipment and wlthlo the cylindrical vohxma between the hortaootal equator of the sphere and grade. See Figure H-l. Entire spac* within dispenser eoctoeun.aoa IS taabee borixoatally beat enclosure exterior up to an etsva- tton 4 ft above dispenser base. Entire pit or open space beneath dispenser. DtvWon X Division 1. jacent to the fixed level gage a marking showing the percentage full that will be shown by that gage. When a variable liquid-level gage is also provided, the fixed liquid-level gage will also serve as a Up to IS Inches abovegrade within 30 ft. borlsontally Division X bom any edge of enclosure. Sou: For pits wlthlo this are*, see Part P of this means for checking the variable gage. These gages shall be used In charging table. Pm or tranches containing *r ....................................................................... -............................. located beneath LP-Oee valvm. pomp*, oompreesoo, containers as required In subparagraph (13) of this paragraph. (II) All variable gaging devices shall regulators, and similar be arranged so that the maximum liquid WUboat'meehankai venttia- Entire pit or treocb................................*.............................. Division 2. level for butane, for a 50-50 mixture of tt0' Entire room and any adjaesnt room not separated by a Division 1 butane and propane, and for propane, ft ith adequate mechanteal ventUetioo. wfthtofu iePtn aUdireetions from pit or trench when Division X tfffptvd outdoors. Entire pit or trench................................................................. Dtvtoloo X . . _. Entire room and any odjacant room not separated by Division X a gMtight partition. Wtinfai IS isetlc all directions bom pit or trench when Division X to which the container may be charged Is readily determinable. The markings Indicating the various liquid levels from empty to full shall be on the system nameplate or gaging device or part may be on the system nameplate and part Special buildings or rooms for storage of portable con tainecs. Pipelines sad eoaocettsos ' contain!-------bleeds. < bested outdoors. ______ ,, Entire room.............................................................................. Division 1 Within 5 ft. in all directions from point of discharge--- Dtvtoloo i. on the gaging device. Dials of magnetic or rotary gages shall show whether they are for cylindrical or spherical containers and whether for aboveground or under ground service. The dials of gages in drains. Beyond 5 ft- from point of discharge, same as Part E of this table. tended for use only on aboveground containers of over 1.200 gallons water Container filter Indoors without ventflatien. Entire room.......................................................v................... ., L Indoore with adequate i Within I last la all dtrectbns from connections rago- Division l. tUatidtL* brly mads or disconnected lor product transfer. Beyond 9 feat and entire room.................................... ,, Division X Outdoors tn open air. Within 5 (eat In ail direction from cooneetbos regular- Division L ly mad* or disoonnectod for product branstor. Beyond S feat but within 15 leat in all directions from a Dtvtoloo 1 point where connections are regularly marie or dia connected end within the cylindrical vohxme be tween the bccisonu) equator of theapber* and grad*. (See Figure H-l) capacity shall be so marked. (III) Qaglng devices that require bleeding of the product to the atmos phere. such as the rotary tube, fixed tube, and slip tube, shall be designed so that the bleed valve maximum opening Is not larger than a No. 54 drill size. nnUM provided with excess flow valve. (lv) Qaglng devices shall have a de- . sign working pressure of at least 250 'Thr Usufled ana shall oot extend beyond an unpierced wail, roof, or solid vaportight partition. * Sre subpart S of this part. : when classifying extant of baserdoos area, consideration shall be given to poaslbb variations tn the spotting of psJ.g. (v) Length of tube or position of fixed unit rare and tans vahlds* at tb* unloading points and tbs effect thee* variations of actual jotting point may liquid-level gage shall be designed to in hare oo the point of connection. ,, Ventilation, eltbw natural or mechanical, to considered adequate when the concentration of the gas in a gas- dicate the maximum level to which the Mir mitiure does oot exceed 38 pereent of tb* tower flammable limit under normal operating oondlttooa. container may be filled for the product Nits AM tWWABON# MS71 contained. This level (ball be based on the volume at Use products 40* V. *4 id mtwimnm pcTinkttfld dflBtlty tor aboveground ocntafnem and at M* T. for underpound container!. The cm* plover han ref--'* tbe filling point for which the find liquid level gage shall be designed according to the method In this subdivided. (a) It Is Impossible to set out In a table the length of a fixed dip tube for various capacity tanks because of the varying tank diameters and lengths and became tbe tank may he installed dther in a vertical or borlsontal position Knowing tbe mastimn permitted filling volume In gallons, however, tbe length of tbe fixed tube can be .determined by tbe use of a strapping table obtained from the container manufacturer. Tbe length of the fixed tube should be such that when its lower end touches tbe sur face of the liquid In the container, the contents of the container will be the maximum permitted volume as deter mined by the following formula: Water capacity (gals.) of container* X Oiling dsnslty** -------- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ---Maximum volume o1 LP-Oes Specific gravity of LP-Qea* X volume correction factor! x 100 *Measured at 60* y. * *fna subparagraph (IX) of this paragraph "Puling Densities" tfor aboveground oontetnors tbe liquid temperature is seenmed to bo 40* P. and for underground eontalnen the liquid temperature la assumed to bo SO' P. TO correct the liquid votumoe st mow temperatures to SO* P. the following factors ehall be used. (b) Formula for determining maxi mum volume at liquefied petroleum gas for which a fixed length of dip tube shall be set: Tan H---VoLtnu Couxcno* Iactou bOT^TOOBd Qadirtroaad C.1M10 . .MO .M0 .M0 ,M .#70 .M .M0 LOH urn L 09 1.036 LOOS LM LOM L 09 Lon L 090 L01T 1.016 LOU LOU LOU LOU LOU LOU LOU LOU (e) Tbe maximum volume of LP-Oas which can be placed In a container when determining the length of the dip tube expressed ss g percentage of total water oontont of the container Is calculated by tbe following formula. (d) The maximum weight at LP-Oas which may bo placed In a container /or determining Vie length bt a Axed dip tube Is determined by multiplying tbe mariBiiim volume of liquefied petroleum gas obtained by tbs formula In <b> of this subdivision by tbs pounds of lique fied petroleum gas In a gallon at 4#* F. for aboveground and at SO* F. for un derground containers. For example, typical pounds per gallon are specified below: example: Assume s 100-gallon total water capacity tank for aboveground atorags of propane having a specific gravity of 0.S10 of 60* F. 100 (gala.) X4X (ailing density from subparagraph (13) of this paragraph) 4X00 0X10x1.081 (eomctlon factor from Table H-30) X100 0X.fi 4X00 ------ =79X gallons propane, the maximum amount permitted to bo plaoed In a 100-gaUon SIX total water capacity aboveground container equipped with a fixed dip tuba, u.rtmim, volume of LP-Oas (from formula in subdivision (b) of this subdivision) X100 .-- ----------------- ------- ,----------------------------------------------------------------- ---Maximum percent of LP-Oas Total water content of container la gallona Wood. pwsdka VMinad, poadi ProPAHA............... N Buuzu............. in 1*3 (vl) Fixed liquid-level gages used on containers other then DOT containers shall be stamped on tbe exterior of the gage with the letters "DT" followed by the vertical distance (expressed In inches and carried out to one decimal place) from the top of container to the end of the dip tube or to the centerline of the gage when It Is located at the maxi mum permitted wiling level. For portable containers that may be filled In the hori zontal and/or vertical position the let ters "DT" shall be followed by "V" with the vertical distance from the top of the container to the end of the dip tube for vertical filling and with **H" followed by the proper distance for horizontal filling. For DOT containers the stamping shall be placed both on tbe exterior of tbe gage and on the container. On above ground or cargo containers when the gages an positioned at specific levels, the marking may be specified In percent of total tank contents and the marking ehall be stamped on the container. (vll) Oage glasses of the columnar type shall be restricted to charging plants when the fuel Is withdrawn in the liquid phase only. They shall be equipped with valve* having metallic handwheels, with excess Sow valves, and with extra-heavy glass adequately pro tected with a metal housing applied by the gage manufactunr. They shall be shielded against tbe direct rays of the sun. Oage glsines at the columnar type an prohibited on tank trucks, and on motor fuel tanka, and ml imwan Med In domestic. eommargfcJl anf Mistrial InefaTlauocs. <Tfil) Oagtng device*"eg few float, or equivalent type wttefl dp not mini flow for thetr operation and having! connections extending to a point out side the container do net have to be equipped with txtees flow valves pro vided the ptptng and flUtags an ade quately designed to withstand tbe con tainer pressure and an properly pro tected against physical damage and breakage. (30) Requirement* ter appliances. (1) Except as provided la subdivision (U> of this subparagraph, new commercial and Industrial gas oonsmnlng appliances ehall be approved. (U) Any apphanca that vm originally manufactured for operation with a gase ous fuel other than UP-Oaa and la m good condition may be used with LF-Oas only after M la prepertly converted, adapted, and tamed for performance with IP-One before the appliance Is plaoed In use. (Ill) Unattended heaterrand Inside bundings for tbe purpose at r poultry production or eace shall be equipped with an snriwl antosnatin device rtaelgneirt to abut oEthefleer of gaa to tbe main burners, and rtlot If used. In the event of flame extingmshment. <iv) AO commercial. Industrial, and agricultural appliances or equipment (ball be Installed tn accordance with the requirements of this section and In ac cordance with the following: (g) Domestlo and cntnmerdal ap pliance*--NFPA ft-lfltd. Standard far the Installation of Qas Appliances and Oaa Piping. (b) Industrial appliances NFPA (4A- 19(9, Standard for the Installation of Qas Piping and Oat Equipment on in dustrial Premises and Certain Other Premises. (e) Standard for the Installation and Use of stationary Onmhustlnn Engine* and Oaa Turbine*--NFPA ST-1970. (d> Standard for the Installation et Equipment lor the Removal of Smoke and Grease-Laden Vapors from Com mercial Cooking Equipment, NFPA 96- 1970. (c) Cylinder systems--(1> Application. This paragraph applies specifically to systems utilising containers constructed In accordance with DOT Specifications. All requirements of paragraph (b) of this section apply to this pangraph unless otherwise noted in paragraph (b> of ttii* MCtiOCL (3) Marking at container!. (1) Con tainers ahaii be marked In accordance with DOT regulations. Additional mark ings not in conflict with DOT regulations may be used. (11) Except as provided In subdivision (ill) of this subparagraph each container shall be marked with Its water capacity In pounds or other Identified unit of weight. (1U> If a container Is filled and main tained only by fits owner or bis repre sentative and if tlie water capacity of each container la Identified by a code. F80ISAL Stoirrlt. VOL 34, NO. 109--SATU80AY, MAY 3V, 1V71 1 6429 RMS Am HOWUTIONS eoanUanse with nMMite Ctt> of thta fittings oooneoting container* to pressure pingement of discharge of safety relief WhparagTSph 1* tot TCQtfnd. regulator Inlets shall he designed for at devices upon containers. (It) Each container (ban b* matted laast 380 psXg. service pressure, (II) Containers, haring a maximum' wtth It* tar* weight hi powMi or otter. (d) Valves on ooctalners having a water capacity of 2ft pounds (nominal 1 ldaattfled mtt of ssfllit tncludtng *R water capacity treater than 80 pound* pound LP-Oas capacity) are permitted permanently attached fitting* bat not (nominal 30 pounds LP-Oaa capacity) to be used inside of buildings as part of the cm. shall be protected while In use. approved self-contained hand torch as (3) Description 0/ a system. A system (s) Containers shall be marked in ac semblies or similar appliances. shall Include the container baee or cordance with paragraph (b) (8) (111) of (III) Containers haring a maximum bracket, container*, container valves,. this section and subparagraph (3> of this water capacity of 12 pounds (nominal 3 connector*, manifold valve eaeembly, paragraph. pounds LP-Oas capacity) are permitted regulator*, and relief valves. (f> Pipe or tubing shall conform to to be used temporarily Inside of build (4) Container* and regulating equip paragraph (b) (8) of this section exoept ings for public exhibition or demonstra ment installed outride of building* or that aluminum pipe or tubing shall not tion purposes, including use for class structure*. (1) Container* shall not b* be used. room demonstrations. burled below ground. However, thl* (hall (g) (l) Hose shall be designed for a (lv) (a) When buildings frequented not prohibit the Installation In a com working pressure of at least 380 pjXs. by the public are open to the public, con partment or race** below grad* level. Hoee and hose connections shall have tainers an permitted to be used for re uch a* a niche in a (lope or terrace wall their correctness aa to design, construc pair or minor renovation as follows: which 1* used for no other purpose, pro tion and performance determined by (1) The maximum water capacity of viding that the container and regulating lilting by Underwriters Laboratories, me., Individual containers shall be 50 pounds equipment are not In contact with the or Factory Mutual Engineering Corp. His (nominal 20 pounds LP-Oas capacity). ground and the compartment or race** la hose length may exceed the length speci (2) The number of If-Oas containers drained and ventilated horizontally to fied in paragraph (b) (8) (vlixb) of this shall not exceed the number of work the outeide air from It* lowed level, with section, but shall be .as short as men assigned to using the LP-Oas. the outlet at lead 3 feet away from any practicable. (3) Containers haring a water capac building opening which le below the level <2> Hose shall be long enough to per ity greater than 3ft pounds (nominal 1 of *uoh outlet. mit compliance with sparing provtdoo* pound LP-Oas capacity) shall not be Except aa provided In paragraph (b) (10) (zU> of this (action, the dheharge from aafaty relief device* shall be located not of this subparagraph without kinking or straining or causing bote to be eo dote to a burner as to be damaged by heat. left unattended in such buildings. (b) When buildings frequented by the public are not open to the public, con lea* than 3 feet horizontally away from (A) Portable heaters, inriwttng sala tainers are permitted to ho need for re any building opening which la below the manders, shall be equipped with an ap pair or minor renovations,as follow*: level of *uch discharge and ahaU not proved automatic derioa to shut off the The provisions of subdivision (v) of terminate beneath any building unleu flow of gae to the main burner, and ptiot this subparagraph shall apply exoept ruch apace la well ventilated to the out 11 used. In the event of flame extinguish that'eontalners baring a water capacity side and 1* not enclosed on more than ment. Such heaters having inputs above lumtar thin 244 (nominal 1 two side*. 80,000 B.t.u. manufactured on or after pound If-Oas capacity) shall not be left (U> Container* shall be set upon firm May IT, 1047, and such heaters having unattended In such buildings. foundation or otherwise firmly secured; the poeslble effect on the outlet piping Inputs above 100,000 B.t.cl manufactured before May 11, 1047, shall be equipped (v) Containers are permitted to be used In buildings or structures under of settling shall be guarded against by a with either. construction or undergoing major reno flexible connection or special fitting. (5) Containers and equipment used inside of buildings or structure*, (t) When operational requirements make portable use of containers necessary and their location outside of buildings or structure is impracticable, containers and equipment are permitted to be used inside of buildings or structures hr ac cordance with (a) through (1) of this subdivision, and. In addition, such other provisions of this subparagraph as an applicable to the particular use or occupancy. (o> Containers hr use shall mean con nected for use. (b> Systems containers hav ing a water capacity greater than 2% pounds (nominal 1 pound If-Oas capac ity) shall be equipped with excess flow valves. Such excess flow valves shall be either integral with the container valves or in the connections to the container valve outlets. In either case, an excess flow valve shall be Installed In such a manner that any undue strain beyond the excess flow valve will not cause breakage between the container and the excess flow valve. The Installation of excess flow valves shall take Into account the type of valve protection provided. (c) Regulators. If used, shall be either directly connected to the container valves or to manifolds connected to the con tainer values. The regulator shall be suit able for use with LP-Oaa. Manifolds and (f > A pilot which must be lighted and proved before the main burner can be turned on; or <2> An electric Ignition system. The provisions of (g) of this subdivision do not apply to tar kettle burners, torches, melting pots, nor do they apply to portable heaters under 7,800 B.ULh. input when used with containers having a maximum water capacity of 3ft pounds. Container valves, connectors, regulators, manifolds, piping, and tub ing shall not be used as structural sup ports for heaters. (!) Containers, regulating equipment, manifolds, pipe, tubing, and hose shall be located so as to minimise exposure to abnormally high temperaturee (such SI may result from exposure to convection or radiation from heating equipment or installation In confined spaces). physical damage, or tampering by unauthorized persons. (f) Heat-producing equipment shall be located and used so ss to minimize the possibility of Ignition of combustibles. <k) Containers having a water capac ity greater than 2ft pounds (nominal 1 pound LP-Oas capacity) connected tor use, shall stand on a firm and substan tially level surface and. when necessary, shall be secured In an upright position. (I) Containers, including the valve protective devices, shall be Installed so aa to minimise the probability of Im vation when such buildings or structures are not occupied by the public, as fallows; (a) The maximum water capacity of Individual containers shall be 343 pounds (nominal 100 pounds LP-Oas capacity). (b> For temporary heating such as curing concrete, drying plaster and sim ilar applications, beaters (other than integral heater-container units) shall be located at least 0 feet from any LP-Oas container. This shall not prohibit the use of heaters specifically designed for at tachment to the container or to a sup porting. standard, provided they are designed and Installed so as to prevent direct or radiant heat application from the heater onto the container. Blower and radiant type heaters shall not be directed toward any LP-Oas container within 20 feet. (c> If two or more heater-container units, of either the Integral or noninte gral type, are located In an unpartltioned area on the same floor, the container or containers of each unit shall be separated from the container or containers of any other unit by at least 20 feet. (d> When heaters are connected to containers for use in an unpartltioned aflea on the same floor, the total water capacity of containers manifolded to gether tor connection to a heater or heaters shall not be greater than 735 pounds (nominal 300 pounds LP-Gas PK4U1 MOISTH, VOL 34, NO. 105--SATUtOAY, MAY It. 1*71 1 6430 BUMS AND RCGUUWONS 16673 capacity). Such manifold! shall be sepa rated by at least 30 Net. (e) On Qoors on which heaters are net connected for use, containers are per mitted to be manifolded tocether for connection to a heater or heaters on an other floor, Provided-. (1) The total water capacity of con tainers connected to any one manifold is not treater than 2,430 pounds (nomi nal 1,000 pounds LP-Oas capacity) and: (2) Where more than one manifold having a total water capacity greater than 735 pounds (nominal 300 pounds LP-Oas capacity) are located In the same unpartitioned area, they shall be separated by at least 30 feet. (/) Storage of containers awaiting use shall be In accordance with paragraph (f) of this section. (vl) Containers are permitted to be used In Industrial occupancies for proc essing, research, or experimental pur poses as follows: (a) The maximum water capacity of individual containers shall be 245 pounds (nominal 100 pounds LP-Oas capacity). (b) Containers connected to a mani fold "hail have a total water capacity not greater than 733 pounds (nominal 300 pounds LP-Oas capacity) and not more than one such manifold may be located In the same room unless separated at least 20 feet from a similar unit. (c) The amount of LP-Oas In con tainers for research and experimental use shall be limited to the smallest prac tical quantity. (vil) (a) Containers are permitted to be used In Industrial occupancies with essentially noncombustible contents where portable equipment for space heating Is essential and where a per manent heating Installation Is not prac tical, as follows: (b) Containers and heaters shall com ply with and be used In accordance with subdivision (v) of this subparagraph. (vlfi) Containers are permitted to be used In buildings for temporary emer gency heating purposes, if necessary to prevent damage to the buildings or con tents. when the permanent heating sys tem Is temporarily out of service, as follows: () Containers and heaters shall comply with and be used In accordance with subdivision (v) of this sub paragraph. () The temporary heating equipment shall not be left unattended. (lx) Containers are permitted to be used temporarily In buildings for train ing purposes related In Installation and use of LP-gas systems, as follows: (a) The maximum water capacity of Individual containers shall be 243 pounds (nominal 100 pounds LP-Oas capacity), but the maximum quantity of LP-Oas that may be placed in each container shall be 20 pounds. (b) If more than one such container is located In the same room, the con tainers shall be separated by at least 20 feet. (c) Containers shall be removed from the building when the training class has terminated. (() Container velvet and accessories. (I) Valves In the assembly of mul tiple container systems shall be arranged so that replacement of containers can be made without shutting off the flow of gas In the system. Non: Thli prorUloo 1* not to be oocutnied m requlrtuf an automatic cte&feover device. (II) Regulators and low-pressure relief devices shall be rigidly attached to the cylinder valves, cylinders, supporting standards, the building walls or other wise rigidly secured and shall be so In stalled or protected that the elements (sleet, snow, or Ice) will not affect their operation. (ill) Valves and connections to the containers shall be protected while In transit, In storage, and while being moved Into final utilization, as follows: (a) By setting Into the recess of the container to prevent the possibility of their being struck If the container Is dropped upon a flat surface, or (b) By ventilated cap or collar, fas tened to the container capable of with standing a blow from any direction equivalent to that of a 30-pound weight dropped 4 feet. Construction must be such that a blow will not be transmitted to the valve or other connection. (iv> When containers are not con nected to the system, the outlet valves shall be kept tightly closed or plugged, even though containers are considered empty. (v) Containers having a water capac ity In excess of SO pounds (approximately 21 pounds LP-Oas capacity), recharged at the Installation, shall be provided with excess flow or backflow check valves to prevent the discharge of container contents In case of failure of the filling or equalizing connection. (7) Safety devices. (1) Containers shall be provided with safety devices as required by DOT regulations. (11) A final stage regulator of an LPOas system (excluding any appliance regulator) shall be equipped on the lowpressure side with a relief valve which Is set to start to discharge within the limits specified In Table H-30. Tails H-M RtfuULor delivery preeaure Relit/ vtlvt sUrt-todlscharye prtatort setting (percent of peculator delivery pleasure) Minimum Maximum l p-i-l-f. or leaa....................... Above I p-sJ-f. but not overSpe.l-f........................ Above 3 pjJ-f....................... 200 140 123 300 200 200 (111) When a regulator or pressure re lief valve Is used Inside a building for other than purposes specified In para graph (bXO(l) (a)-(g) of this section, the relief valve and the space above the regulator and relief valve diaphragms shall be vented to the outside air with the discharge outlet located not less than 3 feet horizontally away from any building opening which Is below such discharge. These provisions do not apply to Indi vidual appliance regulators when protec tion Is otherwise provided nor to sub paragraph (5) at this paragraph and paragraph (b) (10) (zth) at this section. In buildings devoted exclusively tcugas distribution purposes, the space above the diaphragm need not be vented to the outside. (8) deinstallation of containers. Con tainers shall not be reinstalled unless they are requallfled in accordance with DOT regulations. (8) Permissible product. A product shall not be placed In a container marked with a service pressure leas than fourfifths of the maximum vapor pressure of product at 130* F. (d) Systems utilizing containers other than DOT containers. (1) Application. This paragraph ap plies specifically to systems utilizing storage containers other than those con structed in accordance with DOT speci fications. Paragraph (b) of this section applies to this paragraph unless other wise noted In paragraph (b) of this section. (2) Design pressure and classification of storage containers. Storage containers shall be designed and classified m ac cordance with Table H-31. Minimum *ini|n prwuure of For |am container, lb. par aq. In- t*f* with vapor--------------------------------------------------------- proas. Not 1949 tad 1949 edition of A8M1 Coo* to axooad earlier Codo (Par. U-200, Ulnar lb. par aq. edition* of U-201); i960, 1082. typo In. mat ASMS 19M. 1960.1M3.1963a. 10tr F. Coda and 1908 (Division i) (37J* C.) (Par. edition# of ASMS U-88. Coda; All editions of U-88) APl-AfiKt Coda* >80 100 126 160 178 >900 >80 100 128 160 176 216 >60 100 126 160 176 200 < 100 12$ 166 187 219 260 New atoraca containers of tbe 80 type have not been authorised **ni** Dec. 31.1947, Container type may be Increased by increments of 2ft. The ffUnjmnm dealcn prgenre of eontafnan sball be 100% of the cooulnar type destination when oonatnicud under 1949 or earlier editions of tbe ASMS Code (Par. U-68 and U-69). The minimum deilfn pressure of con tainer* iball be 126% of tbe container type dedfnatlon when constructed under: (1) the 1949 ASMS Code (Par. U-200 and U-301). (2) 1960,196Z 196ft. 1969.1982.1966. and I9flt (Division I) editions of tbe ASMS Code, and (3) all editions of tbe API-ASM Code. 1 Construction of containers under tbe API-ASME Code 1 not authorised after July 1, 1961- (3) Container valves and accessories, filler pipes, and discharge pipes. (1) The filling pipe Inlet terminal shall not be located inside a building. Far containers with a water capacity of 125 gallons or more, such termlals shall be located not less than 10 feet from any building (see paragraph (b)(0)(H) of this section), and preferably not less than 3 feet from any driveway, and shall be located In a protective housing built for the purpose. (11) The mung connection shall be fitted with one of the following: (a) Combination back-pressure check valve and excess flow valve. (b) One double or two single back pressure check valves. (c) A positive shutoff valve. In conjunction with either: FIDBULL MfllJTW, VOL M. NO. 10]--SATUSOAT, MAY 2*. 1*71 1 6431 ix tvMunois (hi* the misty oettoT iJito ** b* vented away from the awrtofinar wettocstoy sp in such a manner a* to 31*1*5any Jfl oantatoer sefety mtosf i Impinginlent *C eeoaptog gw upon the _______i w imiM to eto- shall be located on the container* and container; knee-fitting rain sag* shall Mttt r* w*uMWtwh; "*e*y toed haive dtwot ncmmlnatton with be need. Suitable province shall be made relief connections, liquid-level gaging Se to* vaper of spawe of the container. for drafnkig condensate which may ac vern* m* evSWOcd tn iumAi (b> .(b) In industrial and gas manufac cumulate tn the relief valve or it* dis mar). <, and (IP)(vMI) tf (U* turing plant*. discharge pipe from safety charge pipe. section; pressure (in connections w saUef valves on pipe lines within a bund (d> On container* of 131 gallons water provided In paragraph (b) (?) (t) of ltd* ing shall discharge vertically upward and capacity or lew. the discharge from seMeto, u provided In subdivision* (It). shall be piped to a point outside a safety reflef devices shall be located not Ml, and Ml) of toll subparagraph. building. lew than 8 feet horteontaQy away from (M -An eneaw flow valve to net re- (e) Safety relief device discharge ter any opening into the buUdtng below the qntond to toe withdrawal senrioe line pro- minals shall be so located as to provide level of such discharge- vldlnc the foDowlng are complied with: protection against physical damage and (e) On a container having a water <* fltoah epetom*' total water capac tuoh discharge pipes shall be fitted with capacity greater than 3,808 gallons, the ity doe* not exceed 3,000 VJS. fallen*. leoe* ratnoap*. Return bands and restric discharge from the safety relief valves Cbl tow --rheiia from tow service tive pipefitting* shall not b* permitted. shall be vented away from toe container s-tontraflidby a suitable manually (d> If desired, discharge lines from vertically upwards to a point at least T T valve end to: two or more safety relief deslces located feet above tin container, and un (D Tki wisl diwotty Into toe Mrvlo* od tbi Mioe unit, or Uqm from obstructed to tin open air in such a snttete* tow container; or two or more different unite, may be run manner as to prevent *nj Impingement (X) to an-integral part of a substantial into a common discharge header, pro of escaping tea upon tin container; fitttn* lliweilol into or on the eervle* vided that the crow sectional area of loose-fitting rain caps shall be used. Suit outlet of the container; or such header be at least equal to the sum able provision shall be made so that any (3) toilended directly Into a sub- of the crow-sectional area of the Indi liquid or condensate that may accumu tantoal fitttn* threaded into or on the vidual discharge Unas, and that the set late inside of the safety reflef valve or its eerrioe eoflet of the container. ting of safety relief velvw are the same. discharge pipe will net rvfedsr tin valve (e) The ihutcto valve 1* equipped with (> Each storage container of over inoperative. If a drain to toed, a mean* an attached handwheel or the equivalent. 3,000 gallons water capacity than be pro shall be provided to protect to* con (d) The controlling orifice between the vided with a suitable pressure gage. tainer, eonbdntoe, pipiwg or content* of the container and the outlet (/) A final stage regulator of an LP- equipment against gt fiance of tow ehntolf valve doe* not exoeed Oas system (excluding any appliance resulting from ignition at product es tove-eixteenth* Inch In diameter for vapor withdrawal lyitemx and one-elfhth Inch in diameter for liquid withdrawal systems. () An approved pressure-reducing regulator) than be equipped on the lowpressure aide with a relief valve which 1* set to start to discharge within the limit* specified In Table H-30. (p) When a regulator or pressure re caping from the dram. (Ill) On all containers which, are in stalled underground and which contain no liquid fuel until burled and covered, the rate of discharge of the spring-loaded refulator to directly attached to the out lief valve Is installed Inside a building, relief valve installed thereon may be re let,of the ihutoff valve and I* rlfldly sup the relief valve and the mace above the duced to a minimum at 30 percent of the ported, or that an approved preeaure-re- regulator and relief valve diaphragms rate of discharge specified in paragraph dudn* regulator la attached to the outlet shall be vented to the outside air with the (bXIOXil) of this section. Containers of the ihutoff valve by mean* of a ault- discharge outlet located not lew than 3 so protected shall not be uncovered after abl* flexible connection, provided the feet hcflxontally away from any opening in.vaii.He.1 until the liquid fuel has been regulator 1* adequately supported and properly protected on or at the tank. Into the building which is below such dis charge. (Them provisions do not apply to removed therefrom. Containers which miy toititfiiw liquid fad btfon tn- <v) AH Inlet and outlet ooimsctlcns individual appliance regulators when stalled under ground and before being except safety relief valves, liquid level protection to otherwise provided. In completely covered with earth am to be gaging device* and pressure gagas on buOdtaCi devoted exclusively to gas dis considered aboveground containers when containers of 3.000 gallons water capae- tribution purpose*, the space above the determining the rate of discharge re lty, of more, and on any container used diaphragm need not be vented to the quirement of the relief velvw. to supply fuel directly to an internal combustion engine, than be labeled to designate whether they communicate with vapor or liquid space, labels may be on valve*. (vl> In Ueu of an sxcees flow valve openings may be fitted with a qulekcloslng internal valve which, except dur ing operating periods shall remain closed. The internal mechanism for such valves outside.) (11) Safety device* for aboveground containers shall be provided as follows; (a) Containers of 1,300 gallons water capacity or lew which may contain liquid fuel when installed above ground shall have the rata of discharge required by paragraph (b)(10)(ii> of this section provided by a spring-loaded relief valve or valves. In addition to the required (lv) On underground containers of more than 3,000 gallons water capacity, the discharge from safety relief devices hail be piped vertically end directly up ward to a point at least ? feet above the ground. Where there Is a probability of the manhole or housing becoming flooded, the discharge from regulator vent lines may be provided with e secondary control which shall be equipped with a'fuelble plug (not over 330* F. melting point) spring-loaded relief valve(s), suitable fuse plug(s) may be used provided the total discharge ere* of the fuse plug(s) shall be above the highest probable water level. AH manhniM or housings shall be provided with ventilated louvers er their which will oause the internal valve to dose automatically In case of fire. (vll) Not more than two plugged open ings shall be permitted on a container of 3,000 gallons or lew water capacity. (vlll) Containers of 12S gallons water capacity or more manufactured after July 1. 1081. shall be provided with an for each container doe* not exceed 0.25 square inch, (6) The fusible metal of the fuse plugs hn have a yield temperature of 208* 7. mtwlmiww vml 230* F. mvilminn Relief valves and fuse plugs shall have direct communication with the vapor space of tfito container. equivalent, the area of such openings equaling or exceeding the combined dis charge areas of toe safety relief valves and other vent lines which discharge their content Into toe manhole housing. (v) Safety devices for vaporisers shall be provided a* followi: (a) Vaporizers of less than 1 quart approved device for liquid evacuation, the size of which shall be three-fourths Inch (c) On e container having a water capacity greater than 125 gallons, but total capacity, heated by the ground or toe surrounding air, need not be equipped national pipe thread mici.ru,m A not over 2,000 gallons, the discharge from with safety relief valves provided that nonut ttoirm. vol m, no. ios--jatotoay, star iv, ivn 1 6432 MMjunew 1W adequate tests oertiflad by any M>''AaAtaer is located so as not to boat (wUh.t Btntei Actox. sf ett thoritiea refcned tain wipwk A) esttest to vehicular dsaaga. os is of tern) -to wtthataad leodk* toan in iim. flawnitmt ttnl T~r bftoNMF protected apainst such dlracUces aquol to four thaw 1be wWfcl of the container and aMachmeota whe <t No niiislegr shall bo equipped to) wfopp densities shall be as re filled to the permMUe loader with fusible plug*. quired for above-ground containers. mightt - (c) in tndartrtal-and in manufactor- . (v> Qnpkahears burled underground (vUD Field welding where Deceasar ln* plants. ulitr raUof nlra on vapor* shall be. placed to that the top of the shall be made siv on addle a Izen within a building ihaU be piped to container Is not leas than 6 Inches below brackets which were applied by the man point outside the bulldine and be die- grade. Where an underground container ufacturer' of the tank. charged upward. might be subject to abrasive action or (tx) For aboveground containers, se (5) Reinstallation of containers. Con physical damage due to vehicular traffic cure anchorage or adequate pier heighl tainers may be reinstalled If they do not or other causes, then It shall be: shall be provided against possible con show" any evidence of harmful external (a) Placed not lesa than 2 feet below tainer flotation wherever sufficiently corrosion or other damage. Where con trade, or high floodwater might occur. tainers are reinstalled underground, the (b) Othorwiee protected against such (x> When permanently installed con corrosion resistant coating shall be put pbyilcol diznef#. tainers are interconnected, provision in good condition (tee subparagraph It will hot be necessary to cover the shall be mmA* to compensate for exoan- (?) (yl> of this paragraph). Where con portion of the container to which man ston, contraction, vibration, and settling tainers are reinstalled above ground, the hole and other connections are affixed; of containers, and Interconnecting pip safety devices and gagtdg devices shall however, where necessary, protection ing. Where flexible connections are used, comply with subparagraph (4) of this shall be pruvldad against vehicular dam they shall be of an approved type and paragraph and paragraph (b) (It) of this age. When necessary to prevent floating, shall bg designed for a bunting pressure section respectively for aboveground containers shall be securely anchored or of not less than five times the vapor pres containers. weighted.' sure of the product at M0* F. The ate of (6) Capacity of containers. A storage (vl) (a) Containers shall be given a nonmatalllr. hose Is prohibited for per container shall not exceed 80.000 gal protective coating before being placed manently Interconnecting such con lons water capacity. under ground. This coating shall be tainers. (7) Installation of storage containers. equivalent to hot-dip galvanising or to (xl) Container assemblies for (1) Containers installed above ground, two coatings of rad lead followed by a Interchangeable installation above except as provided In subdivision (vll) heavy coating of coal tar or asphalt. In ground or under ground than conform of this subparagraph, shall be provided lowering the container into place, care to the requirements for aboveground in with substantial masonry or noacom* hall be exercised to prevent damage to stallation* with respect to safety relief bustlle structural supports on firm the coating. Any damage to the coating capacity and filling density. For Instal masonry foundation. shall be repaired before backfilling. lation above ground all other require (II) Aboveground containers shall be (b) Containers shall be set on a Arm ments for aboveground installations supported as follows: foundation (Arm earth may be used) and shall apply. For Installation under (a) Horizontal containers shall be surrounded with earth or sand firmly ground all other requirements far under- mounted on saddles In such a manner as tamped in place. Backfill should be free CnNSld iZIltlUitlaDI Apply. to permit expansion and contraction. of rocks or other abrasive materials. (fi) Protection of - container acces Structural metal supports may be em (vll) Containers with foundations at sories. (1) Valves, regulating, gaging, and ployed when they are protected against tached (portable or semiportable con other container aceeeeoiy equipment fire In an approved manner. Suitable tainers with suitable steel "runners" or shall be protected against tampering and means of preventing corrosion shall be "skids" and popularly known In the In physical damage. Such accessories shall provided on that portion of the con dustry as "skid tanks") shall be designed. also be so protected during the transit tainer In contact with the foundations Installed, and used In accordance with of container* Intended for Installation or saddles. these rules subject to the following underground. - (b) Containers of 2,000 gallons water provldotifl: (II) On underground or combination capacity or less may be Installed with (a) If they are to be used at a given aboveground-underground containers, nonflreproofed ferrous metal supports general location for a temporary period the service valve handwheel, the terminal If mounted on concrete pads or footings, not to exceed S months they need not for connecting the hose, and the open and If the distance from the outside bot have lira-resisting foundations or sad ing through which there can be a flow tom of the container shell to the con dle* but shall have adequate ferrous from safety relief valves shall be at least crete pad, footing, or the ground does not mf*tl supports. 4 Inches above the container and this exceed 24 Inches. (b) They shall not be located with the opening shall be located In the dome or (III) Any container Dir bt lnatillid outside bottom of the container shell housing. Underground systems shall be with nonflreproofed ferrous metal, sup mor* than S feet above the surface of so Installed that all the above openings. ports if mounted on concrete pads or the ground unless fire-resisting supports Including the regulator vent, are located footings, and If the distance from the are provided. above the normal i"imnm water table. outside bottom of the oontalner to the (e) The bottom of the skids shall not (III) All connections to underground ground does not exosed 5 feet, provided bo lea* than 2 Inches or more than 12 containers shall be looated within a sub the container Is In an Isolated location. Inches below the outside bottom of the stantial dome, housing, or manhole and (lv) Containers may be partially iwntalnar shell. with access thereto protected by a sub burled providing the following require (d) PUngee, noales, valves, fittings, stantial cover. ments are met: () The portion of the container be low the surface and for a vertical dis tance not less than 3 Inches above the surface of the ground Is protected to resist corrosion, and the container is protected against settling and corrosion and the like, having communication with the interior of the container, shall be protected against physical damage. (e> When not permanently located on fire-resisting foundations, piping con nections shall be sufficiently flexible to minimise the possibility of breakage or (2) Drips for condensed gae. Where vaporised gas on the low-pressure side at the system may condense to a liquid at normal operating temperatures and pressure*, suitable means shall be pro vided for revaporisation of the conden sate. as required for fully burled containers. leakage of connections if the container (10) Damage from vehicles. When () Spacing requirements shall be as settles, moves, or Is otherwise displaced. damage to IF-Qas systems from vehicu specified for underground tanks In para graph (b) (6) (U> of this section. If) Skids, or lugs for attachment of skids, shall be secured to the container lar traffic Is a possibility, precautions against such damage shall be taken. (c) Relief valve capacity shall be as In accordance with the code or rules un (11) Pits and drains. Every effort required for aboveground containers. der which the container is designed and should be made to avoid the use of pits. nooM. etoirm, voc u, mo. ioj--iatusoat, may 2*, 1 m 1 6433 fiUI ef Us sub- -------------------- mi be ta aeesrd- wfih mdsS-Sl 13) General provision* appMffifil A ihB l ___ (U) Pud containers far am In tadas- tin Qedntital plant! iatxmml- ef wartar at the oearUtoer ana Its fir* trtal tracks (Muffing Bft bracks) than pawUetiaa ta Si* eaotalner area. t fame nmwt*. at whm mem*. (Mr adequate means for be Other DOT iwtotneri authorised for 1*-Qm service having eh aervlc 1* provided. It shu be ac ate prodded. Water hydrants shall be lee pMsun of 949 -p-rl.f. or minimum ted to the LP-Oa* Instsllstinp and readily aeoeadMe and so spaced as to Container Type ttO. Unte I960 and later semel properly trained. provide water protection for all con AACE codes, this aMBDs a 312.5-pji.f. It) a leading end unloading are oor- tainers. Sufficient lengths of firehose ij 4ane daring other team daylight aha! be provided at each hydrant loca n, adequate Ughte shall be presided tion on a hose cart or other means pro Bnmtnale home oonSednets, control ma, and other equipment. ID Bultsbls roadways or mean* of tee lor extinguishing egrtpasent sneh vhcslcri extinguisher* or fire degaitt apparatns shall be provided. It) TO mtataUir trespassing or tau nt. the arse which Includes container vtenanoes, pumping equipment. vided to facilitate easy movement of the hose In the container area. It la desirable to equip the outlet of eaoh hose Une wMh a combination tog name. A shelter ifaaU be provided to protect the hose and its conveyor from the weather. (ft) Painting. Aboveground con tainers shall be kept properly pakxted. (Id) Lighting. Electrical equipment Uataai tefcm fir--on * OQStotoT tb. par aq. in. mi ivom wifiM<UDa --MCvc--onm*.r vv-p-iirm-am--nv-va-e-poao-tr -iM-wM--rm-i-t-e-S-- IUNmCoM-vWdUAvsC;tPi!emar.. .Cv]*H-3BNM,.), s.?& ay!ajr6 ta.ims CHr. odUkos ot unci SSh Kftf3S!` Hag and anlnadlng facilities, and oyi- and Installations shall conform to para ir-fUUng faculties shall be cnnlesrd graphs (b) (17) and (II) of this sec l at least a e-foot-high industrial tion. fence unless otherwise adequately (17) Vaporizer! tor internal combas 1 brtaafMnti af. Eected. Than shall be at least two tion engine!. The provisions of para ins of emeraeocv fccm 19) Coafaiw!r-charging plant!. (1) graph (e) (I) of this section shah apply. (11) Go* regulating and mixing IMS a4 V-m. TkmMuai SaSfB prawn ot ma-f ' oimtalneT-eharglng room shall be ted oat lea than: i> Tan feet from balk storage son ars. )) Twenty-five feet from line of adilng psoperty which may be built a. 1) Tank truck filling station outlets 1 be located net leas than: i) Twenty-five feet from Une of adIng property which may be built equipment tor internal combustion en gines. The provisions of paragraph (e) (I) of this section (ban apply. (e) Liquefied petroleum pas as a mo tor fuel--(1) Application. (1) Itts para graph applies to Internal combustion engines, fuel containers, and pertinent equipment for the tm of liquefied petro leum gases as a motor fuel on easily movable, readily portable unite includ ing self-propelled vehicles. ______________ n CD Iffim aoaa ww uPd-MubMd yiBMrfliCnoBBviSMBa.fltiifgt coa* (S) CiOocwtraetlMot tobfoeawn-ifAloSwKi SsaCtoed*.te .IF__I-_I_S__M__S Cod* to te tete ate Jstr U1BL (111) containers manufactured and maintained voder DOT spedficattons and regulations may be used as tool (XTntatnen. When so used they shall conform to all requirements of this paragraph. (It) AH rnmtsHisr inlets and outlets Ten feet from pump* and com aers if housed In one or more sep< buildings. U) The pumps or compressors may located in the container-charging n or building. In a separate bonding, utslde of buildings. When heoeed In iparate building, such bonding (a U noncombustible weather oover Is to be construed as a building) khall seated Dot leas than: i) Ten feet from bulk storage tanka, (II) Fuel containers and pertinent equipment for Internal combustion en gines mrinp liquefied petroleum gas where Installation Is of the stationary type are covered by paragraph (d) ot this section. This paragraph does not apply to containers for transportation ot liquefied petroleum gases nor to marine fuel me. All requirements of paragraph (b) of this section apply to this para graph, unless otherwise noted In para graph (b) ot this section. (3) General. (1) Fuel may be need except safety relief valve* and gaging devices shall be labeled to designate whether they communicate with vapor or liquid space, labels may be on valres. (> rnetaBotion ot fuel eontatnen. (1) Containers shall be located In a place .w( in g miwww to minimised the pos sibility of damage to the contalney Con tainers located In the rear of trucks and bases, when protected by substantial bumpers, will be considered In conform ance with this requirement. Pud con tainers on passenger-carrying vehicles i) Twenty-five feet from Une of ed- from tbs cargo tank ot s truck while In ing- property which may bebwflt- transit, bat not from cargo tanks on trailers or semitrailers. The use of fuel > Twenty-five feet from aourcbe of from tbs cargo tanks to operate station Uon. ary Is permitted providing wheels han be initialed as far from the engine as Is practicable, and the passenger space and any space containing radio equipment shall be sealed from the con tainer space to prevent direct seepage of v) When' e part of the oentatnergtng building Is to be used for a :r room or where open flames or lar sources of ignition exist or are loyed, the space to be so occupied 1 be separated from container charg- art securely blocked. (U) Passenger-carrying vehicles shall not be fueled while passenger* an on board. (III) Industrial trucks (Including lift trucks) equipped with permanently gas to these space*. The container com partment shall be vented to the outside. In case the fuel container Is mounted near the engine or the exhaust system, the shell be shielded against direct heat radiation. room by a partition wall or wall* of resistant construction continuous i floor to roof or celling. Such (Spa in walls shall be without openings shall be joined to the floor, other s. and celling or roof In a manner feet a permanent gas-tight joint ) Electrical equipment and Installa shall conform with paragraphs (17) and (IS) of this section. 4) Fire protection. (1) Each bulk mounted fuel containers shall be charged outdoors. Charging equipment shall comply with the provisions of paragraph (h) of this section. (lx) LP-Gas fueled industrial trucks shall comply with the Standard for Type nxlrruttfinn Ar*M of Use. Uftlntenosee and Operation of Powered Industrial Trucks. OTFA SOS-IMS. (v) Engines on vehicles shall be shot down while fueling If the fueling opera (11) Containers shall be installed with as nmch clearance as practicable .but never less than the minimum road picsrsncc of the vehicle under maximum spring deflection. This minimum clear ance hsn be to the bottom of the con tainer or to the lowest on the container or housing, whichever Is lower. (HI) Permanent and removable fuel containers shell be securely mounted to prevent jarring loose, slipping, or rotat .t shall be provided with at least tion Involves venting to the atmosphere. ing, and the fastenings shall be designed NMSAl. Mims, VOL 94, NO. 1*9--SATVtOAY, MAT IV, 1VV1 1 6434 Kum jMtt RtGUxnota loesT. and constructedt itlMHistatic load* eccMeet. Fet tam taastaxs whaxs parte whm. orienteg to place tha safety relief In* In any dtrecttaa #Nt. 4ti M of the vehicle yparlds nxh protection, to valve tat wunreilcgtlen with the vapor weigh* of the took ki taiarhmmta valves and fitting*, the fengolng re fPAMv when filled vlth fuel wring,a safety fad- quirement* shall be eoruddered fulfilled. (v) Paragraph (bXIOXztl) of this tor of not late than gear baaed oo tha However, an removable type nontelnere section for hydrostatic relief Tairas than ultimata strength of the aaatarlal to ba the protection far the fittings shall be apply. ned ndf welding. abm omhivt, i iwiinihHi iftarhurt to th* container. (8) Vaporisers. (1) Vaporizers end any shall be made' only on saddle plates, hiss (g) Exchange of removable fuel con pert thereof and other devices that may or brackets, originally attached to the tainers preferably should he done out be subjected to container pressure shall container by the tank manufacturer. doors but may be done Indoors. When have a design pressure of at least 350 (It) Fuel containers oo buses shall be removable fuel containers are used, pzjg, permanently installed. --ttnn shall be provided In the fuel sys (ill Each vaporizer shaU have a valve (> Containers from which Taper only tem to minimise the escape of fuel when or suitable plug which will permit sub Is to be withdrawn shall be Installed and the containers are exchanged. This may stantially complete draining of the equipped with suitable connections to be accomplished by either of the vaporizer. It shell be located at or near minimise the accidental withdrawal of following methods: , the lowest portion of the section occupied liquid. (1) using an approved automatic by the watex or other beating medium. (5) Valves aad accessories. (1) Coo* ouick-closing coupling (a type eioaim (1111 Vaporizers shall be securely fas tslner raises and accessories shall hare in both directions when uncoupled) in tened so as to minimize the possibility a rated working pressure of at least SCO the fuel line, or of becoming' loosened. paly., and shall be of a type suitable (2) Closing the valve at the fuel con (lv) Each vaporizer shall be perma for liquefied petroleum gas service. tainer awrf allowing the angina to run nently marked at a visible point as (II) The filling connection shall be until the fuel In the line Is consumed. follows: fitted with an approrsd double back (6)' Piping--including pipe, tubing, (a) With the design pressure of the pressure check raise, or a posture shut and fittings. (1) Pipe from fuel container fuel-containing portion In psi.g. off In conjunction with an Internal back to first-stage regulator shall be not lose (b> With the water capacity of the pressure check raise. On a removable then schedule 80 wrought Iron or steel fuel-containing portion of the vaporiser container the filler raise may be a band (black or galvanised!, brass or copper: In pounds. , operated shutoff raise with an Internal or leemless copper, braes, or steel tubing. Ivf Devices to supply heat directly to excess flow raise. Main shutoff salves on Sttel tubing htTB A m<n<mntn waB a fuel container shall be equhmed with the container on liquid and vapor must thickness of 0.040 Inch. Steel pipe ox tub an automatic device to cut am the aup-c be readily accessible. ing shall be adequately protected against ply at heat before the pressure inride (III) With the exceptions of subdivi exterior corrosion. Copper tuhing shall bo the fuel container reaches 80 percent of sion (in (c) of this subparagraph, filling types K or L or equivalent having a mini the start to discharge pressure setting of connections equipped with approved mum wall thickness of 0.033 Inch. Ap the safety relief device on the fuel automatic back-pressure check raises, proved flexible connections may be used container. and safety relief raises, all connections between container and regulator or be (vll Engine exhaust gases may be used to containers haring openings for the tween regulator and gas-air mixer within as a direct source of heat supply for flow of gas In excess of a No. 54 drill glae the limits of approval. The use of alumi the vaporisation of fuel If the materials shall be equipped with approved auto- num pipe or tubing Is prohibited. In the of construction of those parts of the ' matlc excess flow valves to prevent dis case of removable containers an ap vaporizer in contact with exhaust gases charge of content In case connections are proved flexible connection shall be used are resistant to the corrosive action of broken. between the container and the fuel Una. exhanst gases and the vaporiser system (in Liquid-level gaging devices: (11) AH pitting shall be installed, Is designed to prevent excessive pressures. (a) Variable liquid-level gages which require the renting of fuel to the atmos phere shall not be used on fuel con tainers of Industrial trucks (Including lift trucks). (b) On portable containers that may be filled in the vertical and/or horisontal position, the fixed liquid-level gage most Indicate maximum permitted filling level for both vertical and horleontal flUmg with the container oriented to place tha safety relief valve In mwaiimiuawi with the vapor space. (c) In the case of containers need solely in farm trsctar service, and charged at a point at least 80 fast from any Important building, the fixed liquidlevel gaging device may be so constructed that the outward flow of container con tent exceeds that passed by a No. 54 drill size opening, but In no case shall the flow exceed that passed by a No. 31 drill-else opening. An excess flow valve Is not re quired. Fittings equipped with such re stricted drill size opening end container on which they are used shall be marked to indicate the size of the opening. (d) All valves and connections an con tainers shall Be adequately protected to prevent damage due to accidental con tact with stationary objects or from loose objects thrown up from the road, and all braced, and supported so as to reduce to a minimum the possibility of vibration strains or wear. (7> Safety device*. (1) Spring-loaded Internal type safety relief valves shall be used on all motor fuel containers. (II) The discharge outlet from safety relief valves shall be located on the out side of enclosed spaces and as far as practicable from possible sources of Igni tion. and vented upward within 45 de grees of the vertical In such a manner as to prevent Impingement of escaping gas upon containers, or parte of vehicles, or on vehicles In adjacent lines of traffic. A rain cap or other protector shall be used to keep water and dirt from collecting In the valve. (III) When a discharge line from the container safety relief valve Is used, the line shall be metallic, other than alumi num. and shall be sized, located, and maintained so as not to restrict the re quired flow of gee from the safety relief valve. Such discharge line shaU be able to withstand the pressure resulting from the discharge of vapor when the safety relief valve Is In the full open position. When flexibility Is necessary, flexible metal hose or tubing shall be used. (lv) Portable containers equipped for (vll) Vaporiser* shall not be equipped with fusible plugs. (0) Oo* regulating and mixing equip ment. (!) Approved automatic pressure reducing equipment shall be Installed In a secure manner between the fuel sup ply container and gas-air mixer for the purpose of reducing the pressure of the fuel delivered to the gas-air mixer. (U) An approved automatic shutoff valve shall be provided in the fuel sys tem at some point ahead of the Inlet of the gas-air mixer, designed to prevent flow of fuel to the mixer when the Igni tion is off and the engine Is not running. In the case of industrial trucks and en gines operating In buildings other than those used exclusively to house engines, the automatic shutoff valve shall be de signed to operate If the engine should stop. Atmospheric type regulators (zero governors) shall be considered adequate as an automatic shutoff 'valve only In cases of outdoor operation such as farm tractors, construction equipment, irriga tion pump engines, and other outdoor stationary engine Installations. (Ill) The source of the air for com bustion shall be completely isolated from the passenger compartment, ventilating system, or air-conditioning system. valves shall be safeguarded against dam volumetric filling may be filled In either (10) Capacity of container*. No single age due to collision, overturning or other the vertical or horizontal position only fuel container used on passenger carry- No. 108--pt. n----is mw ttoirru, vot. m, no. ioj--tATUtoav, imt j, mi 1 6435 AM MO0MTIONS vriitsls* Ml wooed 000 flriltH graph sbB apply ts the rtosage of part- or copoottp. Mo otad* foot oooMoor att* eontainss* not In omit of 1,000 nbor vsbisle* normally opwatteris- im--nw water oapadty, HIM or partlA&r eUr ciahpanciityaebxociel pat sooospsrdovaideidrS3riwE- flood, ot noer location bat not connected far uoe. or In storage for reeale by dealers sgrsph (3) (1) of this paragraph,' or resellers. This paragraph shall not ap .1) Stationary engines in WIKiqi. ply to containers stored et charging Jonary engine* and gas turbtno* hl- plants or at plants devoted primarily to led In bondings, including portable the storage and distribution of LP-Oas or ne* used Instead of or to supplement other petroleum product*. lonary engine*, shall comply with the (3) General. (1) Containers In storage dard for the Installation and use of shall be located so as to minimize ex lonary Combustion Engines and Qaa posure to excessive temperature rise, bine*. WP* 37-1970, and the appro physical damage, or tampering by unau te prorlelong of paragraphs <b). (e>, thorised persons. (d> ,of this section. (II) Containers when stored Inside 3) Portable engines in buildings. (1) shall not be located near exits, stairways, able engines may be used In build- or In anas normally used or Intended for only for emergency use,,~exc*pt as the safe exit of people. lded by subparagraph (11) of this (III) Container valves shall be pro igraph. tected while In storage as follows: i> Exhaust gases shall be dls- (a) By setting Into recess of container 'ged to outside the building or to an to prevent the possibility of their being where they will not constitute a struck If the container is drdpped upon trd. a flat surface, or 1) Provision shall be made to sup- (b) By ventilated cap or collar, fast sulflclent air for combustion and ened to container capable of withstand mg. ing blow from any direction equivalent r) An approved automatic shutoff to that of a 30-pound weight dropped e shall be provided In the fuel eye- 4 feet. Construction must be such that a ahead of the engine, designed to pre blow will not Be transmitted to a valve flow of fuel to the engine when the or other connection. Jon Is off or If the engine should (lv) The outlet valves of containers In stormgs shall be dosed. ) The capacity of LP-Qas containers <v) Empty containers which have been l with such engines shall comply In LP-Oas service should preferably be i the applicable occupancy provi stored In the open. When stored Inside, ol paragraph (c) (S) of this section. they shall be considered aa full contain 3) Industrial trucks inside build- ers for the purpose of determining the . (1) LP-Oas-fueled industrial trucks maximum quantity of LP-Oas permitted Permitted to be used In buildings and by this paragraph. :tures. (3) Storage within buildings fre .) No more than two LP-Gas con- quented by the public. (1) DOT specifi era shall be used on an industrial cation containers having a maximum In k for motor fuel purposes, dividual water capacity of 3V4 pounds, il) LP-Oas-fueled Industrial trucks used with completely self-contained hand permitted to be used In buildings fre torches and similar applications, are per tted by the public, when occupied by mitted to be stored or displayed In a public. The total water capacity of building frequented by the public. The ialners on each industrial truck shall display of such containers shall be lim exceed 105 pounds (nominal 05 ited to a total of 34 units of each brand nds LP-Oas). and size. The total quantity on display v) Trucks shall not be left unat- and In storage shall not exceed 300 ted In areas occupied by the public. pounds LP-Oas. ) Industrial trucks bu not be (U) Storage as provided In subpara ed and left unattended In areas of graph (5) of this paragraph shall not be ible excessive heat or soureas ot permitted within or attached to such a Ion. ImfliHny 4) Garaging LP-Gai-tucled vehicles. (4) Storage within buildings not fre LP-Oas-fueled vehicles may be quented by the public (such as indus id or serviced Inside garages pro- trial buddings'). (1) The quantity of LP- 1 there are no leaks In the fuel sys- Oas stored shall not exceed 300 pounds and the fuel tanks are not filled (approximately 3.550 cubic feet In vapor nd the maximum filling capacity form) except as provided In subpara died In paragraph (b) (12) (1) of this graph (5) of this paragraph. on. (U) Containers carried as a part of ) LP-Oas-fueled vehicles being re- service equipment on highway mobile ve id in garages shall have the con- hicles are not to be considered In the ir shutoff valve closed except when total storage capacity in subdivision (1) Is required for engine operation, of this subparagraph provided such vehi i) Such vehicles shall not be parked cles are stored In private garages, and sources of heat, open flames, or are limited to one container per vehicle ,ar sources of Ignition or near open with an LP-Oas capacity of not more unless such pits are adequately than 100 pounds. All container valves dated. shall be dosed. > Storage ot containers awaiting use (5) Storage within special buildings esale.--(1) Application. This para- or rooms. (1) The qauntity ot LP-Oas stored In special bufldtngs or room shell not exceed 10,000 potsds. <#> The wall*, floor*, and eetUnga of container otaroco room* that ore within or odjooont to other porta of the buBd- Ing shall be constructed of material hav ing at least s 3-hour fire resistance rating. (Hi) A portion of the exterior walls or roof having an area not lees than io per cent of that of the combined area of the endoelng walls end roof, shall be of single-strength glass or other similar ex plosion relieving construction. (lv) Each opening from such storage rooms to other parts of the building shall be protected by a 114 hour (B) Are door listed by Underwriter* laboratories Inc. (v) Such rooms shall have no open flams* for heating or lighting. (vl) Such rooms shall b* adequately ventilated both top and bottom to the outside only. The openings from such vent* shall be at least 6 feet away from any other opening Into any building. (vil) The floors of such rooms shall not be below ground level Any mate below the floor shall be of soUd fill or properly ventilated to the open air. (vlll) Such storage rooms shall not be located adjoining the Una of property oocupled by schools, churches, hospitals, athletic Adds or other nts of public gathering- v' (lx)-Fixed electrical equipment shall be Installed In accordanoe with para graph (to) (U) of this section. () Storage outside of buildings. (1) Storage outride of buildings, for con tainers awaiting use or resale, shall be located In accordance with Table H-33 with respect to the nearest Important building or group of buildings: the line of adjoining property which may be built upon; busy thoroughfares: the line of adjoining property oocupled by schools, churches, hospitals, athletic fields, or other points of public gathering. Tuu H-JJ Quantity of 'LP-Oas Stored: Distance BOO pounds or Mas--------------------------- 0 501 to 3500 pounds-------------------------- 0* 3.501 to 0.000 pounds............................... 101M< 6,001 to 10.000 pounds............................30 fast Over 10.000 pounds---------------------------- 35 (sat Contains? or container* shall be st least 10 (set from any building on adjoining prop erty, any eldewalk, or any of the exposures deeorlbed In subparagraph (S)(i) (e) or (d) of this paragraph. (U) Containers shall be In a suitable enclosure or otherwise protected against tampering. (7) Fire protection. Storage locations other than supply depots separated and located apart from dealer, reseller, or user establishments shall bo provided with at least one approved portable fire extinguisher having a minimum rating of S-B. C. (g) LP-Gas system installations on commercial vehicles--(1) Application. This paragraph applies to LP-Oas-system Installations on vehicles (whether self-propelled or of the trailer or semi trailer type) used for commercial, con struction. or public service purposes such mui tfoimt, you n, no. io*--utumay, may if, mi 1 6436 uadlkllmilMldUwiida> ( lu* aoltr nH* Mwd uftMaWHknMtW< constitutes In whole or in part the (trass wffhrtand static toadtni toany dtaeOttk oaed-ft Hsu of a frame shall be eqsml to. twice the weight of fee Mr pound* LP-OnreaptMF) and to supported by external cradle* sutotocdirM and attachments when AM wife the using containers permanently mounted at least iso degrees of the shell drawn- ladtaff using a safety factor of not Iras on vahida*. a does art apply to V-Om ferene*. The design csMatlom shall In than four, based on the ultimate atrength motor fori syatems wwnt by paragraph clude beam stress, shear stress, torsion of the material to be used. The imef (e) of thl* Motion. Paragraph (to) of stress, bending moment, and accelera hafi be provided with a weather cover this aoetton apphea to thla paragraph tion stress for the cargo tank as s whole if neceeeery to insure proper operation of nnloas othenrlM noted. When each a ve using a factor of safety of four, baaed valves end safety devices. hicle la permanently parked, and LP-Gaa on the ultimate tensile strength of <b) Fining connections shall be pro la euppUed tram a ayatem not mounted the material. Maximum concentrated vided with approved automatic back on and aeenred to the unit, paragmpha stresses which might he created at pads praam chock valves, exeeu flow check (e) and (d) of thla section ahall apply. and cradles due to shear, bending, and valves or quick closing Internal valve* to (3) Coartncctioa and Marking ot eam- torsion shall also be calculated in ac prevent excessive escape of gas In case tainert. Container! ahall be constructed cordance with Appendix O of the Ameri the fllHng connection Is broken, except in accordance vlth paragraph (b> <3> of can Society of Mechanical fiiglneers, that where the mnng and tUaehanre con thl* section, and marked In accordance Unflred Pressure Vessel code, 1M3. Fully nect on a common opening in the con with the applicable requirements ot para loaded vehicles shall be swinruul to be tainer then, and that opening is fitted graph (b) (ft) of thla aectton, and ahall alao meet the fallowing: operating under highway conditions equal to two "g" loading. The effect! of with a quick-closing internal valve as specified m subdivision (c) of this sub (1) Containers dealsnort for dm as portable cylinders shall be constructed In eceordenee with DOT specifications, end In eceordenee with paragraph (b) (3) (It) of this section; where applicable. (H> All other containers whether de signed for permanent mounting, or for portable or semiportable um (such as skid tanks), shall be constructed se pro vided for by paragraphs (b) (3) (1) and (It) of this section. Mounting, securing, and protection of such containers shall be as In subdivisions (HI) and (lv) of this subparagraph. (HI) Permanently Installed containers shall meet the requirements of subdivi sion (a) of this subdivision with regard to container valves and accessories, and subdivision (b) of thla subdivision as to mounting. (a) (J) Nanreceaaed container fittings and appurtenances shall be protected against damage by either; U) Their location. (tt) The vehicle frame or bumper, or (ill) A protective housing. The protec tive housing. If used, ahall comply with the requirement* under which the tanks are fabricated with respect to design and construction and shall be designed to withstand static loadings in sny direction equal to twice the weight of the tank and attachments when filled with the lading using a safety factor of not lest than four, based on the ultimate strength of the material to be used. The housing bn be provided with a weather cover if nec fatigue shell be taken Into considera tion. Cargo tanks mounted on frames may be supported by longitudinal mem bers attached to pads providing the above-stated factors are taken Into account. (3) Where any tank support Is at tached to any part of a tank head, the stresses Imposed upon the heed shall be provided for m required In (2) at this subdivision. (f) Tank supports, stops, anchors, and bumpers shall not be welded directly to the tank but shall be attached by means of pads of the same material a* the tank. The pad thickness shall be not leas than one-fourth Inch, or the thlckneas of the shell material If less, and no greater than the shell material. Each pad shall extend at least four times Its thickness. In each direction, beyond the weld attaching the support, bumper, stop, or anchor. Each pad ehafi be preformed to an lnelde ra dius no greater than the outside radius of the tank at the place ot attachment. Each pad earner shall be rounded to a radius at least one-fourth the width of the pad, and no greater than one-half the width of the pad. Weepholes and telltape hole*. If used, shall- bp drilled or punched before the pads are attached to the tank. Each pad shall be attached to the tank by continuous fillet welding using filler material having properties conforming to the recommendations of the maker of the shell and head material. division, the automatic valve h*w not be required. In addition every inlet and out let connection shall be equipped with a manually or automatically nnorstrwl shutoff valve. Liquid discharge ep---f_ except those for engine fuel Harm, oh tanks built after September L IMS, shall be fitted with a remotely ooritroPed In ternal shutoff valve. Such Taira abaB conform to the following ruf ' (1) The seat of the valve i. tide the tank, or In the operant: or flange, or In a companion fianra bolted to the nosxle or flange. (2) All parts of the valve frurt/S- the tank, noale, or companion flange shall be made of materiel not subject to cor rosion or other deterioration In the pres ence of the lading. (2) The arrangement of parti shall be such that damage to parts exterior to the tank will not prevent effective waring ot the valve. (f> The valve may be operated nor mally by mechanical means, by hydraulic means, or by air, or gas pressure. (5) The valve shall be provided with remote means of automatic closure, both mechanical and thermal. In at least two places for tanks over 3,304 gallons water capacity. Them remote control stations shall be located at each end of the tank and diagonally opposite each other. The thermal control mechanism shall have a fusible element with a melting point not over 220* F. or less than 303* F. At least one remote control station shall be essary to Insure propsr operation of valves and safety devices. (21 Manually operated shutoff valves, except as covered In paragraph <e> (3) (1) of this section, or self-closing internal valves shall be dosed except during transfer operations. (b) (1) .Tank motor vehicles with frames not made integral with the tank, as by welding, shall be provided with turnbuckles or positive devices for drawing the tank down tight on the frame. In addition, suitable stops or an chors shall be attached to the frame and/or the tank to prevent relative mo (iv> Portable or semiportable con tainer* (skid tanks as covered by para graph (d)(7)(vil) of this section) shall meet the applicable requirements of (a) to (/> of this subdivision Inclusive with regard to container valves tmt acces sories and paragraph (e) (4) (111) of this section as to mounting. Containers de signed for permanent installation as part of systems under paragraph (d) of this section shall not be used. (a) Nonreceesed container fittings and appurtenances shall be protected against damage by either-- (1) Their location. provided for tanks of 3,800 gallons water capacity or less, and such actuating means may be mechanical. (c> All other connections to contain ers, except those used for gaging devices, thermometer wells, safety relief devices, and plugged openings, shall be provided with suitable automatic excess flow valves, or In lieu thereof may be fitted with quick-closing internal valves. The control mechanism for the In ternal valve shall be provided with a secondary control, remote from the fill or discharge connections (for use In the event of accidents or fire during delivery tion between them due to starting, stop (2) The vehicle frame or bumper, or operations), and such control mechanism ping. and turning. The stops and anchors (2) A protective housing. The protec shall have a fusible element with a melt shall be so Installed as to be readily ac tive housing, if used, shall comply w|lth ing point not over 320* F. or less than cessible for inspection and maintenance. the requirements under which the tanks 208* F. WOrtAl MOISTH, VOL M, NO. 10]--SATUtaAV. MAT M, toft 1 6437 {' (H) an other ayataam to aairflannn with paragraph (d> (3) (ID through (xlt> alloy ptptng 1* prohibited. 8teei taking, of thlasaetton. 'AhflU hftYft ft mlwlmt--i wftU thVfcn gf (ttU Portahto ssmtpcrtaMa and per- 0.040 Inch, fttaal piping or tUUng shaft matMBtly mountad" oontatnan, shall ba ba adequately protected against exterior *> mounted and protected as provided corrosion. -U>nj attae ratad flow i _ under subparagraph (3) <U) through (lv) Approved gas tubing fittings shall id a* spartfied by the vaivu mamfae- (lv> of this paragraph. be employed for iw*xg tubing con n. Tta*-Amt ntfat ad tbs pUtaf. (7) Satetv-nMef devices. (1) DOT nections. and tba huh flov Taira shall ba containers shall ba provided with safety- (v) The fuel line shall be firmly Oar than that of tha sicms Sow valve relief devices aa required by the regula fastened In a protected location end such rating shall Include valTaa. flt- tion* of DOT. where under the vehicle and outside sad , and hoae, exoept, whan branching (II) ASMS containers and AFI-AJ3MX below any Insulation or false bottom, necessary reatricttons an lncorpo- containers shall be provided with safety- fastenings shall be such as to prevent !d In such a piping system ao that flow relief device* as required by paragraph abrasion or damage to the gasline doe nt an tan than that of tha aicett (b) (10) of this section. to vibration. Where the fuel line passes > raira aad tha tank, then additional (III) (a) A Anal stage regulator at an through structural members or floors, a as How aatrarahaU ba Inatallad In LP-Oas system (excluding any appliance rubber grommet or equivalent shall be whan auoh flow rate la regulator) dull be equipped on tha lowpressure side with a rallaf valve which Is inc(tvftii)loTdhteo fuS hncehaftfSlnf^f.be Installed 0 container Jnleta and outlets, ex- set to start to discharge within tha to enter the vehicle through the floor : thoaa aaed for safety rallaf valves, limits specified in Table H-JO. directly beneath or adjacent to the appli Id-leral mine devioes, and pnaaun m ehnn h* IfjUldbA (Moitfl <b) The rallaf valve and apace above the regulator and rallaf valve dia ance which It serve*. When a branch Una la required the tee connection ahall ithar thee conununlcate with vapor phragms shall ba vented to the outside be In the main fuel line and located liquid apace whan the container la air and terminate at a position to mini under the floor and outside the vehicle. d to maximum permitted filling den- mise the possibility of vapors accumulat (vli) All parte of the system assem . Tehalt mar be on ralrea. ing at source* of Ignition. bly shall ba so designed and secured as 1> Capacity of a system. No tingle (It) Whenever equipment such at a to preclude such parts working loose container need on poaaeneer carry- cargo heater or cooler on commercial during transit. Tphtolee than ezoeed 300 gallons vehiotee la a type designed to be In oper (II) Appliances. (1) LP-Oas appli er capacity. ation while In transit, suitable means to ances shall be approved for use on com- 1) Description of a system. A ayatem atop the flow such as an excess flow valve ourelftl TtUdtt. altta of an tine mfil > of equipment ln- or other device, shall be Installed. This (A) In the ease of vehicles not In led on a commercial rehlda. device win be actuated to stop the flow tended for human occupancy and where I) Location of container! and sys- tn the event of the break In the fuel sim the gas-fired heating appliance Is used m. <1) Containera shall not be ln- ply line. All excess flow valves shall com to protect the cargo, such heater may led. transported. or atend (even ply with paragraph (b) (7) (111) of this be of the unvested type but provision porarlly) inalde any rehlda eorend section. shall be made to dispose of the products dila paracraph except aa provided by (g) System design and Kite pressure. of combustion to the outside. applicable regulation! of DOT. Systems may ba of either vapor with (III) In the ease of vehicles Intended II) Containers, control ralrea, and drawal or liquid withdrawal type and for human occupancy, all gas-fired boat dating equipment comprlalng a com- shall comply with the applicable require ing appliances. Including water heaters, ayatem shall be suitably protected ments for the type of usage Involved. shall be designed or Installed to provide Inat damage and weather. Systems ( System enclosure and mounting. tot complete separation of the combus r be lnatalled In a receea vaportight (1) Housing or enclosures shall be de tion system from the atmosphere of the he Inalde of the rehlde and accessible signed to provide proper ventilation. living space. Such appliance* shall be n and rented to the outside, (U) Hoods, domes, or removable por Installed with the combustion air inlet ill) Systems Installed outside of tions of cabinets shall be provided with assembly furnished as a component of bile units shall be ao located that dl*- rneana to keep them firmly Is place dur the appliance and. also, with either-- irge from safety relief derices shall be leas than 3 feet horizontally away m any opening Into the unit below the el of such discharge. When the system ocated In a receea vaportlght to tha ide (see subparagraph (6) of this agraph), vent openings In auoh raoaas U be not less than 3 feet hortsontatty .y from any opening into tha mobile o below the level of these Tents. t) There shall be no fuel oonnattlnn veen tractor and trailer o ide units. /) The container or container ear* shall be secured in place by fasten; designed and constructed with a imum safety factor of four to withid loading In any direction equal to x the weight of the container when d to normal capacity with LP-Gas. I) Container vetoes and accessories. tslner valves and accessories shall be rided, protected and mounted as aws: ) Systems utilizing DOT cylinders accordance with paragraph <c> (6) his section. ing transit. (Id) Provision ahall be Incorporated In tha assembly to hold tha containers firmly tn position and prevent their movement during transit In accordance with paragraph (e) (4) (til) of this section. (tv) Containers shall be mounted on a nflataatial support or base secured firmly to the vehicle chassis. Neither the erwage Its support shall extend below the frame. (10) Piping--including pipe, tubing, and fittings. (1) Regulators shall be con nected directly to the container valve outlet or mounted securely by mean* of a support bracket and connected to tha container valve or valve* with a listed high pressure flexible connector. (11) Provision shall be made between the regulator outlet and the gae service Hn* by either a flexible connector or a tubing loop to provide for expansion, contraction. Jarring, and vibration. (Ill) Pipe, tubing, and fittings shall conform to paragraph (b)(g) of this (a) The flue gas outlet assembly fur nished as a component of the appliance, or (b> A listed roof Jack if the appliance Is listed for such use. The combustion air Inlet assembly, flue gss outlet assembly, and roof Jack shall extend to the outside atmosphere. (lv) Provision shall be made-to In sure an adequate supply of outside air for combustion. (v) All gas-fired heating appliances and water heaters ahall be equipped with an approved automatic device designed to shut off the flow of gas to the main burner and to the pilot In the event the pilot flame Is extinguished. (vl) Gas-fired appliances Installed In the cargo space shall be located so they are readily accessible. (vll) Appliances *b*n be constructed or protected to reduce to s minimum possible damage or impaired operation resulting from cargo shifting or >,awSHny. NMAl HOISTM* VOL M, NO. 105--SATVtOAY, MAY 50* 1071 o I i ~> J 1 6438 " . *>T BSGMA7MNI (Till) *ryHTvs. inside the vtailete (ball be located 10 thata Are at in appllanea win not blank na of persons therefrom. (13) Oeneral precggflrm*. (1) DOT container* than be marked, maintained, and requallfled for ON in accordance with the regulation* of DOT. (II) Requaliflcatlon of container* for continued service I* tbe responsibility of the owner; container* shall be stamped with tbe date of requallflcatlen. When DOT cylinders are requallfled by retest' in*, such retest shall be made In accord ance with DOT regulations. (III) Container* shall not be charged with fuel unless they bear the proper markings of the code or specifications under which they were constructed, and in addition, with their water capacity. In the case of cylinders or portable con tainers filled by weight, the container shall be marked with Its tarewelght (It) DOT containers which have been involved In a fire shall not be recharged until they have been requallfled for serv ice according to DOT regulations. (v) American Petroleum InstituteAmerican Society of Mechanical Engi neers (AFI-ASME) containers or ASM* containers which have been Involved In a fire shall not be recharged until they have been retested In accordance with the requirements for their original hydrostatic test and found to be suitable for continued service. (vl) Containers shall not be charged without the consent of tbe owner. (vll) A permanent caution plate shall be provided on the appliance or adja cent to the container outside of any enclosure. It shall Include the word "Caution" and following Instructions, or Instructions embodying substantially similar language. (a) Be sure all appliance valves are closed before opening container valve. (b) Connections at appliances, regu lators, and containers must be cheeked periodically for leaks with soapy water or Its equivalent. (c) Never use a match or flame to check for leaks. (d) Container valves must be closed when the equipment Is not in use. (13) Charging of containers. Con tainers shall be chargod as provided in paragraph (b) (13) of this section. (14) Fire exttnpuilhsr. Mobile cookunits shall be provided with at least one approved portable firs erttngulaher having a minimum rating of 3-B.C. (h> Liquefied petroleum got sendee stations.--(1) Application, nils para graph applies to storage containers, end dispensing devices, and pertinent equip ment in service stations where LP-Gae is stored and Is dispensed Into fuel tanks of motor vehicles. See paragraph (e) of this section for requirements covering use of LP-Gas as a motor fuel. All re quirements of paragraph (b) of this sec tion apply to this paragraph unless otherwise noted. (3) Design pressure and classification o/ storage containers. Storage containers shall be designed and etastafled In ac cordance with Table H-34. .. TuuB-M -***.* r-i *" pr vttt TWWr rain Ml tad Cod* (Fw. WW r tmkUnmd dfcr U-M): IMS. Ml aEpSt IDO lWttdlfibCDMS' BF. Cods (Ptr. oo nodttOM M erac.) u-m,u-f) no codLon duMmmoCToZdF* *l- >aoo nj m asp i Coabfcjtosr tjrpt m*r b* btwmd by teflnm*cta of M. Tbs down pr--mo of oonilp*w (ball b* 100 po*Dt of ih* oootdtaor tty|--po lortgaartoB -w*b-o-o--o--o-o- - strafed andm 1PM or mrtkr *d_t_t_to_c_*__o_f _tb_*_A_B_M__B__C_o_d_* 3ES(Far. U-M and TMR. Tb* "'*"*"***" dMp pra--r* of aootateow MaD b* 1M pmmt of tto--taiBM tro*d kmdon vbo aooMrafed ondon (1) tb* IPM i Cod* CPamfrapto U- tad U-M), MM, vm, um, UM, IMluSTaad 1PM (DtrUoo 1) M tb* ifl Cod*, *ad 0) *11 adMoo* of th*^ iPl-ASlH Cod*. * Cooftratfen of oonUlaan oador tb* APl-ABMX Cod* 1* oot *othorU*d aftor foly 1.1M1. (3) Container valves and accessories. (1) A filling connection on the container shall be fitted with one of the following: (a) A combination back-pressure check and excess flow valve. (b) One double or two single back pressure valves. (c) A positive shutoff valve. In con junction with either. (f) An Internal back-pressure valve, or (2) An Internal excess flow valve. In lieu of an excess flow valve, filling connections may be fitted with a qulckcloelng internal valve, which shall re main closed except during operating pe riods. The mechanism for such valves may be provided with a secondary con trol which will cause it to dose automa tically in case of fire. When a fusible dug It used Its melting point shall not exeeed 330* 7. (il) A fining pipe Inlet terminal not on the container shell be fitted with a positive shutoff valve In conjunction with either; (o) A beck pressure check valve, or (b) An exeea* flow duck valve. (hi) All openings In the container ex cept those listed below shall be equipped with approved excess flow check valves: (a) Tilling connections as provided in subdivision (1) of this subparagraph. (b) Safety relief connections as pro vided In paragraph (b) (7) (k) of this section. (c> liquid-level gaging devices as pro vided In paragraphs (b) (7) (lv) and (It) (lv) of this section. id) Pressure gage connection* as pro vided In paragraph (b> (7) (v) of this section. (It) All eontalner Inlets and outleta except those listed below shall be labeled to designate whether they oonnect with vapor or liquid (labels may be on valves): (a) Safety relief valves. (b) Liquid-level gaging devices. (c> Pressure gage*. (V) Bach Stonge ceeteleee .hall b* provided with a suitable pressure gage. (4) Sateti-rsHsf safest y-*`j- 1TV rsitaf devices .shell Me. follow*: (s) On the eontalner shd dtntaf?Mfe nected with the vencr mace. (b) Safety-relief valves and dfsabarg* piping shall be protected against ptutacal damage. The outlet shall be provided with loose-fitting rain cape. There shall be no return bends or restrictions in the discharge piping. (c) The discharge from two or more safety refief valves having the same pressure settings may be run Into a common discharge header. The cross sectional area of such header shall be at least equal to the sum of the Individual diiebufM. (d) Discharge from any safety relief device shall not terminate Inany building nor beneath any building. (II) Aboveground containers shall be provided with safety relief valves- as follows: (a) The rate of discharge, which may be provided by one or more valves, shall be not leas than that spsetfled kg paragraph (b) (10) (U) of this section (b> The discharge from safsty rsitaf valves shall be vented to the open air unobstructed and vertically twwards hj such a manner as to prevsfit any hUr plngement of escaping gas upsc ttu con tainer; loose-fitting rain cape shall be used. On a container having a wader capacity greater than 3,000 gallone. the discharge from the safety relief valves shall be vented away from the oontafher vertically upwards to a point at least 7 feet above the container. Statable pre visions shall be made so that any Uqtad or condensate that may accumulate In side of the relief valve or Its discharge pipe will not render the valve Inopera tive. If a drain Is used, a means shall be provided to protect the container, adja cent containers, piping, or equipment against impingement of flame resulting from ignition of the product escaping from the drain. (III) underground containers shall be provided* with safety relief valves as follows: (a) The discharge from safety-relief valves shall be piped vertically upward to a point at least 10 feet above the ground. The discharge lines or pipes shall be adequately supported and protected against physical damage. (b> Where there Is a probability of the manhole or housing becoming flooded, the discharge from regulator vent fines should be above the highest probable water level. (c) If no liquid Is put Into a container until after It Is buried and covered, the rate of discharge of the relief valves may be reduced to not less than 30 percent of the rate shown In paragraph (b) (10) (11) of this section. If liquid fuel Is pres ent during Installation of containers, the rate of discharge shall be the same as for aboveground containers. Such contain ers shall not be uncovered until emptied of liquid fuel. (5) Capacity of liquid containers. In dividual liquid storage containers shall not exceed 30.000 gallons water capacity. rmtAl HOriTSS. VOL M, NO. 10S--lATUtOAY, MAT IV, 1*71 1 1 6439 auembUet. base, with eon- to which atwn than 34 Inches wksi md whose water capacity subjected to fflrtatrmr oc las* If tt piping ecn- have a rated i 1 ptcesuie of at least t* Ae itauas and. pump assem 364 pji g. bly b snOeienUy OWxJWe to minimize the (v) An material* used for valve seats, poatihflNr o< brsabsgo or leakage In the packing, gaskets, diaphragms, etc., shall evant at flbtew at the container sup be resistant le the action at IP-Oat. S&SfS&K Ifkiksilis SUM AboTtfxwuai tOd QZtdW'' tboTfiframd l*d WQttfcMB that) (ImO port*. (llU Underground containers shall be Installed In accordance with this subdlvlalim. () Containers shall be given a protec (vl) Pitting* shall be steel, malleable iron, or brass having s mtrnmim work ing pressure ef 380 paid. Cast Iron pipe fittings, such as efls. tees, and unions shall not boosed. tive coating before being placed under (vll) All piping shall be tested after M to $$ ground. Thh coating than be equivalent to hat rtlp galvanMtng or to two eoatings assembly and proved free from leaks at no* lees than normal operating pressures. San: IS* sbovs dlstsnoss but b* rslossd *o oat tan than l# fss* tor anno* anMUgs of olM mse woo* frwn* of red land followed br a heavy-coating at coal tar a asphalt, m lowering the container Into- piece, earn shall be exer (vm> Provision shall be made for ex pansion. eontraction. Jarring, and vibra tion, and far settling. This may be ac- etton. cised to mlitimtas abrasion or other compttshed hr flexible connection*. <61 "---*^7 lgnltlble material Indud(nc weeds and long dry pin, shall b* xgmoved within 10 feet ol conUJstn. Cc) The minimum separation between LF-Qas oonUlnen end flammable liquid ih shall be 30 feet ud the minimum asparatfcm between a container and the centerline of the dike shall be 10 feet. <d> LP-Os* container* located near flammable liquid container* ihall be pro tected against the flow or accumulation of flammable liquids by diking, direrinn curb*, or grading. (e) LP-Q*s container* iball not be located within diked area* for flammable nqmd eontalnen. </) Raid welding 1* permitted only on -no* plate* or bracket* which were applied by the container manufacturer. (g) When permanently installed eontatnen are interconnected, provision >>an he made to compensate for Bxpandon, contraction, vibration, and settling of container* and Interconnecting piping. Where flexible connection* are used. they hn be of an approved type and *h*H be designed for a bunting pressure of not lea* than five ttmee the vapor pres sure of the product at 100* F. The use of nonmetalllc boee la prohibited for In terconnecting such containers. (A) Where high water table or flood condition* may be encountered protec tion against container flotation shall be provided. (U) Aboveground eontalnen shall be installed In accordance with this subdi vision. (a)Containers may be Installed hori- rontally or vertically. (b> Container* shall be protected by crash rails or guard* to prevent physical damage unless they are eo protected by virtue of their location. Vehicle* shall not be serviced within 10 feet of container*. <c) Container foundations shall be of substantial masonry or other noncombustible .material. Containers shall be mounted on saddles which shall permit expansion and contraction, and shall provide against the excessive concentra tion of stresses. Corrosion protection damage to the coating Damage to the coating shall be repaired before back filling. () Containers shall be set on a firm foundation (Dim earth may be need) and surrounded with earth or sand firmly tamped In place. Backfill should be free of rocks or other abrasive materials. (c) A minimum of 3 feet at earth cover shall b* provided. Where ground conditions make compliance with this requirement Impractical, equivalent pro tection against physical damage shall be provided. The portion of the con tainer to which manhole and other con nection* are attached need not be covered. If the location Is subjected to vehicular traffic, eontalnen shall be pro tected by a concrete slab or other cover adequate to prevent the weight of a loaded vehicle Imposing concentrated di rect loads onjtbe container shell. (7) Protaction of container fitting!. Valve*, regulators, gages, and other con tainer fittings shall be protected against tampering and physical damage. (I) Transport track unloading point. (1) During imtoadlng, the transport truck shall not be parked on public thorough fares and tkaB be at least I feet from storage eontalnen, and shall be posi tioned so that shutoff valves are readily accessible. (ID The filling pipe Inlet terminal shall not be located within a building nor within 10 feet of any building or drive way. n shall be protected against phyxlcel dmftie. <) Piping, soloes, and fitting!. (1) Piping may be underground, above ground, or a combination of both. It shall be wall supported and protected against physical damage and corrosion. (ID Piping laid beneath driveways shall be Installed to prevent physical damage by vehicle*. (Ill) Piping shall be wrought Iron or steel (black or galvanised), brass or cop per pipe; or mmlssi copper, brass, or steel tubing and shall b* suitable for a minimum pressure of 380 paid. Pip* Joints may be screwed, flanged, biased, (10) Pimps and accessories. All pumps and secernory equipment shall be suitable for LP-Qaa sendee, and designed for not lei* than the maximum pressure to which they may be subjected. Acces sories shaD have a minimum rated work ing pressure of 384 psi.g. Pssftive dis placement pump* shall be equipped with suitable preum* actuated bypau valve* permitting flow from pump discharge to storage container or pump auction. ; (11) DMpensfup iedca. (1) Uitbx vapor separator*, valves, and fittings In the dispenser shall be suitable for trOas service and shall be designed for a minimum working preesure of 380 pa-i-g. (11) Provision* shah be made for vent ing LP-Qas contained m a dispensing device to a safelocation. (UD Pwmps uaed to transfer LP-Oss shall be equipped to allow control of the flow and to prevent leakage or accidental discharge. Mean* shah be provided out side the dispensing device to readily shut off the power In the evmit of fire or ftccklrot. (tv) A manual shutoff valve and an excess flow cheek valve shah be Instaffed downstream of the pump and ahead at the dispenser Inlet. (a) Dispensing hose shell be resistant to the action of LP-Oa* la the liquid phase and designed for a minimum bursting prostate at 1,380 psi-g. (b) An excess flow check valve or automatic shutoff valve shall be Installed at the terminus of the liquid line at the point of attachment of the dispensing hoie. (v) (a) LP-Oss dispensing devices shall be located not less than 10 feet from aboveground storage containers greater than 3,000 gallons water capacity. The dispensing devices shall not be leu than 30 feet from any building (not Includ ing canopies), basement, cellar, pit, or line of adjoining pioperty which may be built upon and not leu than 10 feet from sidewalks, streets, or thoroughfares. No drains or blowoff Unu shall be directed Into or In proximity to the sewer systems used for other purposes. shall be provided for tank-mounting or welded. The use of aluminum allay (b) LP-Oas dispensing devices shall be areas. Structural metal container sup piping or tubing is prohibited. installed on a concrete foundation or u ports sbaD be protected agsdnst Are. This (Iv) All shutoff valves (liquid or gas) part of* complete storage and dispensing protection I* net required on prefabrl- shall be iiilkakli for Hquefled petroleum assembly mounted on a common base, mm mum vwc ss, no. tes--jArueoAV, mat iv, tan r * > 1 6440 cdtoP Od> , ilnetoadafdVAvi (* of ttn DmcioMDt of published to a CPR Chapter I. UUl) "DOT regulation*"- ~ 11(a)(1) Mi). (vl) The dispensing of LP-Qas Into (xtv) "DOT (e) With a notation whether \ requirements" -- fie* tarn 1* assigned for imdssgrnfd os th* fad container of a vehicle shah b 11010211(a) (l)(xll). aboveground installation or beat. - " performed by a compotent attendant (b) Sasic miss. This paragraph ap (d) With the name and address sf tbs who (ball remain at th* UP-Oaa dls- plies to all paragraphs of this section supplier of the system or tbs trade nam* rsnen during tba anttr* transfer unless otherwise noted. cf th* system and with the date of opmuaa. (1) Approval o/ eqttfpeieaf and sys fabrication (11> Additional nils*. Thar* (ball be no natlw of tba drivewa* of service suttoo* tn tba dispensing are** of trans port buck unloading araaa. Conspicuous dan* prohibiting smoking (ball ba poated within debt of tha customer being served. Letters on aueb signs (ball ba not laaa than a tnchea bleb. Tba motor* of all rehides being fueled ahall ba ahut off during tba fueling operation*. (IS) Electrical. Electrical equipment and Installation* ahall conform to para graph* (b) (IT) and (IS) of this aaotlan. (14) fir* protection. Each aarrlce atatlon ahaH ba provided with at least one approved portable fire extinguisher hav ing at least an S-B, c, ratine. (1910.111 Storage and b--dlHig of an hydrous awoola. tems. The appurtenances of each system ahall be listed b7 at least one of the fol lowing nationally recognised testing lab oratories: Underwriters Laborstori**, me.: Factory Mutual engineering COrp. (2) Saqalrsmaafs for construction, original test oad rsquaHJIcsflea of nouretrigerated container*. (1> Contatnars used with systems covered In paragraphs (c>, (f), (g>, and (h> of this aaetlan shall ba constructed and tasted in aocordanea with the Cod* except that con struction under Table UW12 at a haste joint efficiency of under M percent Is not authorised. (ID Container* built according to the Code do not have to eooaply with Patagrapba U012S to UOl2t Inclusive, and Paragraphs UQ1S2 and DOltt of lbs Code. Under Found and above Found: 0jut*ai (el With th* water capacity f tbs container in pounm at 40* P. ar gallon*. UM. Standard. Ifudst ground: Ocntalnw and yla nama- (/> With ttu pounds par squat* Inch. UadSr ground: aa* - pMf. Abov* ground: Ooatatnar. f (?) With th* wall shell and heads. (* Aboveground: Container. a (a) General--(1) Scope. (1) This standard la Intended to apply to tha de sign, construction, location. Installation, and operation of anhydrous ammonia system* Including refrigerated ammonia storage systems. (11) This standard does not apply to: (a) Ammonia manufacturing plants. (b) Refrigeration plants whet* am monia Is used solely as a refrigerant. (2) Detmtiom. Aa uSed In this section. (I) "Appurtenances"--All devices such as pumps, safety relief device*, liquidlevel gaging device*, valve*, and pressure (Ill) Container* exceeding tg Inch** in diameter or 260 gallons water capacity shall be constructed to comply with one or more of the following: (a) Container* shall be stress re lieved after fabrication In accordance with the Coda, or (b) Cold-formed heads, when. used, shall be (trees relieved, or (c) Hot-formed beads shall be used. (lv) Welding to the shell, bead, or any other part at tha oontelnar subject to Internal pressure shall be dona In com pliance with the Coda. Other welding la (A) With' marking bsdte maximum-level to which th* may be fined with liquid mania at temperatures between _ and 130* r. except on oontelnar* vlded with fixed level indicators, fixed length dip tube*, or container* are filled with weight. Markings be tn Increments of not mors then JT . Abov* gmmd~~*ad under ground: tenia* nanwyS*** or on liquid lvel SMAng dome. (1) With tbs total outside surfhea area of the container tn square fUet. (II) "Cylinder"--A container off 1,000 pounds of water capacity or leas con structed in accordance with Department of Transportation specification* (III) "Code"--Tba Boiler and Pressure vessel Code. Section TUI, Unflred pres sure Vessels of th* American Society of Mechanical Englnaers (ASMS)--1*4*. (lv) ''Onntalnee"--Includes an vessels, tanks, cyllndsm, or apbares used for transportation, stone*, or application of anhydrous ammonia (v) "DOT"--DA. Department of Transportation. (vl) "Design pressure" is identical to the term "Marimum Allowable Working Pressure" used In the Code. (vll) "Perm vehicle" (Implement of husbandry)--A vehicle for use on a farm on which Is mounted a container of not over 1,200 gallons water capacity. cvlll) "Pilling density"--the percent ratio of the weight of the gae In a con tainer to tba weight of water at to* 7. that the container will hold. (lx) "Qas"--Anhydrous ammewt* i* permitted only on saddle plates, lugs, or brackets attached to tha container by the container manufacturer. (v) Container* used with systems oovered in paragraph (e) of this Motion haii be constructed and tested in ac cordance with the DOT specifications. (vl) The provisions of subdivision (1) of this subparagraph shall not be con strued as prohibiting the continued use or of containers con structed and maintained in accordance with the 1946.1660,1262.1964.1969, and 1942 editions of tha Code or any revisions thereof In effect at the time of fabrica tion. (3) Marking nonrefrigerated contain er*. (1) System nameplates, when re quired. shall be permanently attached to the system so as to be readily accessible for Inspection and shall Include markings M prescribed In subdivision (11) of this subparagmph. (11) Xach container or system covered In paragrapbs (c), Cf), (g), and (h) of this section shall be marked a* specified Under ground: SpUm n*m*plM*. Abov* ground: Wo requirement. (#> Marking specified on the container *haii be on the container itself or on a nameplate permanently stteohsrt to tL (4) Marking refrigerated container*. Each refrigerated container shall b* market^ with nameplate on th* outer covering In an accessible place as apaotfled In the following: (I) With the notation, "Anhydrous Ammonia." (II) With th* name and address of the builder and the date of fabrication. (III) With the water capacity of tha rAntatn*. in gallons, UJ9. Standard. (lv) With the design pressure. (V) W**h vh minimum tempjrature In degree* Fahrenheit for which the con tainer was designed. (ri> The marimiim allowable water level to which the container may be filled for test purposes. (vll) With the density of the product tn pounds per cubic foot for which the either tha gaseous or liquefied state. In the following: <> container was designed PMUU. MMSTF. wet. 3d, NO. 10S--SATWUOAV. MAT 14, )*ri 1 6441 Lefltatatf ____________ Uaeeutff*Msards In setoctihg Hu lo- .ttoo lot a (totM* nwitrines. Ortilns shall be located outside of building* tn twiiawn or seottona thereof espe- *Hy provided for this purpose. (U) Permanent (torero containers *H be heated at leaet n feet from a ir~w*fl at other eouroee of potable iter euprtf, unleae the nontalrtcr li a irt of a water-treatment InstaTleHon. (UU Pareianinl storage container* all be loo*ted outdde densely populated ML (tv) Container location* iball comply th table H-35: (htt) tom to: omhiol aopodty Lla* at t__ ot aooftnor lac pwpotj PtoM ot Xoftfto- vuthMorbo poMa daa boflt opoo ion- eeo* nStmA 100 to S.0N__ r t,m t mjom. nnf1lO0.f1) 00 to....... V 100,000............... 2m8 mLAO m286 480 780 80 600 1.000 <t> Storarc area* ahall be kept free readily IgnlUble material* such a* etc, weed*, and long dry era**. (6) Container appurtenance*. (1) All purtenanee* shall be designed for not e than the maximum working preesure that portion of the system on which sy are Installed. AD appurtenances *11 be fabricated from materials proved table for anhydrous smmcola service, on All connection* to containers ex- at safety relief devices, g-g^r devices, those fitted with No. M drill-size ori3 shall have shutoff valves located as sc to the container as practicable. Ul> Excess flow valves where required these standards shall close autoauli ly at the rated flows of vapor or liquid specified by the manufacturer. The mectlons and line including valves and ings being protected by an euui flew ve shall have a greater capariW than ' rated flow of the excess flow valve that the valve will clou In earn of :ure of the Une or fittings, lv) Liquid-level gaging devices that ulre bleeding of the product to the *tsphere and which are so constructed t outward flow will not exceed that sed by a No. 94 drill-size opening need be equipped with excess flow valves, v) Openings from the container or ough fittings attached directly on the tamer to which pressure gage Mo tions are made need not be equipped b exoess flow valves If such openings not larger than No. 94 drill size. vl> Excess flow and back preesure ck valves where required by the etands In this section shall be located in manner feat any > mi sm wennvs fldoffnlntiifle discharge end. Re- eweeu flow or bask preapwe shack vetre vide shea be made to prevent exceed?* wfli not same breakage between the eon-. peeeMuwtntbehoee, tamer and the vahw. (yll) Excess flow value shall be de signed with a bypass, not to exceed a Roi (r) On an hose one-half (iv* outdde diameter and larger, used for tfae trans fer of anhydrous mm/>i Uquid or M drill-size opening to allow equaBca- vapor, there shall be etched, east, or im Uoo of prfMiirci. (vUi) An excess flow valves shall be pressed at S-fbot Interval* the following Information plainly and permanently marked with the name or trademark of the manu facturer, the catalog number, and the ntM) ctfMCity "Antip!sous Ammonia" sax palg. (maximum working pressure), manufacturer'! r-TM- or trademark. ysar at manufacture. (7) P&no. tubing. sad /ttttnpr. (1) All In He* at this requirement the same lnpiping, tubing, and fittings shall be made fosmatlmt may be eontntxud gm a name of material suitable for anhydrous am plate pacaunenUy attached to the base monia service. (11) AH piping, tubing, and fittings shall be designed for a pressure not leas Mmanna required rate of dMcharg* la oublo fast psr sdnuts of dr at 130 psrosat than the maximum pressure to which of Uw nmrinnmn poiuillitsd start to dMbsrgs they may be subjected In service. pressure forsafsSf reOaf voire*. (1H) All refrigerated piping shall con form to the Refrigeration Piping Code, American National Standards Institute, rf%c* [*./.) /fetofstf cru rnr B31A-1M6 with addenda B31.1a-1M* ae It applies to aiwmenU 90........................................ 30................................ ........ 358 310- (lv) Piping used on non-refrigerated systems shall be at least American Soci 400 ety for Testing and Material* (ASIM) A-43-68 Orada B Baetrio Resistance Welded and Electric Pladi Welded Pipe 48 _ T.. 00 ........................................ 66 ........................................ 047 801 or equal. Such pipe shall be at least schedule 40 when joints are welded, or welded and flanged. Such pipe (hall be at least schedule (0 when Joints are threaded. Threaded connections shall not be back-welded. Bras*, oopper, or gal vanized steel pipe dull not be used. (v) Tubing made of brass, oopper, or other material subject to attack by am monia shall not be used. (vl) Cast Iron fittings shall not be used but this dull not prohibit the use of fit tings made spenifloeDy for ammonia service of malleable, nodular, or high strength gray iron meeting American 00........................................ m 70........................................ 70.................................. _ 00 .................................... 80 ...................................... 90 ........................................ 90........................................ 100 ...................................... 100...................................... no ...................................... 110...................................... ISO_______ ........................ 130 ...................................... 130 ...................................... 130...................................... 140 ............................... .. 036 790 804 040 880 935 968 1.010 ItOOO 1.000 1.190 i, 100 1.900 1.940 1.380 Society for Testing and Materials 140........... ......................... 1.310 (ASTM) A47-0S, AffTM 390-M. or ASTM A138-M Claes B or C. (vll) Joint compounds shall be resist ant to ammonia <) Bos* rpeciAcaMom. (1) Hose used In ammonia servloe shall conform to the ISO...................................... 1S0 ................................. 100 ...................................... 136 ...................................... 170 ...................................... 175 ...................................... 160 ...................................... 1.360 1.390 1.490 1.460 1.500 1.530 1.670 Joint Agricultural ammonia Institute- 186 ...................................... 1.000 Rubber Manufacturer* Association SpecHtcattons for Anhydrous Ammonia Hose. (U) Rose subject to container pressure shall be destined for a minimum working 190 ...................................... 190 ...................................... 300 ...................................... 310 ...................................... 330 ____-............................ 1,640 1.870 1.710 1,780 1.860 pressure of 390 pel.g. and a minimum burst pressure of 1,790 pslg. Roes as 330 ...................................... 1.930 340 ...................................... 1.000 semblies. when made up, dull be capable of withstanding a test pressure of 900 pjJ.g. (ill) Rose and hose connections lo cated on the low-pressure side of flow 360 ...................................... 360......... -.......................... 370 ...................................... 380 ..................................... 390 ..................................... 300 ...................................... 3,060 3,130 3.180 3,360 3.330 3.380 control or pressure-reducing valves shall 310 ..................................... 3.460 be designed for a bursting pressure of not leas than five times the pressure setting of the safety relief devices protecting that portion of the system but not less than 129 ps-l.g. AH connections shall be so designed and constructed that there will 330 ...................................... 330 ...................................... 340 --..... ........................ 330 ..................................... 380 ............. ........................ 370 ..................................... 3,510 3.670 3.040 3.700 3.760 3, C30 3, 890 be no leakage when connected. 390 ................................. 3,960 PMMl M#ma, VOL 34, MO. --SATUtOAY, MAY 39, 197J * 1 6442 5M ________ SU'tkflT ` 8___nmzmi_`4***- M___________ _____ 4|- 714 -- --.---------- 4 71*4MI ooo.________________ I.M* 850 ..........--.............. ..... 0,000 900 ................................... 0.000 MO ................................... 0,100 1,000 ......... 0.000 . 1460....................... .........0,040 UOO__________________0,900 1,150..._______________ 7,100 1400 i............................... T, 410 1400...............................- 7,000 1400................................. 7.010 1450___ 1.000__________________ 0,020 1.400__________________0.000 1400..........-- 0.000 1450................................ 0,140 1,000................................. 0.000 1.460 ................................. 0.000 1.700................................9, MO 1.700...................... 10.000 1400__________________ 19*909 1400 __________________10,000 140010.000 1460 _________________11.0M 0,000 ................................. 11,000 9.000 9.100.................................11,7*0 9.100 ................................. 11,000 9400................................ 19.100 9400................................19,400 9400................................. 13,000 9400.................................13,660 3.400 ................................ 10,000 3.460 ................................ 19.000 9400................................. 16,690 "Surfte* AN*=taUl outtfd* ivfioi itm of ooctsLiMr 1b squir* (Ml. Wbn 14m artaoo im l not rtunpod on tlM norntplM* or wImo. amrkU* U not th* r* eon. be eolmlitMl by netaf one of the foQovlnf formulae: (l) CyllnOrlotl oonUlner wltn bamtopher* leaf beads: ArMsorena lenffth tn feet ttnw outoMto diameter in feet times 0.1410. (9) Cylindrical oontalner wltb etbsr ttain beads: Arn= (owiD Isagth In foot ploa OJ outside dlametar In (Oat) UaM outaido diameter to (Mt tlmM 81410. (9) 8pfcr!cal container: Aiea=outelde diameter tm (Mt anno OHM 8.1410." "nerm Rate--CTH HuMMl (Mt par Min* utt of Ur required tl MMaiO nrtirtltliMt. 00' r. and AtmoephMS leeMUlt (14.T p.la.)- '"The rMt at dleeharge meg be laSetpolitcd (or InttrmtdUtt values at earfisoe area. Mr cantuntn with total QntOOt emteoe moo greeter tknn 3M equal* (oat. the required flaw rote aas ba colmuetod aatn# the formula: now Knta CPU Air=82.11 A". wtMn As outtlda surface art* of tha eontunar In iquara foot." >9) Safety relief devices. (1) Every contAlner uoed In gygteme covered by paragraphs (c). ((). (g). and C1U of thlo section ohAll be piorlded with one or more SAfety relief reives of tbe springloaded or equivalent type. Hie discharge from oAfety-rellef valves thAll be Tented away from the container upward and unobatrueted to the atmosphere. AH relief-valve dlocharge opening! ahan be M|U of theoontalner: tMtorlML- As requiredIpDOT Reguliei--a. (fit) flefetr ralef derfcas wed In sys- tema covered ^ panenpta* (e>. (f), (gl. and (h> oTtalreecflcn shell be eon- itrneted to dteebarfle at not tat than the ratea required hi ibbdMrion (11 of thfa subparagraph before tow pressure 1* tn exceoa of m percent'--* tnn--lng (ha lb percent totersnee retailed to to auh- dlrlalon (11) of tide subparagraph). of the mailaitoa permitted start-to- rtlscharga pcearurw setting of. tbe drrle*. (It)11S,4a0f0ety-reOef retres aban be go arranged that the poeefblHty of tompep-. Inc will be mlnlnilaed. If the preaeore setting adjustment t, externa), tbe reflet Talree than be presided with mean, for aealtnc the sdjartment (t) Shutoff Talree ahaB not be in stalled between tbe safety-relief Talree and the container; exoept, that a shut- offralre may be need where toaarranga- ment at thta ralre la each aa always to afford full required capacity flow through the relief Tetree. (rf) Safety-relief ratree shaS dbeet communication with toe rapor apace of tbo eontdlnor. (tB) Each container aafety-reBef ralre--5with systems corered by para- graphs (e>. (f>. (g), and (h) of this ecettm ehaff bo plainly and permanently marked with the symbol or "AA"; wtth toe peaaeure In pounde-per-aquare- lneh case at which the ralre la eat to start-to-discharge; with tbe actual rata of dlacharge of toe ralre at Its full open portion in eubto feet par minute of alt at to* F. and atmespharie pressure; and with toe manufacturer'! name and cata log number. Example: UK, 189 4050 Ah' Indkiatiw that toe ralre la suitable for nee an an anhydrous ammonia con tainer. 1, set to start-to-dlacbarge at a pressure of 2St paid, and that its rate of dlacharge at full open pneltlcn (sub- dlriatons ISO (UU at this sub paragraph) la 4.050 cubic feet per min ute of air. (rill) The flow capacity ot too relief ralre shod not be restricted by any con nection to It on either toe upstream or downstream side. (lx) A hydrostatic relief ralre shall be Inst*lied between, each pair of ralres In toe liquid ammonia piping or hoso where liquid may ba trapped so aa to radars Into the atmosphere at a safe location. by tha Bunas af lCnaa. VM Ssparttnant of toe hotartor (-- m C*K Fart It), are waitable fbr smergeney action tor most leak* parttetdarty thorn that occur outdoors. For protect-- In concentrated ammonia atmespheres self-contained breatotag atr apparatus te required. OS) Mat-ary etoraga tnatoflat--x toad hare an easily scoassOile shower or a 50-gallon drum of water. .. art Bach vehicle transpoi Bug nemonla In bulk except farm applicator rahidee ahaff cany a coartafntr at at taut 5 gaflont of water and shall be equipped with a full face mask. (11) Ctargteg of ocwrfartarr. O) Tha lllllnc danelUu toe aontainera tosh are not refrigerated shall not atraaH tha following: ti, to-- Si 5* (fl> Aboragio--d nnbisnlalAdcontatnen may be cl--gad STA paroaat by reTume provided the tomperatnrw ed toe termfned to be not lower than *0* F. or prorktad the chargtag et toe ecntolnar le stopped at tha llxet ted--Men et free* or ice format-- on He o-- mmfmea and le not ra--ned until eoeh frost erica (HD Any container, tnclatlmg DOT . cargo and portable tanks, shipped under DOT jurisdiction shall ba filled accord ing to DOT regulations. Ur) Refer to paragraph (d) of tola sect-- for lining densities of refriger ated storage container* (12) Transfer of liquids. (1) Anhy drous shall always ba at a temperature suitable for tbe materiel of construct-- and toe design of tbs receiv ing container. (U> The employer shall rtqulre tha continuous presence of an attendant In the vicinity of the operation during such tcm aa ammonia le being transferred. (Ill) Container, shall ba charted or naoA only upon enthortxat-- of toe (hr) containers shah 'be gaged and charged only to toe open atmosphere or tn butkUngs or anas thereof provided for that purpose. (r> Pumps used for transferring smnooi. thoi be those znanufscturcd for tost purpose. (a) Pumps -au be r--gweA for st least 2M pxlg. working pressure. No. 105--Pt. --ia --i --a. vol xa, tea las--*aiuday. Mgr ft, trrt 1 6443 -V ANft MQNUtTIQttt OiLFasttlve dtiacement mi <W> Th* Wad; eg a tank oar (li> AH liquid and vapor caonectfosM I IWM off the dtsctmafiaA Mrt- sfagC ha substantially level. to containers except fflHag pipes; safety differential railed viMMr. dr) Brakes shall be set and wheels relief connections, and Uqtfld-lsrrel gag ng Into the suction port * the blocked cat an can being unloaded. ing and pressure gage oonneotlons pro through a line of su&eiaotghe to (141 UuM-lmi gaging device. (1) vided with orifices not larger than no. 34 wry tbs full capacity of the pomp at "*--* container except thoee Ailed by drill slse as required in paragraphs Usd valve setting. which setting and weight shall be equipped with an ap (b) (8) (lv) and (v) of this section abaii gUBsticn than bo according to tbo proved liquid-level gaging device. A be equipped with excess-flow valves. nap manufacturer's recommendations. (c) On the discharge side of the pump, dore the relief valve line, there shall i lnetalled a pressure gage graduated om 0 to 400 pad. (d) Plant piping shall contain ahutt valvee located ae cloee as practical , pomp connections. (vi) Compressors used for transferring - refrigerating ammonia shall be recomended for ammonia service by the anufacturer. (a) Compressors shall be designed for ; least 200 psJ.g. working pressure. (b) Plant piping shall contain shut- thermometer well shall be provided tn all containers not utilising a fixed liquidlevel --device. (II) All gaging devices shall be ar ranged so that the maximum liquid level to which the container Is filled Is readily determined. (III) Oaglng devices that require bleeding of the product to the atmos phere such as the rotary tube, fixed tube, and slip tube devices shall be de signed so that the maximum opening of the bleed valve Is not larger than No. 34 drill also unless provided with an excess flow valve. (This requirement does not (Ill) Bach storage container hn be provided with a pressure gage graduated from 0 to 400 pad. Gages shall be desig nated for use tn ammonia service. (lv) All containers shall be equipped with vapor return valves. (3) Safety-relief device*. (1) Every container shall be provided with one or more safety-relief valves of the springloaded or equivalent type In accordance with paragraph (b)(0) of this section. (II) Hie rate of discharge of springloaded safety relief valves Installed on underground containers may be reduced f valves located as close as practical to apply to farm vehicles used tor the ap to a minimum of 30 percent of the rate unprtssor connections. plication of ammonia as covered in para of discharge specified In Table H-38. (c) A relief valve large enough to dls- graph (b) of this section.) Containers so protected shall not be un targe the fun capacity of the compras- (lv) Oaglng devices shall have a de covered after installation until the liquid >r *<)) be connected to the discharge sfore any shutoff valve. . sign pressure equal to or greater than the design pressure of the container on ammonia has been removed. Containers which may contain liquid ammonia be (d) Compressors shall have pressure which they are Installed. - fore being Installed underground and be gee at suction and discharge gradu- (v) Fixed tube liquid-level gages shall fore being completely covered with earth ved to at least one and one-half times be designed and Installed to Indicate that are to be considered aboveground con- * te miTimum pressure that can be de- level at which the container Is filled to talners when determining the -rate of iloped. 88 percent of its water capacity In discharge requirements of the safety- <e> Adequate means, such as drain- gallons. relief valves. tie liquid trap, shall be provided on the (vl> Oage glasses of the columnar type (III) On underground Installations tmpressor suction to minimise the entry hail be restricted to stationary storage where there Is a probability of the man ( liquid Into the compressor. Installations. They shall be equipped hole or bousing becoming flooded, the </) Where necessary to prevent con- with shutoff valves having metallic band- discharge from vent lines shall be located tmlnation, an oil separator ahall be wheels, with excess-flow valves, and with above the high water level. All manholes rovldedton the discharge side of the extra heavy glass adequately protected or housings shall be provided with venti jmpressor. with a metal housing applied by the gage lated louvers or their equivalent, the (vll) Loading and unloading systems manufacturer. They shall be shielded area of such openings equalling or ex lall be protected by suitable devices to against the direct rays of the sun. ceeding combined discharge areas of revent emptying of the storage con- (IS) Painting of containers Above safety-relief valves and vent lines which dner or the container being loaded or ground uninsulated containers should discharge their content Into the manhole oloaded In the event of severance of the have a reflective surface maintained In housing. oee. Backflow check valves or properly sed excess flow valves shall be Installed here necessary to provide such protecon. In the event that such valves are ot practical, remotely operated shut3 valves may be installed. (13) Tank car unloading points and veratioru. (l) Provisions for unloading nk cars shall conform to the appUe>le recomendations contained tn the OT regulations. (II) The employer shall Insure that flooding operations are performed by liable persons properly Instructed and ven the authority to monitor careful impllance with all applicable pro cures. (III) Caution signs shall be so placed i the track or car as to give necessary anting to persons approaching the ear om open end or ends of siding and util be left up until after the car Is flooded and disconnected from dlstarge connections. Signs shall be of etal or other suitable material, at least : by 13 Inches In slxe and bear the ords "STOP--Tank Car Connected" or JTOP--Men at Work" the word, 3TOP." being In letters at least 4 Inches gh and the other words In letters at ast 3 Inches high. The letters shall be hlte on a blue background. good condition. (18) Electrical equipment and wiring. (1) Electrical equipment and wiring for use In """"'U Installations shall be general purpose or weather resistant as appropriate. til) BaeMcal systems shall be In stalled and maintained In accordance with Subpart 8 of this part. (e) Systems uUUelng itationary, nonTtfrigeraUd itorage containers. This paragraph applies to stationary, nonrefrlgerated storage Installations utilising containers other than those covered In paragraph (e) of this section. Paragraph (b) of this section applies to this para graph unless otherwise noted. (1) Design pressure and construction of container*. The minimum design pres sure for nonrefrlgerated containers shall be 230 psig. (3) Container valves and accessories, filling and discharge connections. (1) Each filling connection shall be provided with combination back-pressure check valve and excess-flow valve; one double or two single back-pressure check valves; or a positive shutoff valve In conjunction with either an internal back-pressure check valve or an Internal excess flow valve. (lv) Tent pipes, when used, shall not be restricted or of smaller diameter than the relief-valve outlet connection. (v) If desired, vent pipes from two or more safety-relief devices located on the same unit, or <" lines from two or more different units may be run into a common discharge header, provided the capacity of such header Is at least equal to the sum of the capacities of the Indi vidual discharge lines. (4) RetmtaUation ot containers. (1) Containers once Installed under ground shell not later be reinstalled above ground or under ground, unless they successfully withstand hydrostatic pres sure retests at the pressure specified for the original hydrostatic test as re quired by the code under which con structed and show no evidence of serious corrosion. (11) Where containers are reinstalled under ground, the corrosion-resistant coating baii be put In good condition; see subpargreph (SXlv) of this para graph. Where containers are reinstalled above ground, safety devices or gaging devices shall comply with paragraph (b) (t) of this section and this subpara graph respectively for aboveground containers. NOgtAl HOUm. VOL 04. NO. 103--SA1USDAY, MAY IV, 1V71 1 6444  mm Amt lKttUnof# (5) fnetaUation of itorowz eewMaw* (1) Containers installed aboro fwl except as pvovMd to iMMa (v> tl this nbptniniA toenheproviM wtto substantial concrete m I--eeary aaffport* or struetwul stoal swpovto on flwn concrete or niaseflvy lonnttsoi. All foundstiona abaH nlnil Mow lb* frost Um. (ID Horizontal aboveground con tainers shall bo so mounted on founda tions as to permit expansion and contraction. Every container than be supported to prevent the concentration of excessive loads on the supporting por tion of tbs shell. That portion of tbs container In contact with foundations or saddles shall be protected acalnst corrodozL (111) Containers Installed under ground shall be so placed that Use top at the container Is below the frost Ibis and tn no case less than 2 feet below the surface of the ground. Should ground conditions make compliance with these require ments Impracticable, Installation shall be made otherwise to prevent physical dam age. It will not be necessary to cover the portion of the container to which man hole and other connections are affixed. When necessary to prevent floating, con tainers shall be securely anchored or weighted. (lv) Underground containers shall be set on a firm foundation (firm earth may be used) and surrounded with earth or sand well tamped In place. The con tainer, prior to being placed under ground, shall be given a corroelon resist ing protective coating. The container , thus coated shall be so lowered Into place as to prevent abrasion or other damage to the coating. (v> Containers with foundations at tached (portable or semiportable tank containers with suitable steel, "runners" or "skids" and commonly known In the industry as "skid tanks") shall be de signed and constructed In accordance with subparagraph (1) of this paragraph. (vl) Secure anchorage or adequate pier height shall be provided against container flotation wherever sufficiently high flood water might occur. (Hi) The distance between under ground containers of over 3.000 gallons capacity shall bs at lsast 5 task (6) Protection of appurtenance*. (1) Valves, regulating, gaging, and other appurtenances mill be protected against tampering and Physical damage. Such appurtenances shall also be pro tected during transit of containers. (il) All connections to underground containers shall be located within a dome, housing, or manhole and with access thereto by means of a substantial cover. (T) Damage from vehicles. Precaution shall be taken against damage to am monia systems from vehicles. (d> Refrigerated itorage tyttemt. This paragraph applies to systems utllMng containers with the storage of anhydrous ammonia under refrigerated conditions. All applicable rules at paragraph (b) of this section apply to this paragraph un less otherwise noted. fl> MM efeomUteen. Q) The daffiga tieimwaM'e del be the minimum temperature to which the emitelnrr wBtenftkmbt (E> CUatatoen wife a darfga pressure cMccdbn 15 P-sJ-g. ffitaB be eonstrot>ed In accordance with peraerapfe fb) (3) of thffi section, and the materials shall be selected from those listed in APT Stand ard *30, Recommended Rules for Design and Construction at Large, Welded. LowPressure storage Tanks, Fourth Edition, irro. Tables 3.03, R33, R3.2(A>, R3J.1. or R3.3. (til) Containers with a design pres sure of II veLff. and less shall be con structed in accordance with the appli cable requirements of API Standard >30 Including 1U Appendix R. (lv) When austenitic steels or nonfer- rous materials are used, the cads shall be used as a guide In the selection of ma terials for use at the design temperature. (v) The filling density for refrigerated storage containers shall be such that the container win not be liquid full at a liquid temperature corresponding to the vapor pressure at the start-to-discharge pres sure setting of the safety-relief valve. (3) Installation of refrigerated storage containers. (1) Containers shall be sup ported on suitable noncombustible foun dations designed to accommodate the type of container being used. (U) Adequate protection against flota tion or other water damage shall be pro vided wherever high flood water might occur. (Ill) Containers for product storage at less than 33* P. shall be supported In such a way, or heat shall be supplied, to prevent the effects of freeling and conse quent frost heaving. (3) Shutoff oalvee. When operating conditions make it advisable, a check valve shall be Installed on the fill con nection and a remotely operated shutoff valve on other connections located below the maximum liquid level. <t> Safety relief devicet. (1) Safety relief valves shall be set to start-todlacharge at a pressure not In excess of the design pressure of the container and shall have a total relieving capacity suf ficient to prevent a maximum pressure in the container of more than 120 percent of the design pressure. Relief valves for refrigerated storage containers shall be self-contained spring-loaded. weightloaded, or self-contained pilot-operated type. (11) The total relieving capacity shall be the larger of: (a) Possible refrigeration system up set such as (I) cooling water failure, (3) power failure, (3) instrument air or in strument failure, (4) mechanical failure of any equipment, (5) excessive pumping rate*. (b> Fire exposure determined In ac cordance with Compressed Oes Associa tion (COA) S-l, Part 3. Safety Relief Device Standards for Compressed Oas Storage Containers, 19*9, except that "A* shall be the total exposed surface area In equate feet up to 39 foot above grade or to the equator of the storage eon- qulred by (e> OP Ms euMfrhlsu, the additional oapeefty may be proetded by weak roof to shell seams tn containers operating at essentially atmospheric pressuie and having an Inherently weak roof-to-ehen seam. The weak roof-tosheO seam Is not to be considered as pro viding any of the capacity required tn (a) of this subdivision. (1U) If vent lines are Installed to con duct tbs vapors from the relief valve, the back pleasure under full relieving condi tions shall not exceed 50 percent of the stait-to-dlscharga pressure for preasure d salves or 10 percent at the tart-to-discharge pressure for conven tional valves Hie vent lines shall be in stalled to prevent accumulation of liquid In the Unas. (tv) Um valve or valve Installation shaB provide weather protection. (v) Atmospheric storage shall be pro vided with vacuum breakers. Ammonia gas, nitrogen, methane, or other inert gases can be wed to provide a pad. (5) Protection of contotnerappurtoaonce*. Appurtenances shall be protected against tampering and physical damage. (0) RetnetaDation of refrigerated storage container!. Containers of swh states to require field fabrication shall, when moved and reinstailed, be reconstructed and reinspected in complete aocordance with the requirements under which they were constructed. The containers shall be subjected to a pressure retest and If re nting Is necessary, renting shan be In accordance with applicable requirements. (7> Damage from vehicle*. Precaution hn be against damags from vehicles. (1) Refrigeration load and equipment. (I) The total refrigeration load shall be computed as the sum of the foOowtng: (a) Load Imposed by heat flow into the container caused by the tempentor*dif ferential between design ambient temper ature and storage temperature. (b> Load Imposed by heat flow Into the container caused by maximum sun radiation. (c) Maximum load Imposed by filling the oontaiper with ammonia warmer than the design storage temperature. (II) More than one storage container may be bandied by the same refrigera tion system. (9) Compressors. (I) A minimum of two compressors shall be provided either of which shall be of sufficient size to handle the loads listed In subpangnphs (8X1) (a) and (b) of this paragraph. Where mors than two compressors are provided minimum standby equipment equal to the largest normally operating equipment shall be Installed. Pilling compressors may be used as standby equipment for holding compressors. (II) Compressors shall be sized to op erate with a zoetlon preasure at least 19 percent below the minimum setting of nDMAl UOISTtt, VOL M, NO. 105--JATVXDAY, Star 2, IV7t V 1 6445 to vsive(ej o* tu ttanamtataarandshall withstood sure M teat equal to 1M ptraak? to* laden tnwn of the ccsitahm*. - <1 Compressor driest. (I) 1Kb compressor shall base lie to llvirtual driving unit (II) An emergency wurec of pomr of ralBclcnt capacity to handle tbe loads Listed In subparagraphs (8>(1) (a) and (t>) of this paragraph shell be provided unless ftcilltles ere available to safely Uspose of rented npon while the refri*erstlon system is not operetta*. (11) Automatic control equipment (1) The refrl*eretlan system shell be snenced with suitable controls to forem the compressor operetiea In eoeordenee with the loed es evidenced by the pres sure In the eontetaer(s). (U) An emergency elerm system shell be Installed to function In the event the pressure In the contalner(s) rises to the maximum allowable operetta* pressure. (hi) An emertency alarm end shutoff than be located In the condenser system to respond to excess discharge pressure ceased by failure of the coolta* medium. (It) All automatic controls shell be in stalled In a manner to preclude operation of alternate compressors unless tbe con trols will function with the alternate compressors. (12) Separator* for compressors. (1) An entrainment separator of suit able sloe and design pressure shall be Installed In the compressor suction line of lubricated compression. The separator haii be equipped with a drain and (ac ta* device. (11) An oil separator of suitable else shall be Installed In the compressor dis charge line. It shall be designed for st least 250 pxJ.g. and shall be equipped with a easing device and drain valve. (13) Condensers. The condenser sys:em may be cooled by air or water or both. The condenser shall be designed tor at least 230 pxi.g. Provision shall ba made for purging noncondensibles either manually or automatically. (14) Receiver and timid drain. A re:elver shall be provided with a llquldevel control to discharge the liquid am monia to storage. The receiver shall be ledgned for at least 230 pal*, and be equipped with the necessary connections safety valves, and gaging device. (15) laudation. Refrigerated contain ers and pipelines .which are tnenlatcd shall be covered with a material of suit able quality and thlcfcnea for the tem peratures encountered. Insulatlcci shall be suitably supported and protected against the weather. Weatherproofing shall be of a type which will not support dome propagation. (e) System* utilizing portable DOT containers. (1) Conformance. Cylinder* shall comply with DOT specifications and shall be maintained, filled, packaged,' marked, labeled, and shipped to comply with 4t cfr Chapter I and Marking Portable Compressed Oss Containers to Identify the Material Contained, ANSI 46.1-1934 (R1370). (2) Storage. Cylinders shall be stored m an area free from lgnltable debris and to such manner as ta psswaut external eemslas. Storage may be Indoors or aatdoon. <S) Beat protection. Cylinder* filled In accordance with DOT refutations win beootne liquid fun at 144 T. Cylinders shell be protected from heat sources such as radiant flame and steampipes. Heat sban not be applied directly to cylinders to nlM th* nrrimro (4) Protection. Cylinders . shall be stored In such manner os to protect them from moving vehicles or external (5) Valve cap. Any cylinder which Is designed to have a valve protection cep shall have the cap securely ta place when the cylinder Is not ta service. (f) Tank motor vehicle* for the trans portation of ammonia. (11 This para graph applies to containers and perti nent equipment mounted on tank motor vehicles Including sesnltrallera and full trailers used for the transportation of ammonia Thu paragraph does not apply to farm vehicles. For requirements cov ering farm vehicles, refer to paragraphs (g) and (h) of this section. Paragraph (b> of this section applies to this paragraph unless otherwise noted. Containers and pertinent equipment for tank motor vehicles for the transporta tion of anhydrous ammonia, ta addition to complying with the requirements of this section, shall also comply with the requirements of DOT. (2) Design pressure and construction of containers. (1) The- minimum design pressure for containers shall be that spec ified ta the regulations of the DOT. (II) Tire shell or head thickness of any container shall not be less than threesixteenth Inch. (III) All container openings, except safety relief valves, liquid-level gaging devices, and pressure gages, shall be la beled to designate whether they com municate with liquid or vapor space. (I) Container appurtenances. (1) All appurtenances shall be protected against physical damage. (U) AH connections to containers, ex cept fining connections, safety relief de vices. and liquid-level and pressure gage connections, shall be provided with sultahle automatic acta flow valves, or In Ueu thereof, may ba fitted with qulckclodng Internal valves, which shall re main closed exeept during delivery op erations. The control mechanism for such valves may be provided with a second ary control remote from the delivery con nections and such control mechanist shall be provided with e fusible section (melting point 204* F. to 220* F.) which will permit the Internal valve to dose automatically in cose of fire. (Ill) Filling connections shall be pro vided with automatic back-pressure check valves, excess-flow valves, or quickdosing Internal valves, to prevent back flow ta cose the filling connection Is broken. Where the filling and discharge connect to a common opening ta the con tainer shell and that opening Is fitted with a quick-closing Internal valve as specified in subdivision (U) of this sub paragraph, the automatic valve shall not be required. (lv) AS container* shaD be equipped for spray loading ijUHng In. the vapor space) with on approved vapor return valve of adequate capacity. (4) Piping end fittings. (1) AS piping, tubing, and fittings shall be securely mounted and protected against damage. Means shall be provided to protect hoses while the vehicle Is In motion. (11) Fittings shall comply with para graph (b)<> of this section. Pipe shall be schedule 80. (8) Safety relief devices. (1) Tbe dis charge from safety relief valves shall be vested away from the container upward and unobstructed to the open air In such a manner as to prevent any Impingement of escaping gas igxm the 'container; looae-fltttag rata cepe shall be used. 81m of discharge lines from safety valves shall not bo miller thu tho *1** of the safety-relief valve outlet connection. Suitable provision shall be mode for draining condensate which may accumu late ta the discharge pipe. (11) Any portion of liquid Mimmis piping which at any time may be cloaca at both ends shall be provided with a hydrostatic relief valve j (3) Transfer of h , 4*. (1) The con-* tent of tank motor ohlcle containers shall be determined by weight, by a suit able liquid-level gaging device, or other approved methods. If the content of a container Is to be determined by liquidlevel measurement, the container shall have a thermometer well so that the In ternal liquid temperature can be easily determined. This volume whan converted to weight shall not exceed the filling den sity specified by tbe DOT. (II) Any pump, exeept a constant speed centrifugal pump, shall be equipped with a suitable pressure actuated bypeei valve permitting flow from discharge to suction when the discharge pressure rises above the predetermined point. Pump discharge shall also be equipped with a spring-loaded safety relief valve set at a pressure not more than 133 percent of the setting of the bypass valve or more than 400 pel.*.. whichever Is larger. (III) Compressors shall be equipped with manually operated shutoff valves on both suction and discharge connections. Pleasure gages of bourdon-tube type shall be Installed on the suction and dis charge of the compressor before the shutoff valves. The compressor shall not be operated If either pressure gage Is re moved or Is Inoperative. A spring-loaded, safety-relief valve capable of discharging to atmosphere the full flow of gas from tho compressor at a pressure not exceed ing 300 pxi.g. shall be connected be tween the compressor discharge and the discharge shutoff valve. (lv) Valve functions shall be clearly and legibly Identified by metal tags or nameplates permanently affixed to each valve. (7) Full trailers and semitrailers. (1) All full trailers shall be firmly and se curely attached to tbe vehicle drawing mAi tKXSTU, VOL 34, NO. 103--SATUKOAY, ISAY 23, 1*71 1 6446 them by mani at TiitsMo d planusted by a rafetrdtMln << or safety cobles. (ii) Every ton Mht or owmrrsner __ (Si ait'eStm*_________ ____ ____ shall hat* a rsBohto M of ttnkee, exceeding 380 galhwis sbsdl be equipped sixteenths Inch. and artrquats provtooojbiJI be made to with a pressure gage having a dial grad (3) Mounting of containers. AS operate the brake* from toe driver'* eeat. uated from 0-400 pgi. talners and flow-control device* shall be illl) Every full tmOar toaU be rib) The filling connection shall be securely mounted. equipped with oelf-esierglilng brake*. fitted with combination back-pressure (4) Contoiaer valves and accessories. (It) Pull trailer* shall be *0 deal*ned check valve and excess flow valve; one (1) Each container shall have a flxsd that the towed vehlsle will follow *ub- double or two single back-pressure check liquid-level gage. stontiolly In the path of the towing ve valves; or a positive shutoff valve in con (11) The Oiling connection shall be hicle and will not whip or swerve dan junction with either an Internal back fitted with a combination back-pressure gerously from side to aide. pressure check valve at an Internal check valve and an excess-flow valve; (v) Where a fifth wheel Is employed, excess flow valve. one double or two single back-pressure It shall be ruggedly designed, securely (lv) All contalnen with a capacity check valves: or a positive shutoff valve fastened to both units, and equipped exceeding 390 gallons shall be equipped In conjunction with an Internal back with a positive looking mechanism which for spray loading or with an approved pressure check valve or an Internal win prevent separation of the two units vapor return valve. excess-flow valve. except by manual release. (v) All vapor and liquid connection* (ill) The applicator tank may be Oiled (g> Protection against collision. Each except safety-relief valves and those by venting to open air provided toe tank motor vehicle shall be provided specifically exempted by paragraph (b> bleeder valve orifice does not exceed with properly attached bumpers or chas (7) (v) of this section shah be equipped seven-sixteenths Inch In diameter. sis extension arranged to protect the with approved excess-flow valves or may (lv) Regulation equipment may be tank, piping, valves, and fittings from physical damage In case of collision. (9) Chock blocks. At least two chock blocks shall be provided. Three Nocks shall be plaoed to prevent rolling of the vehicle whenever It Is parked during loading and unloading operations. (10) Portable tank container* tikid tanks). Where portable tank containers are used for farm storage they shall com ply with paragraph (c)(1) of this sec tion When portable tank containers are used In lieu of cargo tanks and are permanently mounted on tank motor ve hicles for the transportation of am monia, they shall oomply with the re be fitted with quick-closing Internal valves which, except during operating periods, shall remain dosed. (vl) Fittings shall be adequately pro tected from damage by a metal box or cylinder with open top securely fastened to the container or by rigid guards, well braced, welded to the container on both sides of the fittings or by a metal dome. If a metal dome Is used, the relief valve shall be properly vented through the. dome. (vU) If a liquid withdrawal line is in stalled in the bottom of a container, the connections thereto, including hose, shall not be lower than the lowest horisontal connected directly to the tank coupling or flange, in which case a flexible con nection shall be used between such regu lating equipment and the remainder of the liquid withdrawal system. Regulat ing equipment not so Installed shall be flexibly connected to the container shut off valve. (v) No excess flow valve Is required in the liquid withdrawal line provided the controlling orifice between the contents of toe container and the outlet at toe shutoff valve does not exceed sewtnslxteenth* inch In diameter. 8 1910.113 [Reaerved] quirements of this paragraph. edge of the vehicle axle. | 1910.113 [Reserved! , (g) Systems mounted on farm vehicles other than for the application of am monia--(1) Application. This paragraph (vlll) Provldon shall be made to secure both ends of the hose while In transit. 8 1910.114 date. Additional delay in effective applies to containers of 1.300 gallons capacity or less and pertinent equip ment mounted on farm vehicles (imple ments of husbandry) and used other than for the application of ammonia to the soil. Paragraph (b) of this section applies to this paragraph unless other wise noted. (3) Design pressure and classification of container*. (1) The minimum design pressure for containers shall be 3SO paig. (U) The shell or head thickness of any container shall be not less than three- (9) Marking the container. There shall appear on each dde and on the raw end of the container in letters at least 4 Inches high, toe words, "Cau tion--Ammonia" or toe container shall be marked in' accordance with DOT regulations. (8) Farm vehicles. (i) Farm vehicles shall conform with State regulations. (11) All trailers shall be securely at tached to the vehicle drawing them by means of drawbars supplemented by The requirements of this Subpart H shall be effective on February 19, 1973, unless before that date any employment or place of employment becomes suhject to any safety or health standard which Is published In 41 CFR Part 90-304 by virtue of the application of the WalshHealey Public Contract* Act (41 OJB.C. 39-45) and which Is Incorporated In tola subpart. In which event, the standard shall be effective under this subpart upon the commencement of the Walsb-Healey requirement. sixteenths of an Inch. (3) Mounting container*. (1) A suit able "stop" or "stops" shall be mounted on the vehicle or on tbs container In such a way that the container shan not be dislodged from Its mounting due to suitable safety chains. (II) A trailer shall be constructed so that it will follow substantially in the path of the towing vehicle and will not whip or swerve dangerously from side to side. 8 1910.115 Source* of standard*. See. Source 1S10 101..................... 1010.103 ................... 1010 103...................... 41 CFR 50-304.07. 70. and 71. 41CPRSO-304M. NFPA No. 50B-10S8, the vehicle coming to a sudden stop. (III) All vehicles shall cany a can con Standard for Liqui Back slippage shan also be prevented by proper methods. (11) A suitable "hold down"- device shall be provided which win anchor the container to the vehicle at one or more places on each side of the container. i ill) When containers are mounted on four-wheel trailers, care shan be taken to insure that the weight Is distributed evenly over both axles. <lvi When the cradle and the tank taining 9 gallons or more of water. (h) Systems mounted on farm vehicles tor the application of ammonia. (1) This paragraph applies to systems utilising containers of 390 gallons capacity or less which are mounted on farm vehicle* (Im plement of husbandly) and used for the application of ammonia to the soil. Par agraph (b) of this section applies to this paragraph unless otherwise noted. Where larger containers are used, they shall comply with paragraph (g) of this 1010.104 ..................... 1010 105...................... 1010 107...................... fied Hydrogen syatama at Conaumar Sltaa. NFPA No. SSS-lOdS. Standard for the In stallation of Bulk Oxygon Syatama at Consumer Sltaa. NFPA No. 30-10*0. Flammable and Combuatlbl* Liquids Cod* NFPA No. 33-1950. Standard for Spray are not welded together suitable mate section. Finishing using Flam rial shall b* used between them to elimi (3) Resign pressure and classification mable and Combusti nate metal-to-metal friction. of containers. (1> The minimum design ble Materials. ftORAl HOISTH, VO<- 34, NO. 105--SATUSOAT, MAT If. I*rl 1 6447 lacAcnM. IttClU-____ ___HFPA IMS, SU&dArt far tfe* Hrnrntnf of Uqoidod Prtroloum UMdU.. AifBi zci.i-iMt, 9ter*c Md ondrtwg of AnBjtfvoa* Aaiwotil* 19M.1H SlamUrdi orsanirtk>a*. WrtlnfMt WProtection A--nctettnn (KFFA), 4011terymarch etroot, Bovton, Ui 09110. IffcttooM Mat Food Institute, 1700 K Strut ITW, WMfctnftrin. DO 90009. OeaBHMi Ou AMoeUttoau tee., 900 Fifth tew,Not Tor*. ITT 10009. I film ~i Sotetey of Mch*ntete 9ngU*an Dte* Patted fcicftwwrtaf OlfiUr, 945 teft 47th tmtm. Xrv Tork, ITT 10017. Amnion Petroleum Institute, 1001 K Street mr, Wnhtnftrm. DC 90000- MMteate Bmv9 of BoUer and Ft--turn **11M Forth nth tenet. OB 49901. i nation*1 Standard* Institute, 1490 Broadway. Few Tork. KT 1001*. tnurOmn Soetety for Teettn* ud Material* (Am, 1019 Bee* Street FhfladaTphta. FA 19100. ObOMtet XAboratorlee, tee. (T7L), 907 Bate OMo Street. Chloafo, 1L 00011. Subport 1--Personal Protective Equipment S 1910.133 General reqalramenls* (a) Application. Protective equipment. Including personal protective equipment for eye*, face, head, and extremities, pro tective clothing, respiratory device*, and protective shields and barriers, shall be provided, used, and maintained in a sani tary and reliable condition wherever It 1* necessary by reason of baaardi of processes or environment, chemical haz ard*, radiological hazards, or mechanical Irritant* encountered In a manner capa ble of causing Injury or Impairment In the function of any part of the body through absorption. Inhalation or phys ical contact. (b> employee-owned equipment. Where employees provide their own pro tective equipment, the employer shall be responsible to assure Its adequacy. In cluding proper tt,i.tnne and sanita tion of such equipment. (c) Detign. All personal protective equipment shall be of safe design and construction of the work to be performed. 81910.133 Eye *nd f*ce protection. (a) General. (1) Protective eye and face equipment shall be required where there Is a reasonable probability of In jury that can be prevented by euch equip ment In such eases, employers shall make conveniently available a type of protector euttehla for the work to be performed, and employees shall use such (I) Aaibil pooaMo odequote pro tection ocolasO th* particular hoavdi for whStft 0N7 am teticnirt (H> Tbcy shnO ho roaoonablj oomfortable when worn under the destgwted condition*. ' (Ml) They MtH fit Mutff tod shall not unduly Interfere with tin movements of the wearer. (tv) They shall be Amble. (v) They shell be eepeUe of being disinfected. (vll They shall be eerily eleeneble. <vB) Pimettor. should be bent eleen and in good repair. (3) Perron* whoee Tlrioo require* the an of eorrecttreleneee tn mectodee, end who ere required by thle etenderd to wear eye protection, shall wear goggls* or spec tacles of eoe of the following typos: (1) Spectacles whoee protectire leneee prorlde optieel eonectioa. (U> Oog)e* that eaa be worn orer eomoUTe epeoteclee without disturbing the adjustment of the spectacle*. . (Ill) Oogglee that Incorporate corraeUTe leaeee mounted behind the protective (4) Every protector shall be distinctly marked to facilitate Identification only of the manufacturer. (5) When limitations or precautions are Indicated by the manufacturer, they shall be transmitted to the user and cere taken to see that each limitations and precautions are strictly observed. M) Design, construction, testing, and uae of devices for eye and face protection shall be tn accordance with American lfattcoal Standard for occupational and Educational Eye and Face Protection, ZS7, 1-19M. 81910.134 Respiratory prate :tioa. (a) Permteetbte practice. (1) In the control of those occupational Aeeaecs caused by bieelhlng air contaminated with harmful dusts, fogs, fumes, mists, geese, smokes, sprays, or vapors, the pri mary objaettva shall be to prevent at mospheric contamination: TM* shall be accomplished as far a* feasible by ac cepted engineering control measures (for example, enclosure or confinement of the operation, general and local ventilation, and substitution of lees toxic materials). When effective engineering controls are not feasible, er while titty are being In stituted. appropriate respirators shell be used pursuant to the following require ments. (3) Respirators shall be provided by the employer when such equipment la necessary to protect the health of the employee. The employer shall provide the respirataes which art applicable and suitable for the purpose Intended. The employer shall be reepanrible for tbs anee with Mietimtlmi and braining received. (M JtLigalreeiiiito tor a fatart ac ceptable yroyraas. (1) Written atandard operating peacetimes governing the selection and u*e of rvepfralore shall be established. (3) Reeplratore shall be eelected on the baric of hazard* to which the worker ii fxpoood. (3) The near (ball be lnetrneted and trained in the peeper uae at reeplratore and their UniteUon. (4) Where peaeticabi*. the respirators shouldbe eeelgwtil to IniUtdeel workers for their exckoctve aae. (I) WeeplrateTe (hall be regularly cleaned and dlrinlacted. Thoat laened fer the eariarive nee of eaa worker ehoald be cleaned after each day* seeder mere often If neeeaeary. Thee* wad by more then one worker shall be thoroughly cleaned and dWnfacted after each nee. (g) ReepSatars shell be stored In a convenient, risen, and sanitary BcaMnei (7) Respirator* need routinely shall be Impeded durtog rtraatng Wcm ar deterlcratadparte shall be replaced. R*aptraton for emergency nee such as aeUnnntelned devteas Well be thnrcnghfy Inspectedat leastsame a month end after (S) Appropriate surveillance of area ecndtUnaa and degree of employee exposure or trees shall be maintained (3) There shea be regular inspection and evaluation to detanalna the con tinued egettiventes of the program. (10) Persona should not bs aarigeed to tasks raqalring use at respirators un less It has bean determined that they ere physically able to perform the work and use the equipment. The local physician shall determine what health and physical conations are pertinent. The respirator user's medical status should be reviewed periodically (for Instance, annually) (11) Approved or accepted respirators shall be used when they are available. The respirator furnished, shall provide adequate respiratory protection egainst the particular hazard for which It is designed tn accordance with standards established by competent authorities. The UR. Department of Interior, Bureau of Mlnek. and the UR. Department of Agri culture are recognised as such authori ties. Although respirators listed by the UR. Department of Agriculture continue to be acceptable for protection against specified pesticides, the UR. Department of the Interior, Bureau of Mines, Is the agency now responsible for testing and approving pesticide respirators. (c) Selection of respirators. Proper selection of respirators shall be made ac cording to the guidance of American National Standard Practices for Respira tory Protection ZSSR-IMS. (d) Air Quality. (11 Compressed air, eompreemd oxygen, liquid air, and liquid osygen used lor reepiration aball be of nOBLAL K6MTR, VOL 94* MO. 146--4ABM0AY* MAY 99* 1971 1 6448 V' ~*3'o W ; "{ . S), H-^^p^y'V-"'. CT- R" A. ^ m *<-re-- S+fc* pP"-*< S v^O.Y< ft 0>J *^Uo^___~'^`'< A^*/'V tsJoiae W<-c U-- - S4*cVt co**^rW^ " >(cJ ____________ SvKVl-V E^y^- T**6 C*y-tlC u'Uv po'A** /fjr - ~j*lj9jJ+~l_ +. V" Qu.^V 1'"- ^ oy4Cl ____________________ Ou^*t" rw^/f ctoo- \>tP?i~ 7%pe H*Ll) !**t ? __ . . S_ Dos'?'*>*'/ V-'l fv_<j%'t & CL'+e-Va'c PiwtU ^atvi- . `Rq.vU .*.j bV t#ssc*U BiocK^d } "TTcj iVas* ? 38^24, ck*rt *>* W^Lr >(a /a**C$ o fJ . kV *-. v 4^ c t **ft y-ij; FWt ~k4. e^^V' U it cKtfK'^ ^-5- L' ^ *T7? w< 1^^" o < ^ oyo iMi'f 11! < jvo*V^*-o iRY * L ($ i "T^'-> wi'T/S fVi povj |r-4 Aryu- iA-V\<tVy &* tv+ iAed*' k* CV To.ut\rC* 'Y'~Jk _j Po^rVv>k-*S, l e%~gUU_ ^K-t4^V Shuftt, c^vS ) ; Taaj 'i Uv rv wt ft 1* ^ j.Nc'C'V' uAC --Je^j) < _______ _ SV**s- 4 ^W>S 1 6449 r AmS ami nwH_Vmaiu*u* 0_-_T_._v_a_g_--e*. (I) Written ptunduite shall bs pee pers* covering safe os* of respbetose In Wn shall net be Ml In _ _ daagaimis atmospheres that might be respirator* or in open dxsaU eelf- Mootmtersd fit nonsal operation* or In eontslned breathing apparatus that have amargudes. Personnel shall ba familiar prevlotaly used compressed air. Oxygen with thase procadurss and the available or without terapia base.i _ ___ mutt oarer be used with. air line reaplratora. the wearer's band. Warning dT 1 reaplratora. (I) In areas when the wearer, with Issisa. n wiiamUi.d - ' (1) Breathing air may be supplied to failure of the respirator, could ba over- n respirator shall not be aaospsl I respirators from cylinders or air oome by a toxic or oxygen-deficient toms have been developed far rneeel 1 innproaani s atmosphere, at least one additional man eemettve lsnaet tnatda Ml faitoUsis. (I) Cylinder* shall b* tasted and main shall be present. Oommnnlcatlnna (visual, When a workman most rgtog, < tained In a* prescribed In the Shipping votes, or signal Une) shall be maintained tenses as part of the feeanteck, Container Specification Regolstions of between both or all Individuals present pleee and 1snaps shall btulialls ahah- the Department of Transportation (O Planning shall be such that one Individ fled Individuals to proving gpesF vSeo, CFB Part 171). ual win be unaffected by any likely Inci oomfort, ends pss-tlgbt seal . (II) The compressor for supplying air dent and have the proper rescue equip (Ill) If corrective speeBMu or gegglss shall be equipped with necessary safety ment to be able to assist the otber(s) In are required, they shalEi**'* and standby devices. A breathins air- case of emergency. not td offset tha fit. type oonuireasor shall be uaed. Compres (II) When self-contained breathing Proper 1election of equltoeWMi adnl- sors shall be constructed and situated so aa to avoid entry of contaminated air apparatus or hose masks with Mowers are used In atmospheres Immediately mlee or avoid Oris proMaCk -*%.. ' " (f> JfatottMne* soul 1 Into the system and suitable In-line air dangerous to life or health, standby men tors. (I) A progress tores purifyins sorbent beds and filters In must be present with suitable rescue can of respirators shall stalled to further assure breathins air equipment the type of plant, eerid quality. A receiver of sufficient capacity (III) Persons using air Une respirators and haeards Involved, and j to enable the respirator wearer to escape In atmospheres immediately hasardous the following basic sendeest from a contaminated atmosphere In event of mmpmmif failure, and alarms to life or health shall be equipped with safety harnesses and safety lines for lift (I) Inspection fa r Irik rhrik' to Indicate compressor failure and overheattns shall be Installed In the system. ing or removing persona from hasardous atmospheres or other and equivalent (II) Cleaning and dtelnfa (ill) Repair, and If an oil-lubricated compressor la used. provisions for the rescue of penone from (lv) Storage It shall have a hlsh-temperature or car bon monoxide alarm, or both. If only a hlsh-temperature alarm Is used, the air from the compressor shall be frequently * tested for carbon monoxide to insure that It meets the specifications in subparasraph (1) of this parasraph. (3) Air line coupUnss shall be Incom patible with outlets for other qas sys tems to prevent Inadvertent servldns of air line respirators with nonresplrable gases or oxygen. (4) Breathing gas containers shall be marked in accordance with American National Standard Method of Marking Portable Compressed Oas Containers to Identify the Material Contained. Z4S.11954: Federal Specification BB-A-1034a, June 21, 1908. Air, Compreeled for Breathing Purposes; or Interim Federal Specification OO-B-OOelSb, April 27, 1965. Breathing Apparatus, Self-Con tained. ie> Use 0/ respirators, (l) standard ' . procedures shall be developed for respi rator use. These should Include all Infor mation and guidance necessary for their proper selection, use, and care. Possible emergency and routine usee of respira tors should be anticipated and planned for. hasardous atmospheres shall be used. A standby man or men with suitable selfcontained breathing apparatus shall be at the nearest fresh air baje for emer gency rescue. (4) Respiratory protection Is no betttf thia th* i--i ll 1 atnr in dm, *mq though It Is worn conscientiously. Fre quent random Inspections shall be con ducted by a qualified individual to as sure that respirators are properly se lected. used, cleaned, and maintained. (5) For safe use of any respirator, It la essential that the user be properly In structed In Its selection, use, and mamtenanea. Both supervisors and workers ahall be so instructed by competent per sons. Training shall provide the men an opportunity to handle the respirator, havs it fitted properly,test Its faee-pleeeto-face seal, wear It In normal air for a long familiarity period, and, finally, to wear It In a test atmosphere. (1) Every respirator wearer shall re ceive fitting Instructions Including dem onstrations and practice in how the res pirator should be worn, bow to adjust it, and how to determine If It fits properly. Respirators shall not be worn when con ditions prevent a good face seal. Such conditions may be a growth of beard, Equipment shall W properly g to retain its origtntf (2) (1) AO reeptr speeted routinely before-and'AMf 1 use. A respirator that Is mWl used but la kept ready for < use shall be Inspected 1 and at least monthly to 1 In satisfactory working 1 (U) BdfaMStabMd I tus shall be Inspected 1 ttDMD CrilndHS dun bs I according to tha manufaekfiWM toatructions. it shall be determined that the regulator and warning devtosa fttoetlon properly. (ill) Respirator Inspection shall In clude a check of the tigtitnem of con nections and the condition of the face piece, headbands, valves, oonneettog tube, and canisters. Rubber or elastomer parts shall be Inspected for pUaMUty and signs of deterioration. Stretching and manipulating rubber or elastomer parts with a massaging action will keep them pliable and flexible and prevent them from taking a set during storage. (iv) A record shall be kept of Inspec tion dates and findings for respirators maintained for emergency use. <2' The correct respirator shall be sideburns, a skull cap that projects under (3) Routinely uaed respirators shall specified for each Job. The respirator the facepiece, or temple pieces on glasses. be collected, cleaned, apd dlslnfacted as type is usually specified In the work pro- Also, the absence of one or both denturee frequently as necessary to Insure that cedures by a qualified individual super can seriously affeet the fit of a facepiece. proper protection la provided tor the vising the respiratory protective program. The worker's dWgenee m observing these wearer. Each worker should be briefed The Individual Issuing them shall be factors shall be evaluated by periodic on the cleaning procedure and be assured adequately Instructed to Insure that the check. To assure proper protection, the that ba will always receive * clean and correct respirator Is issued. Each respire- facepleoe fit shall be checked by the disinfected respirator. Such assurances nDRAL UOiSTH. VOi- 34. NO. 105--SATVMOAV, MAY 3*, 1V71 1 6450 djbstanent rmkBtifaetara'* iteeat- RcMdsr or 7mtiti no njvMon than b returned r tot ummiftctuicr or to towtoed MtodeikS for MUatment or repair. (1) m After toepeeticn, cleaning, r aecsesrry repair, reeplraton then ' to protect tgttoet duet, etm- extreme cold, exceealvc . cr damaging chemlcale. Rea- pfecad at itatlooe and work ____ for emarvener should be iommffjle at all times S~M atoeed in eompartmerrta built 'fit- toft purpoet. The compartment* daM be dearly marked. Routinely tatad reaptraton, auch aa duet respira- Me, nay be placed in plastic baa. Ree- ptmdert should not be atored In inch ptoeak a* lockera or tool base* mdeaa toey are in earryin* eases or cartons. HO flaeplratora should be packed or stored to that the facepiece and exhala tion valva wfll teat In a normal position and fieytl"" irm not be Impaired by the alaaiciim setting in an abnormal <*> Wt* as Mk cafltffr-'teU be ____... a state- patotod a lUetoieltii calm ar < matt tf the type and degree of protee- Wan cf eaters uhstehTahM. An ~ by tot finer. The Met oetors weed shaft be sdeh tint they are ball be attaed to the neck end of. or te dearly identifiable by toe to# wad the gray stripe which Is around and near elearly dtsttngnfchabls from one another. the top of, the canister The degree ef Tkn color seating totd shaft efftoa Ugh protection shall be marked as the per degree of raaManee to chipping: scaling, cent'of penetration of the canister by peeling, blistering, fading, and toe affect* a 0.3-micron-diameter dloctyf phthalato (DON) smoke at a flow rate of 80 flters othfeytomeaoyrdbeinaszrpyesaetmd oimspdheerreDsertmeaw) choicnh pctBihnite. (5> Each canister shell have a lab# ditions of storage and ately edersd prmrurs use. Appropri sensitive tape warning that gas masks shewld be used may be tned for toe sMftan > l-l Atmosyksrie sontemlnants to k< protected rebut Cotsse Hydrocyanic add (as.....................................-- Wktts with %-tnkk to*m stripe enoplstely asoaad tka ussstn assr toebsetoea Chlorine gss................. ...................................... -- Whits with fc-lndh yaMew sspt ecssplctdy around the cantstsv aeas tot tottean. QrganJe vapors TUaek AJttBOOlte fll............................. OBMA. Add pm and ammonia fu................... ............ Qrtacx with V4*lnoh whit* strtpa' ooraylaUiy around tha canlstar nar tb* bottom. Carbon monos!d*____...-------- ------------ ..... Biu*. Add pm nnd organic vapor*......................... .. Tallow. TTjdiiMi^atn add fa* and ehloroplerln vapor. Ttlkrw wtlh H ` "h bfo* atrip* eomplrtdy _ wound tfca c* . *-naar bottom* Add pw, organic vapor*. and ammonia Brown. (ill) Inatnietiaos for proper storage oTamarceavay reaptratorn, auch aa fas masks and aaU-contalped breathing apparatus, age found in "use and care" pHtrusttons usually mounted Inside the aarytag case lid. (g> UeutmeaHo* ol gat mask coma tose. <1 > The primary means of identify ing a gu mask canister shall be by meana of properly worded labels. The secondary means of Identifying a gas mask canister sbaD be by a color code. (2) All who issue or use gas masks fall ing within the scope of this section shall see that all gas mask canisters purchased or used by them are properly labeled and colored In accordance with these require ments before they are placed In service and that the labels and colon are prop erly maintained at all timet thereafter until the canisters have completely served their purpose. (3) On each canister shall appear In bold letters the following: <i>.-- CuJitir for-------------------------------------------------- (Kim* for itmoephirtc contaminant) or Type N Gal Maak Canlatar (U) In addition, easentially the fol lowing wording shall appear beneath the appropriate phrase on the canister label: "Par respiratory protection In at- moepberea containing not more than. ---------percent by volume of._____ ______ (Name of atmospheric contaminant) Radioactive material*. axoaptlng tritium and noble f%m, Partoeulatas (doita fumat, mlatr fog* or crook**) la combination with any ot the abora gaeaa or rapora. All of th* abort atmospheric contaminant*.. Fwpl* (Magenta). Q*nWt*r odor lor oantaatoant, a* dodfnatad above, with Vt-tiMfe. pay atrip* aamptctdj around the eardcMr near tbatag. Bad with ft-mah pay atrip* aampiataly around tb* aaalafcar naar tte top. Cray shall not ba asdfnad as tbs main color for a oaairtar itwlfsd to rancors adds or Ron: Oraafa shall ba used a* a oomplrt* body, or strtpa odor to rayr***nt pm mot tndudad In this tabla. Tbs ooar will acad to rsfsr to th* canldar tabs! aa d*Narnia* tb* dapii at proiaetton tb* oanlstar will afford. | 1911.135 Occupation*! head protect Helmets for the protection of beads of occupational workers from Impact and penetration from fallinff and flying ob jects and from limited electric shock and bum shall meet the requirements and specifications established in American national Standard Safety Requirements for Industrial Head Protection, Z89. 119*9. /t*m Bubb*r Uvrulating floras. Bubbar matting tor on around l*etrle apparatus. Bubbar insulating bla&kats. Bubbar insulating hoods. Bubbar Insulating boa*. Rubbar insxilattng alaaraa. Una JS.0-1M7. JC-T-tSS* (KIM), JS.4-1ST0. J6.5-19M (Him). JS. 1-1000 (R1SC8). J0A-2SCt. | 1910.156 Occupational foot protec tion. Safety-toe footwear for employees shell meet toe requirements end spedflcAtioos In American National Stand ard for Men's Safety-Toe Footwear, Z41.1-19S7. t 1910.137 Electrical protective devices. Rubber protective equipment for elec trical workers .ball conform to the re quirements established In the American National Standards Institute Standards as specified In the following Ust: 1910.158 Additional delay in effective date. The requlreoaeRU of this 8ubp*rt I shall be effective oa February 15. 1973. unless before that date any employment or place of employment becomes subject to any safety or health standard -which is published in 41 CFR Fart 50-204 by virtue of the application of *the Walsh- Healey Public Contracts Act (41 UJS.C. 35-45) and which Is incorporated In this sobpart. In which event, the standard shall be effective under this subpart 4 1 FVOflLAl ftfOimt, VOL M, NO. 10S--SATUtOAY, MAY If, 1f71 1 6451 MoutrtTwm .1 Ullnalw. hsunMttiflutonwrthans. tilboo dioxide, dry ehoteul. and muttt- yuiMM toy AwmlaaL um on Clam C Ti--riW <v) utoubbto and extinguishing Hitin tor the protection at data Z> iMwiihshr"*-- Tr**n------ri-------- * *---- an Um binMt combustible-metal hazard. <e> MetrOnMon of portable Art **ttagalsAers--(1) General. U> The num ber ot fire extinguishers needed to b*toet a propciy dud be determined as pewcilbod herein, ijinaliVilng the area and amusement of Um building or occtmancy, Um severity at Um tMaerd. the anticipated dams of fins, and Um dis tances to bo trawled to leach extin guishers. UD Plrs ertingtrtahBW shall be pro vided for tbs protoetton of both Um bedding sinetore. If combustible and the occupancy haiards contained therein. UtU acquired buOtBng protection shall be provided by fire extinguishers suit able for Clast A fires. Ut) Occupancy haaard protection shah be provided by firs extinguiebers for such Close A, B. C. or D fire ootcotiili u nuf hi onteiki. (v) Extinguishers provided for build ing protection may bo considered also for the protection of occupancies having a Class A fire potential. (vl) Combustible buildings having an occupancy haaard subject to Class B, and/or Clast C fires, shah have a stand ard complement of Claw A fire extin guishers as required by Table L-l tor bonding protection, plus additional Class B and/or Claat C extinguishers. Where fire extinguishers have more than one letter classification (such as 3-A: 20-B:C), they may be considered to satisfy the requirements of each letter clan. (vti) Rooms or areas shah be graded generally ae light haaard, ordinary haz ard, or extra hazard. Limited areas of greater or lesser hazard shall be pro tected as required. (3) rtra exttngnbher rise end place ment for Clan A haiardi. (1) Minimal slses of fire extinguisher! for the Baled grades ot hazard ihah be provided on the basis ot Table L-l. Extinguishers shell be located so that tin mailoium travel dlstancee shall not exceed thaw specified to Table L-L Tiiu L-l Buie UAxinmm Arm* to b pntoetod pu ntaiM trwto (mm (Nun'i) Hum Smf M7 ImO 1A............... 2A................ 3A_............ A,,_......... 78 8.088 Note 1 Koto 1 is Am n n lias m 11*880 Am 1M A 080 im IAomn Son h Jto pnuirto# mmpt m epuefltod in Mb* umm 00 * totoNfepnrofe Ul> The poolertVxi reqatrementi ipeci UM tit Table L-I may be fitiflOod Ip nwnl exttogulafaezs of loner ratinw for ordinary or axtrahasasd onupenrtas (111) Where the floor area of a bund ing Is less than that specified In Table L-l, at least one extinguisher of the mlnl- <fr) The protection loqulrements may be MAOed with extingulabere of hlghor rating provided the travel distance to such larger extingtdshers shall not ex ceed 75 feet. (I) ffri tzUnmdther ttie and place ment tor Clou B Aree other than for Area in AammObte UamUt of appreciable depth. (1) Mhrfmal ***** of fire extinguishers tor the Bated grades of hasard shall be provided on the basis of Table L-3. Ex tinguishers shall be located so that the masrtmnm travel distances shall not ex ceed those specified In Table L-3. Tsolb L-2 Tigs user.... ......... ojfeny...... rules "S5T" (B> Two or more satingulahera ct loom rating, except for foam exting iWlii n shell not be need to fulfill tha promotion requirements of Table L-2. Up to three foam extinguishers may be used to fulfill ***** requirements. (HU The protection requirements may be fulfilled with extinguishers of higher ratings provided the travel distance to such larger extinguishers shall not ex- 14) Ftro extinguisher alee and place ment for Class B firt* to flammable Uqold* of apprscteMe depth. (1) For flam mable ttqxtd hazards of appreciable depth (daw B), such as In dip or quench Owe B fire extinguishers shall bo provided on the beds of one numerical unit of Claw B extinguishing potential par y**** foot of flammable liquid sur face ot the largest tank hazard within tha arts. Wore: AppreeMhte depth Is atoned is a depth of a liquid greater than one-quarter (U> Two or more extinguishers of lower ratings except far foam extingmtiMrs, MmH not be used In lieu of the iilliiliWIm required for the largest lent op to three foam extinguishers may be used to fulfill these requirements. <!11> Bestirred or widely separated has- arda shall be Individually protected If tha ipedfiad travel dlstanew In subparagmpb (3) O) at this paragraph are ex ceeded. Likewise, extinguishers In the proximity of a haaard shall be carefully located so as to be accessible in the pres ence of a fire without undue danger to the operator. <S> /ire extinguisher the and place ment for Class C hazards. (1) Extinguish er* with Clam C ratings shall be re quired whwe energised electrical equip ment may be encountered which would rsquire a wiee TMs rectly UiwfiEig w equipment Amtotr (Sr* Cfe* A w caow B haaard the latirgMAni are Mmd aild located on the toMe~sf the anticipated Ctosa A or B bawl <d> fmpsrWex, maintenance, end hy drostatic Herts--(1) (tenant. (1> The, owndr or uocupxiitof a property In which extingulsheri are located shall be re sponsible for such Inspection, matotemim Ami taftteg, (11) /er AMaila of eondaeting needed lnspertlww, proper wetnlwienre oper ations, end required testa me 1WW No. 14A-1V74, Maintenance and Use of Port|51| fbf (3) fnrpectton. (1) Extinguishers shall bo inspected monthly, or at more fre quent intervals when Mrrtinaetanrsn reWtiru, to tnsura they are in their desig nated places, to tnsura they have not been actuated or fsmpurwl with, and to dstaetany oMoua pbytical damage, oorrrulosi. or other impairments. (11) Any eiHagxUlu nabowhig defects (*) Maintenance (l) At laiulai In tervals, not mare than 1 year wart or when spartAraTlr todoated by^an la- oMbwd aad/or ndmd or ivsMfred to tiwurr operability and safety; or replaced wnsodeiL (to btfngufAiers removed from the piemlem to ha recharged shall bo re placed to spare extinguishers during the pwtodthw are gone. (Hi) PaAe or dmw of powder-extin guishing agents tar aeoop or shovel appUcxtlon to metal fires shall be topi fun at an times. Uv> Each tvtlngulshrr shall haw a durable tag sermily a-tached to show the maintenance or recharge date and the Initials or signature of the person who performs this service. (4) Bpdmtatte tests. (1) If, at any time, an extinguisher shows evidence of corrosion or mechonlcal Injury, It shell bo subjected to a hydrostatic puwnis test, or replaced. <ll>`For evaluating the condition of extinguisher cylinders mode to Depart ment of Traimportation specifications (cf. 4* CRR Chapter 1). sw the Standard for Visual Tnspertitri of Compressed Oos Cylinders (OOA C-<), published to .too Compressed Ota Association. 900 Fifth Avenue. New Tech. ITT 1003d. (Ill) At Intervals not exceeding those specified in Table L-3 end subdivisions (lv) through (vl) of this subparagraph, extinguishers shall be hydrostatically tested. The first hydrostatic retest may be conducted batuasn the fifth and sixth years for thaw with si designated test Interval of I yuan. FUOtSAL iMISim. VOL 14, NO. 109--lATUiDAY, MAY 3t, lWt >75 " ififeo wur muM RNomncniirantt at a nt* ef rtao to reaetstw teat pres or apace adjacent to the rlsli eoc, sure jn asoeeKfamMy lwkBrti; end the fc pressure shaH be bald for 1 miaul*, fitter (2) Note connection! (l) ntaiuijfipm which it shall be relatora. for Claes I service shall be provided with Xstl*gu<.her ty]M: ye, Soda-scid------ --------------- ----------------Cortvtdgs-opsnWd water and/er aatl- trim.................................................-- Slongw-prwettji* water and/or anti- Wrttlng Cnt............................................ Foam ---------------------------- ---------------------Losdsd rtream----------- ----------------------Dry .nemimi sxtlngulehan with stain- Iw steel shells. aluminum shells, or aotdsrsd-braas aballa________ _____ _ Carbon dioxide extinguishers Dry obamloal 'extinguishers with branad-braaa aballa, or mlld-ataal shall----------------------------------------------- -Bromotrtfluoromatbaca ................... ...... ( 5 e a e a id 11 Teste L-i ETDftorrAfK rwm nwiu wqcmw woxc mu, mu not wautulo m va' mtam*(fO AH A ALT DffSAttAT* COtOfmCS OOlOOHOir) BttlocubtMr typo AU dry eboniool ood dry powdfif. FoAin--S00 p.il. fertory um. FffalAstiiAAe--wItttapjtJ. A OrlftaAl - tectcry uot bydroAUrtf pnowm pnrton 400 pjJ. m of fertory miur. trtpirtiri. IMtpjJ. aopxL brtotr m Trttoffertory Jf........... . ioc prooM/A. m. m................. . m 2 ^-Inch hoee connections on each floor. (II) Standpipes for Claes H serrlag shell be provided with 1M -Inch hoee con nections on each floor. (III) Standpipes for Class in sendee shall be provided with both a 3V4-tnch end IMi-lnch hoee connection on each floor. The hoee connections may be through one 2 Vi-Inch hoee valve and an eaally removable 214-inch by 1(4-inch adapter. (3) Note. Each hoae outlet provided for the use of building occupants (Claes H and m sendees) shall be equipped with not more than 78 feet end prefer ably not more then 30 feet of approved Dry powder axtlnfulabara for matal flraa ......... ............................ .................... 11 Non: Cylinder! under Jurisdiction of the UJB Department of Transportation (formerly Interatate Commerce Commlaalon) may require hydroatatlc teetlnt nt more frequent period!. <ir> Nitrogen cylinder! (or other cyl inder! uaed tor lnert-iaa storage), such aa found on wheeled extinguishera, ahall be teeted at a 5-year interval. () On thoae extinguishers which are equipped with a ahutofl noaxle at the outlet end of the hoae. a hydroatatlc teat shall be performed on the hoae with lta couplings (but without the discharge nosxle) at the teat Interval specified tor the unit on which the hoae la installed. (vi> The test pressure for dry chemical and day powder hoae asaembllee requir ing a hydrostatic test shall be at a test 8od*-*d<J-a p-l titter* toot. Bodfiftd m PJ-L NrtfMfKpmM lot fiPtUmw tad toAdod-fitma)- 04................... m. m................. . ioa 400p4Xor cotfir. ItMNpAl. Mowm Tt% of fectory W>p4.L n%of feetory tfirtpwfiBT>. (X) Carbon dioxide extinguishers, nitrogen cylinders, and other cylinders or cartridges used for the storage of Inert, compressed gaeea shell be hydrostatically tested tn accordance with the require ments of the US. Department of Trans portation (formerly interstate Commerce Commlation); see 4fi CPU Parts 171-100. (xi) Extinguisher sheila, cartridges, or cylinders which show leakage or perma nent distortion In excess of speeded limits, or which rupture, shall be removed from service. email fire hoee attached and ready for use. (4) Nose racks. Each station provided with small hose shall be equipped with an approved rack securely fastened In position. (3) Nose oaloes. (1) An Approved hoee valve shall be provided at each outlet for attachment of hoee. (II) Where the static pressure at any standpipe outlet for emell hoee exceeds 100 pounds per square Inch, an approved device (hall be Installed at the outlet to reduce the pressure so that the noskle pressure will be approximately 80 pounds per square Inch. Non: Pressure rsauosrs are not required on standpipe outlets for 2 (4-Inch boss Or esuse it Is sssumsd 3(4-Inch boas will bs attached only when tbs parsons uktly to use It era trained In handling large streams. pressure of 300 pounds per square Inch for a 1-minute period. Carbon dioxide hose assemblies requiring a hydroatatlc test shall be at test pressure of 1,360 ps.l. fora 1-minuteperiod. (rU> Hydrostatic testa are not re quired on fire palls, pump-type water and/or antifreeze extinguishers, and factory-sealed disposable (nomeflUable) containers. If such an extinguisher or water pall shows evidence of corrosion or mechanical Injury, It may be unsafe or unsuitable for further use and ahall be replaced with a new unit. (vlll) The hydrostatic test date shall be recorded on a record tag of matal or equally durable material, or a suitable metallized decal which shall be affixed (by a h'eatlees process) to the shell of an extinguisher which favorably passes the hydrostatic test. The record tag shall contain the following Information: Date of test, test pressure, and name or Initials of person or agency making the test. i lx > For extinguishers subjected to an original factory teat pressure of 350 p.s l. or greater, the test pressure shall be 76 percent of the factory teat pressure' (as noted on the extinguisher nameplate), but m no case less than 300 pal., see | 1910.153 Standpipe and hoae systems. (a) General requirements--(1) Appbcatlora. Where standpipe and hoae sys tems are provided they shall meet the y-ftg- requirements of the National Plre Protection Association's standard for the Installation of Standpipe and Hose Sys tems NFPA14-1970 and the requirements of this section. (2) Closets and cabinet!. Closets end cabinets used to contain fire hose shall be of sufficient else to permit the installa tion of the necessary equipment at boee stations, and so designed as not to In terfere with the prompt handling of the hQse and equipment at time of fire. They shell be used for fire equipment only. (3) Protection of standpipes. Stand pipes shall be so located that they are protected against mechanical and fire damage. (b> Nose Outlet!--(1) location of hose. (1) Hose outlets shell be within easy reach of a person standing on the floor and In no case shell be over 6 feet from the floor. Hose stations shall be located conspicuously within the immedi ate area and where not likely to be ob structed. Hoee may be located at one side of the standpipe and supplied by short lateral connections to the standpipe (III) National (American) Standard Fire Hoee Coupling Screw Threads shall be used whatever they will fit existing equipment: see Standard for Screw Threads Gaskets for Fire Hoee Cou plings. NFPA No. 194-1900. (0) Nozzla. Nozzles shall be of an ap proved type. Size of modes for email hoee shall be not larger than one-half Inch. (7) Dry standpipe identification. Each hoee connection on dry standpipes shall be provided with a conspicuous, durable, and permanently legible sign' reading "Dry Standpipe for Fire Department Use Only." (c) Water supplies--(1) Minimum supply lor Clan I service. (1) The mini mum supply for Class I service shalrae sufficient to provide 600 gallons per min ute for a period of at least thirty (30) minutes. (II) Where more than one standpipe Is required, the minimum supply shall be 500 gallons per minute for the first stand-' pipe and 250 gallons per minute for each additional standpipe, the total supply not to exceed 2,500 gallons a mlnbte, for a period of at least thirty (30) minutes. (III) The supply shall be sufficient to maintain a residual pressure of 66 pounds per square Inch at the topmost outlet of Table L-4. For extinguishers subjected to where necessary to avoid obstructions. each standpipe (Including the roof out an original factory test pressure of lees than 360 pal., the test pressure shall be 76 percent of the factory test pressure: see Table H. Pressure ahall be applied (U) For Class HI service, the outlets tor large hoee shall be located In e stair way enclosure, and for email boee the outlets shall be located In the corridor let) with 500 gallons per minute flowing. (2) Minimum supply for Class 11 serv ice. The minimum supply for Class n service shall be sufficient to provide 100 noesAt tfottree, vol M, no. iss--lATueoar, may re, lert 1 6453 Na Mm tHuunoNS fBam per minute for a period of atleaet thirty (30> minutes. The supply shallbe sufficient to maw,torn a residual premure of H poundapar square inch at the topmoat outlet of each standpipe (trvilnrilng the roof outlet) with 100 gallons per minute flowing. (3) Minimum supply for Clou III service. The minimum ripply for Claaa in service shall be the tame u for Claae I service. (4) nr* department connections. (1) One or more fire department connections haii be provided for each Claae I or Claae m standpipe system. (U) m high-rise buildings having two or more aonee, a Are department connec tion shall be provided for each xone. (Ill) Fire department connections shall be properly supported. (lv) There hn be no shutoff valve In the fire department connection. (v) An approved straightway check valve hn be Installed In each lire de partment connection, located as near as practicable to the point where It joins the system. <vl) The pipe between the check valve and the outside hose coupling shall be equipped with an approved automatic drip, arranged to discharge to a proper plfOt. (vll) Hoee connections shall be ap proved type and shall be equipped with standard cape, properly secured and ar ranged for easy removal by fire depart ments. (vlll) Hoee coupling threads shall con form to those used by the local Are de partment. (American) National Standard Flre-Hoee Coupling Screw Threads shall be used whenever they will At the local Are department hoee threads; see stand ard for Screw Threads and Gaskets for Fire Hoee Couplings. NFPA No. 194-- 1903. (lx) Hose connections should be on the street side of buildings and shall be located and arranged so that hoee lines can be readily and conveniently attached to the inlets without Interference from any nearby objects including buildings, fences, posts, or other Are department connections. (x) Hose connections shall be desig nated by a sign having raised letters at least one Inch In slat east on a plate or fitting, reading "Standpipe." (xl> if hoee connection does not serve all of the building an appropriate and durable sign shall ha attached indicating the portions of the building served. (d> Tests and maintenance -- (1) Tests. All new systems Including yard piping shall be tested hydrostatically at not lees than 300 pounds per square Inch pressure for 3 hours, or at SO pounds per square Inch In excess of the normal pressure when the normal pressure Is In excess of ISO pounds per square Inch. (3) Periodic inspection. (1) The tanka shall be kept properly filled, and where pressure tanks are employed, a pressure of at least IS pounds per square Inch shall be maintained at all time*. Non: For furthar datalla, saa Standard roc Watar Tanka for Frlvata Flra Protaotlon, NTTA No. 33-1970. (H) TM valves In the main connec tion to the automatic sources of water supply shall be open at all times. The hoee valves should be frequently exam ined to see that they ara tight. Non: For farther details, see Can of Fire Boas. NFPA No. ISS-ISSS. Pxxxd Fmi SarraaaaioN EqmrKun | 1910.159 Aatomatie sprinkler system*. (a) General requirements--(1) De sign. When automatic sprinkler systems are provided they shall meet design re quirements of the National Fire Protec tion Association's standard for the In stallation of Sprinkler Systems NFPA No. 13-1939 and the requirements of this section. (3) Wafer supply. Every automatic sprinkler system shall have at least one automatic water supply of adequate pressure, capacity and reliability. (3) Fire department connection. A connection through which a Are depart ment can pump water Into the sprinkler system makes a desirable auxiliary sup ply. For this purpose, one or more Are department connections shall be pro vided In all cases. (b) nre department connections--(1) Size. Pipe slae shall not be less than 4 Inches for Are engine connections and not lees than 6 inches for Areboat con nections, except that 3-lnch pipe may be used to connect a single hoee con nection to a 3-Inch or smaller riser. (3) Velvet. (1) An approved straight away check valve shall be installed In each Are department connection, located as near as practicable to the point where It joins the system. (11) There shall be no shutoff valve in the Are department connection. (3) Support. Fire department connec tions shall be properly supported. (4) Hoee connections. (1) Hoee con nections shall be of approved type. (II) Hoee coupling threads shall con form to those used by the local Ara department National (American) Stand ard Fire Hose Coupling Screw Tlireads shall be used whenever they win At the local Are department hose. (III) Hoee connections shaU be equipped with cape, properly secured and arranged for easy removal by Are departments. (lv) Hose connections shall be located and arranged so that hoee lines can be readily and conveniently attached to the Inlets without Interference from any nearby objects Including buildings, fences, poets, or other Are department connections. (v> Hoee connections shall be desig nated by a sign having raised letters at least l inch In else east on plate or fitting reading for service designated: VIS--"AUTO-flPKR." or "OPEN SPKR." (c> Sprinkler alarms--(1) General. (I) Waterflow alarms shall be provided on all sprinkler Installations. (11) An Alarm unit shall Include an approved mechanical alarm, horn, or siren, or an approved weatherproof elec tric gong, bell. ham. or siren on the out side of the building or approved elec tric gongs, bells, horns, or sirens inside the building, or a cotnWnatloc at such devices. OH) All alarm apparatus hn be so located and Installed that ap parts are readily accessible for Inspection, removal, and repair, and shall be substantially supported. Outdoor macKcwleal or elec trically operated bells shall be of weath erproof and guarded type. On each alarm check valve used under conditions of variable water pressure, a retarding de vice shall be Installed. Suitable valves shall be provided In the connections to retarding chambers, to permit repair or removal without shutting off sprinklers; these valves shall be so arranged that they may be locked or sealed In the open position. (3) Waternous detecting devices. (1) The alarm apparatus for a wet-pipe sys tem shall consist of an approved alarm check valve or other approved water flow detecting alarm device with the neces sary attachments required to give an alarm. (U) The alarm apparatus for a drypipe system ,sh4ll consist of approved alarm attachments to the dry-pipe valve. When a dry-pipe valve Is located on the system side of an alarm valve, the actu ating device of the alarms star the drypipe valve may be conoffited to the alarms on the wet-pipc sysftm. (Ill) The alarm apparatus for preac tion and deluge systems hn consist of approved electric alarm attachments, actuated by a thermostatic system Inde pendently of flow of water In the system. (3) Drains. Drains from alarm devices shall be so arranged that there trill be no danger of freering, and so that there will be no overflowing at the alarm appa ratus. at domestic connections or else where with the sprinkler drains wide open and under preesure. (d) Maintenance of sprinkler system. A sprinkler system Installed under this Standard must be property maintained for efficient service. The owner Is re sponsible for the condition of his sprin kler system and must use due diligence In keeping the system In good operating condition. (e> Sprinkler head clearance--(1) Type 1 storage. Clearance of at least 33 inches shall be maintained between sprinkler deflectors and top of storage to reduce the possibility of obstruction to the distribution of water. (3) Type 11 storage. Clearance of at least IS inches shall be maintained be tween sprinkler deflectors and top of storage to reduce the possibility of obstruction to the distribution of water. (3) Type 111 storage. In sprinklered buildings, at least 18 Inches clearance between sprinkler deflectors and top of storage shall be maintained. S 1910.160 Fixed dry. chemical extin- foiihiiic irttem*. (a) General requirements--a) De sign. When dry chemical extinguishing system* ftre provided they shall meet the requirements of the N&tlonftl Fire Protection Association's "Standard for Dry Chemical Extinguishing Sys tems'' NFPA No. 17-1969 and the re quirements of this section. FfDOAl HOinttg VOL 94, NO. 109--4ATUA0AY, MAY 90, 1971 1 6454 mad/** an need the opanttan of the xysfem. ______ nd, or failure at ug OK TV rrfem met b* andflik at ttaau. TO* iiirSwilr- -T------------------------ -- uSta toh that their pnrpoM la tk- lekarttr Minnirthhtil Ha extant cud nm a? alarm and/or indicator equto- MBt shall be approved. (2) OgamMae atom. <U An titan or uttottor shaB be provided to abort that be sjstam baa operated, that panoond 1m-- aaj be needed, end that (be rxtem Humid be ebemd. OU Atarnw tadleatfnr future ofsuper- feed <tovlea or equipment shan (be nmpt end poettbe tndUwtlnn of any aim and *" be dkttasttve from iImiu lyfanunrhmrtlm <e) faapeefto* axd mabatoeeace--(I) 'aspeetam aad tatr. (S> At leaet amm- iHy. aO dry atomical systems tnrtnrttng alarms, shsttaarne. and other aaoelated equtpaaieet, dall be thoroughly taeoected and --** for proper operation by a campotent Inspector. OH The ptupoee of the bfepeetton and testing prescribed by paragraph <e) of thfe section shall be not only to tneure that the antern la to Adi operetta* oon- diHon hot alao to tndtoete the probable AAptfwiiAWAd of thftt eoDdttkxi until ttM nil Inspection. Attention at ttda tnspec- tlon shall be gtren to any extension of the basard protected by the ayatom. (to) The Inspector's report, with rec ommendations, If any, ahaB be Sled with, the owner or with whomever la desig nated. by the owner. (It) Between the recular eerrlee con tract inapectiaa or tecta, the ayatom ahall be Inspected rlaually or otherwise by competent personnel, foQowtn* an ap proved schedule. (v) At least semiannually. aBtopstlant gas containers shan be chcrkad by pres sure or weight against tha rsqutxed fnlnfifittmi (vi) At- least semiannually, aB stand pressure dry chemical i untahik a ahaB be checked by pressure and weight against the required mtnlmnma. (vio Except for stored pramure sys tems. at least anmially the dry chemical to the system storage container shall be .Mwniwi from the too entw and also near the wallto determine the existence of lumps harder than win be friable when dropped from a height of 4 inches. (1) Jfeinteaeace. (1) These fixed dry chemical systems be in fun operating condition at aB times. Use, Impairment, and restoration of thk pro tection shall be reported promptly to the ownor. (ID Any tTiwdika er impairments shall ba earrealad at cnee by eessqwtsxn personnel. Whenoarbon __ are yntoded they than eaaet the *~*t------- r*--------- - ~* **" --T**nT ~~~~ Protection Association's "Sta Carbon Dtoxttr btotaHttr NPPA Mol U-IMg of this aartl na (to Stftts rsQxfrewcxlx. la any use of carbon dlmdde where them la a paek- bOfty that smpfayesa may be trappad to. or entor tote atnsovheres made haaard- OOft hf * iBfwMf flKhtffBs mu itk Mftnasdfe ibftQ ba worldid te fiv sure prompt evacuation of and to pmsnl eotay tote each atomtphma and aka to prtedds means ter prompt rescue of any trappad peraonnaL tasch safety items at personnel tadnto*. warning signs, dfc- /sspectfen and feats. O) At lamt ally, as carbon dioxide tiiaaniiilifT impacted and tasted far proper operation by a fompatant aatZMCt os lupiclif. (tt> The toe) ef tUs Inepectlms and testier ahaB ba not only to toama that bthaet asyhseteaataokdktaotofutlhl aepparonbUaaialaeceenndttttatooa- ol that eandWen until the next <W> Bottohle discharge tests dan be any toepertlan Indicates OKy. (W) fittaMi tjh* Mgikf mrwkcm mb* tract Inspection or testa, the netsin dhell be inapactod oteuaHy er etherwise by competent personnel, foitowln* a sched ule. (r) At koto semiannually, aB hlah preaaura eytlnkin ahaB ba weighed. Zf, at any tkmt a iiatelasr shows a lea in net aentent of aora than 10 percent. ItahaB he seflDad er replaced. (Tl) n. at say time, a container ahowa a lam a< mote than u percent. It ahaB ba reflTTed. uolaaa the minimum gas requlnments are atffl provided. (3) Jfoiateasace. (O Theaa carbon dioxide ayrteme shall be maintained to MB openting oondltton at aB Umea OD Any boobies or tmpatrmeiiti ahaB be eorrectod at once by competent gkatoBURf, f leidldS Otaar special tasaA eadn- galabtog ipinen [Basarvadl Onto nn Paoncnow Brrrxna | 1910.163 Local fin alarm (a) General reqvlremeafa. Where lo cal lira alarm kgnaling eyeten are pro vided they shall meet the design rwpdrsnsents ef the WaUnsial Pke PietoeUan Association's "Standard far the Instal lation. Maintenance, and Use of Local Protective Signaling Systems for watch man, pire Alarm and Supervisory Serv ice." KPPA MO. TSA-1MT end the requirements of this seettoc. (b> rtn atom Inset--(1) GeaeraL UAniiAl ftf yTwwpn >k*^tk fi^iBW tM kjv proved for tbe pertieoUr appUcetton endl tl> flfetrtbattaC Manual Aw boxes, shall be Obtrtaotedl area so ___ ___ etrueted. readily scoassfhle, end 1 In the normal path of exit from tka nto Additional bates sheir be provided an each floor to obtain a mextmam bartantal trawl dktanee of tot ket to the Inspections to be tercels end shah all altaratloua end The reqsfnaentx of tUs i ahaB ba aflhuttim r` uskmbeta orplaoaaf to any safety orheeKh stonderd wWckte published to 41 CPk Part M-304 by tog*' toe of tha mpBimtbxi of the Vhbflg Beaky PkbOc CtoUeb Act (41 BAB M-tf) and wtdeh h tneerpented to thk subpert. Bt wfdeh event, Sis stank** shall ba eSeeUve under thk atkpart upon tad enmnwnevunant of the ' Healey renfrement. t lMIJfia lSM.uep)u>__________KPPA Bo. lS-lPk. I srd tor me imfoPonm of IprtBtoar Sjotoa* lOlOOSe(k)(o)................. KPPA Mb. t4-lto BOMS tio.ise<p>(i) ............... am ns ati-ini tim 19ia-15' lMO-lU MVfA Mo. l6-irb t aidfertte Zactei at l*oatakla nta wmIQllhai. tarn. Bo. 14-iPre. staadard Ar the tostoDaMaei l*tOI89(*)()............... -- tftftl*......... mo.m .......... 9yvtem mm m 2>-ioe. ww< sat Urn 4bs Xnnsdsttae at artsmr 3y^sm. srd toe Indoor Osaarsl eiorf. vm Not 17-iMi. ms> t- art tar Dry CMami matngBtshinf njat-- vm Wo. Stand- srd so- Oobaa Dtemds MtnffVfsEdnc gjptsrm fMtAl MVfTVR. VOL 94, HO. \99--SATUtOAY, flUT *9, tffl V J 1 6455 I mil& UmlirCiiiiiilmlMi OSiuws--si* Ou Assorts***. lac.,. ISC VtftA AmWi Ksw Tart, ITT ISO**. HMtaoal FUe F*portion Assortatloa. M Bsl ii/ni rah atreot, Besto* UA 0*110. -- 1------ NsOonal ttandard* lastirato. 14*0 tosadesy, Ifow York WY. Subpart M--Compressed Oat and Compressed Air IfdpmiH 11919.166 l*prrtna el tiapiud gs* cylinder, (a) DeHiMloiu. Am need In thl* toe- tion: a> High- and low-pressure cylinder*: Hlgh-preaura eyttndor* mean* tboae cylinder* with * marked service procure of (00 pel. or greater; tow-preemro cylinders are thoee with a marked serv- loe preeture lea than 900 paJ. (3) uiwiTtimr. allowable wan thlck- nea: The minimum allowable wall tolck- nea mean* the minimam wall thleknaa required by the specification under which the cylinder wa* manufactured. (3) Dent*: Dent* (Incylinder*) mean* deformation* cauaed by the cylinder coming in contact with a blunt object In tuch a way that the thlcknea of metal 1* not materially Impaired. (4) Cut*, gouges, or dig*: Cut*, rouge*, or dig* (In cylinder*) mean* deforma tion* cauaed by contact with a aharp object In such a way a* to cut Into or upset the metal of the cylinder, decreas ing the wall thlcknea* at that point. (S> Corrosion or pitting: Ueana corro sion or pitting In cylinders Involving the loss of wall thickness by corrosive media. There are several kind* of pitting or cor rosion to be considered. (t) Isolated pitting: Means Isolated pits of small cross-section which do not effectively weaken the cylinder wall but are Indicative of possible complete pene tration and leakage. Since the pitting la Isolated the original wall Is osentlslly Intact. (7) Line corrosion: Means pits which are not Isolated but ar* connected or nearly connected to other* In a narrow bind or line. TUi u more serious than Isolated pitting. Line corro sion frequently occur* In the are* of Intersection of the footring end bottom of a cylinder. This Is sometime* referred to as "crevice corrosion." (8) Oenerel corrosion: Means corro sion which covers considerable surface areas of the cylinder. It reduces the structural strength. It Is often difficult to measure or estimate the depth of general corrosion because direct comparison with the original wall cannot always be made. General corrosion -s often accompanied by pitting. (> "DOT" means the Dfl. Depart ment of Transportation. (b> General requirement*--(1) Ap plication. (1) Each employer shall de termine that compressed gas cylinder* _ I suidtvialoa (B>, dtt, ar .___________are not intended to apply (tv> *dttatt-sutergraph. to eyUnder* manufactured under spaal-. (HI TO ua the criteria m suWrvMsa flection DOT (ICO-3HT (49 CVS Ch. U> at 1M subparagraph, rt ns........ra D. Smerate requirement* covering serv to know the wall thieknos, of ice Ufa and standard* for visual inspec tha cylinder ar too mlrJwium allowable tion of these cylinders ar* contained in wan thleknaa. Table M-l bets the mini Compressed Gas Association Pamphlet mum allowable wan this*11-- under O-g, "Standard for RoquaUflcaUon of DOT spectneatkms (49 CPR Ch. 1) for a ICC-3HT Cylinders." nixnber of common sue low-pressure (2) Quahty of bupsetto*. xperianeo cylinder*. In the Inspection of cylinder* Is an Im portant factor in determining the accep Tamji M--i tability of a given cyUhder for continued win. Users iwMm this experience apDaOrtT* Nominal maiwumi and having doubtful cylinders should re turn thorn to a manufacturer of the O.OTstaasfb 55SZ> .*35- same typo of cylinders for rstnspeetlon. (c) InipMctio* of loto-prssswrs cytta- der* exempt from (A* ftgdraefottc test bieludtag acetylene cyUnder*--(1) Ap- pUoaHo*. This section covers cylinders of the type that are exempt from the hy drostatic retost requirement* at the DOT by virtue oI their exclusive use In certain nonoomostve (as service. They are not subject to Internal corrosion and do not require Internal shell Inspection. (2) Preparation for tntpeetton. Rust, scale, caked paint, etc., (hall be removed from the exterior surface eo that the sur face eon be adequately observed. Fadll- ttea shall be provided for Inverting the cylinder to facilitate Inspection of the bottom. Tills Is Important because ex perience has shown this area to be the moat susceptible to oorroslon. (3) Exterior Inspection. Cylinders shall be checked as outlined below for corrosion, general distortion, or any other defect that might Indicate a weak ness which would render it unfit for service. (1) To fix corrosion limits for all typas, designs, and slaes of cylinders, and Include them In this section Is not prac ticable. Cylinders shall meet the require ments of thlesubdlvlslon. Failure to meet any of the requirements of this sub division It of Itself cause for rejection of a cylinder. () A cylinder shall be rejected when the tare weight Is lest than 93 percent of the original tare weight marked on the cylinder. When determining tare weight, be sure that the cylinder Is empty. () A cylinder shall be rejected when the remaining wall In an area having Isolated pitting only la less then one- (HD Wbn tha wan thlrkaea of the cylinder at manufacture Is not knows, and the actual wall thleknaa* cannot b* measured .. s cylinder shall be rejected whan the -spoctieo reveals that tha despot pit tn a gsusral comstoo ana exceeds tone sixty-fourths Inch. This Is strived at by considering that tn bo nit ihtll tbi otttlnf exoMd ont-hilf tha minimum allowable wall thickness which It 0.004 Inch When a pit measures 0.043 Inch (approximately three ilxtyfourthg tueb> in a corrosion are*, gen eral corroaloc win already have removed 0.021 Inch ot the original wall and the total pit depth as compared to the Ini-. tlal wan will be 0.064 Inch. (lv) When to* original wan thlcknea at manufacture Is known, or the actual wall thleknaa is measured, this thickness' lea one end one-half time* the maxi mum measured pit depth shall be 0.094 Inch or greater. If It Is less, the cylinder shaU be rejected. (v> Dents are of concern where the metal deformation Is sharp and confined, or where they are near a weld. Where metal deformation Is not sharp, dents of larger magnitude can be tolerated. (vi) Where denting occur* so that any part of the deformation lncluda a weld, the maetmnm allowable dent depth shall be one-fourth Inch. third of the minimum allowable well (vU> When denting occurs sc that no thickness as determined under sub part at to* deformation lncluda a weld, division (11). (Ill), or <lv> of this the cylinder shall be rejected if the depth subparagraph. of the dent Is greater than one-tenth ot (c) A cylinder shall be rejected when the mean diameter of the dent line corrosion on the cylinder Is 3 (vlll) Cuts, rouges, or digs reduce the Inches In length or over and the remain ing wall la leas than three-fourths of the minimum allowable wall thlcknea or when line corrosion 1* lea than 3 Indue In length and the remaining wall thlcknea Is lea than one-half the mini, wall thlcknea of the cylinder and in addition are considered to be stress rais ers. Depth limits are set In this subpara graph; however, cylinders shall be rejected at one-half of the Umlt set when ever the length of the defect is 3 Inches mum allowable wall thicknea as deter or more. mined under subdivision (11), (HI), or (o> When the original wall thlcknea (lv) of this subparagraph. at manufacture Is not known, and the asmu, voc m, no. ios--satuooat, mat 3*. rnj 1 6456 vlttL intarlar wue* afaeft ba i tar detecta in tho coatlna If She caag- lng la deftaettra. ft shoK ba removed. (11) A pood Inspactton BgbS o< i deni tnSrastay ta ` ` . w>.,) ora* Interior wall la i inspection, subparagraph: (lx) Ink can originate Irani a num- shall be purred before being. examined with a light. lamia ftr ltamniabta taa twr of aouross, such aa Merit In a cybndsr taareatann abaP be saptorton wufctod or faxaaad aaam, delacta at the proof. ttaoM opsntog. or tan sharp Sants, (3) Exterior tmpeetkm. 0) Te de cor- digit Bruges, or pita. rosioa limits tor all typso. itarigre. and <a) To cheek lor Mata, tha cylinder alsea of cyUndera, and includa them in wKmTt fet ga4 r^WrtTly x*m- tbla section. l*-oot practicable. CeneliW- IMd. All itr* abA gmiaii opening* Abto ]o<t|EUDi k noAid ihaD be coated with a soap or othto uta~ cyWnrtrra fit tor atartaoa. bparleneo ta a aMt aolutta to dataat CM escape of (aa. major factor, adds boss itmph aao- Aar leakage la catae for rajeettam (b) Safety relief OsTta.es aa defined in I 1319.1fT(e><l> ahaS ba laatad lor Mata belbra a .charged cyttndar ta dripped from tht ciUnlir pimt (l) AfUf ft-- Aaaataa CTtfEUfeZl ihlQ Of UK <d> lota praiaara eptaadsrs tmkiect ta AgfrstfaHc totalaa U> U(uc>atkoi fiar hi-c~k. araMrO~A mU-aAm'of tha oylTnda la nab Vnoarv. ini taa aAfatat tadTI 4MnW|Ma Maui Aa uma, ured. tha apUndar to nUeeSut dao rrcaada coo tMilj ssntaif hah to ba carefully tnapactad lor arldaaea of Cylinders eiposur^tofite. depth. Thla la axrtoad at bdatotnsttag {ram th* stafairtaium ftIkNialliA MU |t (a) Common evidences of exposure to manufacture L2J1 Inch), tha ttatttog lira art: tabll In aanriea C0.1M Inch), togloo the (X) fftiarrlng or burning of tba paint dma In that they requtra a pmlodto tar- taaslnmni aHaaaUe aenodem Unit of or otter DiotACttn ooiL (2> Burning or sintering of the metal. itaastette sabsrt shbb taontartas aninternal and artamal omadnatlan. DseeeS *m Irrti sit mm fhtaiT taaisuf tataT am wban t&e watt Utickaaa to (3) Distortion of tba cylinder, batata ter tbs artamal exaatoatiaa are known, or tha actual watt thirtitam ta (4) Halted out fuae plugs, presertbad lapasagraph (e) of tbla aae- mmasred, tha dUtanaeo titaaisa tbts <J) Burning or melting of valra. tlon, with staemttena tor aliaidmini known wan ttta Umfttog vakm ee- (b) The evaluation of tin damare by 7"**** shown in stasis imaiili (4> of tba ---i~ loam DOT Rmlattana atata that. "A cylfndar this paragraph. The normal hot taped lyMadar cf tataa which baa bam siiNsctart ta tba action (3) Erepartatoa /or taapaeHoa. flam- slsa will barn a r>rrinii> watt of ataaat ol Ore must not again be placed In aarr- mabla pta eytaemn shall ba pumad ba- OAH Inch, fiorapartaota of Utas wttta tba lce until It baa bam properly racocdl- tom btaagsweatanad with aught Laapa " tbiiinrin start ttwt its tioned", In accordance with 43 cnt urad lor flammable gaa cylinder lnmee- tecta up to about ossa-taxtaantta tmta are 173.34(1) Tba rmeral Intent at tbla re fteta sbtal be eaploston preot. allowable provided, of iiursiv. Uat the quirement ta to remora from aeryloa cyl (3) l*fsres) tofysetion. CyitocMrs shall actual wall ta measured er ta kwewn. inders which bare bam subject to tha be lospataef tntarpaHr at Meat srary Or) CyUstaera wttta gsnaral -- action ol lira which baa chanted tha ttoee the eyttndsrMpataodieaUy retasted, an evaluated by satalaettaa tboa to a metallurgical atractor* or tba strength The exastaeattar shsM be node with a bydrartatte too. Ham. a ctatator with properties of tbs stael, or in tha ease ol light ef sutactant totatattr to ctaarly an elastic of 237 ee. w gisala acetylene cylinders caused breakdown of poreua ftDer. TVs M nuraiaHy deter mined by shoal aiilnsltaai as earared abora with parttajar asnpharts to the condtttoo of the psataettra casting. H Ulimstoato tha totsttor walls. abaD bo raMcled. If araaa of psonosatead (4) External Inspection o/ olafnininn pitting are Inchided within the in-- si cyttadera. Tha Inspection requirements corrosion, tba depth <4 agh pitting of paragraph (c) ol this section shall be should also ba measured (wish the high mat except as follows: spots of tba actual surface aa a rsfer- the piotectlra oneHug bee been brant off (1> Aluminum cylinders shall ba re> once plane) and the criteria sitiMlidnil or If tba eyttadar body ta hast harped, or dtatortod. ta la aasmsad that tha cyl inder has born erashaatod and 4S CPU 173.34(1) shah ba cosnpHad with. If. however, tba protective eoattng Is only dirtied Irene smoke or other debris. and looted when bapainsasta to tha sutfeoe (cosioafob oc mechanical dafact) exemit a depth whan the remaining wall ta Mae than three-fourths' of the mild- mum sltaasMo watt thtaknaa required by the speelfleaUca tmder which the in tha first axaasple apply. ths carroalan Ustat wrnld ba oas thirty-second Inch when tba watt was not known. (y) Any defect <f eppractoUe deptk haring a sharp bottom is a at-- raiser ta loamd by aiaactoatioo to ba intact un cylinder was manufactured. and even ((-"y*1 a cylinder fft*r ba se derneath. the cylinder ahall not be con al) Aluminum cylinders subjected to ceptabto Irani a stress standpoint It ta sidered affected with the eoope ol this the action of Are shall be removed from common praetlce to remora inch defects requirement. service. After anr such repafr operation, rarlflea- (xl) Cyllaihri are manufactured with () Blatt-yressurs eplfaders (I) Ap- tlon of ths cylinder strength and stroo a reasonably errsaietrtrw) shape. Cylin pUcshom. High-proaure cyUnder* are ture'shall be made by a bydroatattc toe ders wfaleb hara definite viable bulges those with a marked service pressure of or other suttabta means. shall ba removed Ism service and eni- MO r*1 or higher. They are seemtoas; (vl) Dents can be tolerated when tb< uatad. CjHadse* shall ba rejected when no welding la psnaittoA Tba gnat btflk cylinder wall Is not deformed ezcesalvefc a raflattery of l percent or sear* ta load of inch cylinden are of too JA or 3AA or abruptly. Generally araking, dent In the measured circumferences or In types under DOT Bpsctatoettana (43 CPB are accepted op to a depth of about ons- peripheral distances twanged tram the Cb. IT; sixteenth insta wban tha major (Hamale NDMAl BdKTWh vot 34, NO. 1S3--lATUlSAY, mar 1VV.-1V7I 1 6457 IU torture easy be reoogiriaotf by case of the following conditions: W Kami of Mhl tv scarfing or erdOTftn#^ <k> A Mitering or burwtng ef the base metal (c) A hardsail baat aflbottd tone. A simple method for vsrtfjrfcigttos presence of smell ere bmrae to to toe toe suspected area. The hardened acne wifi rcctot filing aa compared to the aefter baae metal. (rill) Cylinders are normally pro duced with a erminetrice! shape. Cylin ders with dlrttoct visual bulges shall be removed from serrtee mill the nature of the defect Is determined. Some cylinders may hare small dhccnttnffittos related to the manufacturing process--mothroomed bottom#, offset shoulders, etc. These usuaBy can be Mentilled and are not normally cause for concern. (lx) Cylinders shall Be carefully In spected for cndonees of exposure to fire, see perefraph (e) O) (x)' of this section. (a) Cylinder necks shall be examined for serious cracks, folds, and flaws. See parser*phs (c) (3) (all) and (aUl) of this section. (f) Internal Inspection. (1) Cylinders shall be inspected Internally at least every time the cylinder is periodically retested. This rssmtnatlop shall be made with a licht of sufficient Intensity to clearly Uhsninate theinterior walls. (3) A hammer test consists of tappinf a cylinder a light blow with a suitably sized hammer. A cylinder, emptied of liquid content, with a clean Internal earface, standine free, will here a dear ring. Cylinders with Internal curiuetan will five a duller ring dependent upon the amount of comston and accumula tion of foreign materiel. Such cylinders shall be investigated. The hammer last Is very sensttlre and Is an easy, quick, and convenient test that can be made with out removing the vulva before each charsing. It Is an Invaluable indicator of Internal corrosion. S 1910.167 Safety seltof devices fas oa. pressed gas cynadam. (a) Definitions. As used In tUs section: (1) Safety retie! device A "safety re lief device" is a device intended to pre vent rupture of a cylinder under certain conditions of exposures. (The term as used herein shall Include the approach channel, the operating parte, and the discharge channel.) (2) Approach channel. An "approach channel" Is the pars*re or passages through which gas must paaa from the cylinder to reach the operating parts of the safety relief dseloa. (31 Discharge rbeauel A "discharge cbuuwT Is Cb* pyun or pmuM te* operation of the devloe must pate from She cylinder to the itei imh evi oclattve at aay plalsi attached to toe Inlet cr ettatof the devise. (A) Ofirirttt# part. The "operating part" of a mdeto retttt devtoe h the part of a safety relief devtoe that nannally dams the safety flttdiarga channel but whan reeved frsm the* pedtiim as a re sult of Urn aehon at bat at premure, or a rneiMmtfcm of tha Is*, permits escape at tarn fraae thrrylbiihi. (> frtsiMt dbe. A "ftouyihli dhc" is an operating part to the form of a disc, usually of metal sad which la so held as to elate the isletr reUef devtoe unitor normal martMerw. The dhc is Intended to bunt at a predeter mined pressure to permit the aecape of gas. (7) Pressure openlay. A "pressure opening" to the oriflse against which the frangible dlae functions. (S) Jtoted bursting pressure. A "rated bursting pressure" of a frangible (Use is thfl mffiTlrnum prtSSUTC for Vhlfih *Hdt Hit* Is designed to bunt when In contact with the pressure opening for which it was designed when tested. (9) Fusible pint. A "fudbte pint" is an operating part In the form of a plug of suitsMe low melting material, usually a metal alloy, which closet the safety relief device channel trader normal conditions and Is Intended to yield or melt at a pre determined temperature to permit the MCtpt of (If. (19) Yield temperature. The "yield temperature" of a fusible plug la the temperature at which the fusible metal or alloy will yield when tested. (11) Reinforced fusible plug. A "rein forced fusible plug" is a fusible plug consisting of a cere of suitable material having a comparatively high yield tem perature surrounded by a low-melting point fusible metal of the required yield temperature. (13) Combination frangible disc-fuel- Me plug. A "combination frangible dlscfmlMe plug" Is a frangible disc in com bination with a low melting point fusible metal. Intended to prevent its bursting at its predetermined bursting pressure un ites the temperature also Is high enough to cause yielding or melting of the fusible metal (13) Safety relief valve. A "safety re Uef valve" Is a safety reUef device con taining an operating part that Is held normally in a position closing the safety reUef device channel by spring force and Is Intended to open and to close at pre determined pressures. (14) Combination safety reUef valve and fusible plug. A "combination safety reUef valve and fusible plug" Is a safety reUef device utilizing a safety relief valve In eemhtnatton with a furtNe plug. This combination devtoe may ha aa Integral unit or separate (mils sad to Inasnrtert to (in Mtmrt-ta dhehsryw pressure. "start-to-dlacharge pressure" of a ml reUef seise to the ptaeeuta at-which toe flnt bubMe appear* tbreegi*a water asa of not oeer 4 toches oa the outlet of ton safety reUef vah*. (17) note capacity. The "flow says* 1 toy" of a safety reUef devtoe Is the capac ity In cable feat par minute ef five att dtoeharged at the required Bow ratttg (18) - /low rating pressure. The "flew rating pressure" to the pressure at which a safety rsUaf device is rated for cupaeity. (19) Roetoyegad ecnpraasf gat. A "nonUquefltd nonpressart gaar is a cae other than a gat In solution which tnder the charging preasru*. to eutlsalr gaaaou* at a Ucaperatare of 78* F. (20) Hquzdef compressed pas. A Ha- ueflad eampneted gas" Is gee whttb. tmitop tha ChArdnff pMtfimt Is pflrttdfe liquid at a tmprrature of 70* F.Aflaae- nuhto rnmrsrsss'l gas which laaaxmaRy nwiUqncdtod at 70* F. but whttb to PM; tiallt mwUp that ehUriBfl MMMW and ternper*tare, shall foils* toe **qulramento for liquefied one*retail (21) Camyrsnid gas in tottHoa. A "compressed gas in solution" (Acetylene) la a nonUqueffed gas which is dtomtvsd iu s solvent. (33) Pressurised Staid compressed gas. A "pressurised UquM romyrenrd gas" to a entireemail nee other than a eompnaeed gag In eolation, which an no! be liquefied at a tempiuattire of to* /. and which is maintained In the liquid state at a prtnure not toa them 49 paIa. by maintaining the gia at a tccupaiatiira lets than 70* F. (23) Test pressure of the cylinder. The "test pressure of the eyhnder*' is the minimum pressure at wbtoh a cylinder must be tatted as prescribed to DOT specifications for compressed gas cyl inders 41 CIS Ch. l (24) Tree air or free gas. "Free air" or "free gas" 1* air or gas measured at a pressure of 14.7 pounds per square Inch absolute and a temperature of M* F/ (28) DOT regulations. As used In this section "DOT regulations" refers to the UJ3. Department of Transportation Reg ulations for Transportation of Explosive* and Other Dangerous Artlelee by. Land and Water In Rail Freight, Express and Baggage Services and by Motor Vehicle (Highway) and Water, tqeludlng Specifi cations for Shipping Containers, Code of Federal Regulations, Title 49, Parts 171 to 178. (b) Oeneral requirements--(1) AppU- cation. Compressed gas cylinder, portable tanks, and cargo tanks shall have pres sure relief device* installed and main tained in accordance with Compressed Oas Association Pamphlets 8-4.1-1983 and 1888 addenda and S-lJ-1983. too. 104--Pt.n----- to ttMtAt aaouru. voc m. no. las--ianjaeav, rear ie, mi 1 6458 Fusible Ptag me nu* pMf BtUUar ( MM 7W temperature Dot ever ) Ktaer.lees than 157* F. dig* P. m> TypaCO-3: Fusible plus or relnoed Will plot utilising a fusible 3T with: yield temperature not over )* P., nor less than Mr P. (313' P. ail--1>.. It) Typo 00-4: Combination franle diac-fualbie plug, utilising a fusible jy wMb yield temperature not oyer i' P,, nor laee than 157* P. (1(6* P. T) Typo 00-5: Combination franle diso-faslble plut. utilising a fusible rj with yield temperature not over ) F,, poe less than 31M* P. (313* P. Tl) Type CO-7: Safety relief valve, vll) Type CO-5: Combination safety lef valve and fnalble plug. 3) Specification* and teste. All safety ief devices covered by this section shall et the deelm, construction, marking 1 test specification of the "Compressed s Association Safety Relief Device mdards nut 1--Cylinders for Comesed Oases: 81.1-1353." 4) SpedAc requirement* tor latety 'et devices. (1) Compressed gas cyllns. which under the Regulations of - Department of Transportation must equipped with safety relief device*, dl be Considered acceptable when lipped with devices of proper eonretton, location, and discharge capac- under the conditions prescribed in vie 1 of the Compressed Oas Associa te Standard 8-1.1-1353. II) Only replacement parts or assess es provided by the manufacturer shall used unless the advisability of Infr inge is proved by adequate teste. III) When a frangible disc Is used h a compressed gas cylinder, the rated reting pressure of the disc shall not eed the minimum required test preee of the cylinder with which the de; Is used, except for DOT-31 pttns (43 CFR Ch. I) the rated bursting ssure of the device shall not eseaed )0 pounds, per square inch gage Ug.). iv) When a safety relief valve Is used a compressed gas cylinder, the flow ng pressure shall not exceed the limum required test pressure of the nder on which the safety relief valve nstailed and the reseating pressure U not be less than the pressure In a mally charged cylinder at 130* F. v) When fittings and piping are used either the upstream or downstream ; of both of a safety relief device or lcee, the passages shall be so designed t the flow capacity of the safety relief Ice will not be reduced below the adty required for the container on ch the safety relief device assembly nstailed, nor to the extent that the ration of the device could be lm- (vl>, No ehutoC vae shall he baateDed between the safety MM deviett and the cylinder. (6) Maintenance requirement* toe lalety rettat devtcee. (1) As m precaution to keep cylinder safety MM devises in reliable operating condition, care shall be taken in the nmueutf or storing of compressed gas cylinders to avoid dam age. Care ahall alao be exercised to avoid plugging by paint or other dirt accumu lation of safety relief device channels or other parts which could interfere with the funetiooing of the device. Only qual ified personnel shall be allowed to serv ice safety relief devices. (U) Each time a compressed gas cylin der Is received at a point for refilling, all safety relief devices shall be examined externally for corrosion, damage, plug ging of external safety relief device chan nels, and mechanical defects such aa leakage or extrusion of fue&le metal. If there Is any doubt regarding the suit ability of the safety relief device for serv ice the cylinder ahall not be filled until It is equipped with a suitable device. ( 1910.168 Safety relief devices for cargo and portable tanks storing compressed gases. (a) Definition* applicable to thi* tection--(l) Cargo tank. A "cargo tank" means any container designed to be per manently attached to any motor vehicle or other highway vehicle and In which Is to be transported any compressed gaa. The term "cargo tank" shall not be con strued to Include any tank used solely for the purpose of supplying fuel for the propulsion of the vehicle or containers fabricated under specifications for cylinders. (3) Portable tank. A "portable tank" means any container designed primarily to be temporarily attached to a motor vehicle, other vehicle, railroad car other than tank ear, or marine vessel, and equipped with skids, mountings, or ac cessories to facilitate handling of the container by mechanical means. In which Is to be transported any compressed gas. The term "portable tank" shall not be construed to Include any cargo tank, any tank car tank, or any tank of the DOT106A and DOT-110A-W type. (3) Safety rettet device. A "safety re lief device" means a device Intended to prevent rupture of a container under certain conditions of exposure. * (4) Safety redet valve. A "safety re lief valve" means a safety relief device containing an operating part that Is held normally In a position closing the safety relief device channel by spring force and is intended to open and to close at predetermined pressures. (5) Set pressure. The "set pressura" of a safety relief valve is the pressure marked on the valve and at which the valve -3 set to start-to-dleuharge. MM ratrg la lltg pramm i at ui ,, mt bubble amaan tbaough a watersett at not over 4 IneUm on the outlet of the valve. Mon: When the nature of the semes raqume the dm at a metal-to metal east afetT relief, valve, with or without eesomlary seeling mesne, the eteit-to-dieoharge pressure may be ivmstdetsd the pressure et which en audible discharge oocurs. . - (7) SeteaUeg pressure. The "repeallng pressure" at a safety relief valve la the pleasure at which leakage ceases through a water seal of not over 4 Inches on the outlet of the valve. (t) Plow capacity. Hie "flow capacity" of a safety relief device Is the capacity in cubic feet per minute of free air ebs- charged at the required flow rating pressure. (3) Plow ratine pressure. The "flow rating pressure'' means the pressure at which a safety relief devlee Is rated for ffipiftty. (10) Free air or free pas. "Free air" or "fiee gas" mesne air or gas measursd at a pressure of 14.7 pounds per square Inch absolute and a temperature of 60* P. (11) Frangible disc. A "frangible disc" means a safety relief device m the form of a dlae, usually of metal, which Is so held as to dote the safety relief device shfnwsi under normal The disc Is intended to burst at a predeter mined pressure to permit the escape of get. (13) Fusible plug. A "fusible plug" means a safety relief devlee In the form of a plug of suitable low-metting ma terial, usually a metal alloy, which doses the safety relief device chmni under normkl conditions and Is Intended to yield or melt at a predetermined tem perature to permit the escape of gas. (13) DOT design pressure. The "DOT design pressure" It Identical to the term "maximum allowable working pressure" as used In the "Code" and Is the maxi mum gage pressure at the top of the tank In Its operating position. To deter mine the minimum permissible thickness of physical characteristics of the differ ent parts of the vessel, the static head of the lading shall be added to the DOT design pressure to determine the thick ness of any specific part of the vesael. If vacuum insulation Is used, the liquid container shall be designed for a pressure of IS p*J. more than DOT design pres sure, plus static head of the lading. XxcxmoM: For containers constructed in accordance with paragraph U-C8 or U-SO of section Vm of the ASM1 BoUer and Pressure Vessel Code. 1343 Edition, the mayimum allowable working pressure for the purpose of these standards la considered to be 138 percent of the design pressure ae' provided In 43 CFR 113.310 of DOT Regulations. (14) Code. "Code" is defined as paragraph P-68. 0-63, U-300 or U-Ml of sec tion vm of the Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code of the American Society of Mechanical Engineers, 1343 Edition; or aeotloo vm at .the Boiler, and Pressure Vessel Code at the American Society of usciiseicsi Engineers, 1350, 1353, 1350, FgMtAL tfOirrtl. VOL 34, NO. 133--MTUIOAY, SWT tv, IV71 1 6459 k'OMtof___ _____ .______ MMktlftim a>) omrfmi>iiw<>-fl) Appg- mm am i vnt.itraiira. ' at s--pfScMb--awd t--ts. ABsnfOty tty ftsam mat %-Cttto sad fortahta Aoks for OMnart (Mnr s-ut-asx." (3) apeetdc mi>aw(r Asr as/Wy rdkf Mat 0) be provided wtth one ntfef devfe-- iMMl '_____ ____ --ertfled. abaS be----ty MM nlw of the sprlnf-toadad type. Ol) Safety nlU M dan be art to start-to-dMharse a a pressure not - ut exes-- of 110 percent of the DOT de- dsn pis--nm of Da nnntotiar nor am ttan Qa DOT dadgt p--a ot Da container oMd -- fellows: (a) JX an oraMedsnort container ta used. the ad maun of tta Mr reOef valva car ta tttwcau tta nMmiim re quired DOT rtsalen poeasun Ut tta ltd- lot and 110 percent of tta DOT design rntsrirt nf tta mtttnrr irrl (b) rot snlfrir dioxide oontainora, a minimum aat prtauie of US and 110 pad*. la laimtttad Joe tta ISO and Ut pjs.lt. DOT dadgn iiiwiui containers, reipectti^. (c) Far oarbon dioxide (rafrisaraied), nitrone aside (ra&tssrafed), and pcea- aurieed tfcmld arvon. altnaa and os- yven. ttara than bo no asUtfmnm aat pressure. (d) Tar butadiene, tahfltt--d. and liquefied pitrnteow gee aantatanea, a minimtvn aat pressure sf M peroan* at thd mttilmBM |MM(I piBDttM for tb--eM--gM--r he--^ cord with paeaansh U-00 or TJ-tt af tta Coda 1M*bhm tta aat Bcaaeare marked an the sefetyrsttafmlvoaaaybt 13S percent of tfca ardtnel DOT dealgn premure at the oontarinr <Ul> Only rop--urn--t parta at aa- sembltoie provided by trie raanufaettavr ol the device shaB be seed --da-- the suitability ol leterrhenna la proved by tMtle <lv) Safety relief valves shall have direct with the vapor SOiM td th* QODfetfXMr. (r) Any portion of Boa-- piplzin or hove vbich at any ttma aeay be tiesail at each end moat be provided wtth a ealatr reUef dveloa la at the i tba effect!-- e MB Jm ad mors srannMe dtse seMt idf daeiaaa of anttabla destca aat to Aautton at a promo not smiwilTrr two ttnae the DOT rleeltn pm--ire of the o--tahur. - (let) Onbiert to onndHfcms of t CWt 173.315(0) (1> (DOT Ratnlaliana) fcr ethyl ahtnrlik and sulfur dfosrtde op*--r* portable tanka of at pjULa. oelnt- ta approved br tt-- ttnraaa of O V-- srioat Mate T--fc. MT 10001. 8007 be need in Hon af aaJety aettaf valv-- of the --ctais-iaadsd typo, n the container la aver M tnrh-- leas a safety relief deal-- barton ttw total re quired flow capacity meat be at both loon--1--nfarttnoee panottbod to bo ITSilSd) (DOTBoantattona).thana--t bo oaa--ped with safety rattaf davte-- to sa-attansi with the rmnlr--imts far safe-- tattaf davte-- an abavo-oiaand as --edited tn the Maltanal Pke Triterttna taaorlatt--Pawnhlet Mo n 10-- "Standard loc tba Stormee and Handtanof r (at) m S--m--saS^n--oa-- of tha easesity SttS-SSaafdardtafdavig^ h----'afDOT dWtopri--ri *5'tta container, pm--etlnre dwald be taken -- --ant ttie lUvalnpmert of |rewires be the eosrtatn-- In -- of 120 percent ef Me DOT dedan preaetno. TUe mar he done br providing aitrtIHonal --portly of tta safety reUef valves on the eantefner, by previd&w e--pea on the p--sp dte- cheiya. or by any other anheble method Csh) TUs leiwuni raqulramant -fT**-- to safety rattaf davto-- on ean- tatnan for ttaoattad fardroyan and prao- surlaed liquid arvon. ottroa-- and osraan. Thettnatd container shall be pro- taeted by one or more safety reUef vatv-- and one or more Inndble dteea. (ztU) Safety relief derte-- stall be ar- raraed to dteoharge unobstructed to the open air In such a manner as to prevent tty hnatnaement of oonffna -- von tta container. Safety relief devie-- ehott be arianeed to dleehasvo wpwerd i tttte ta ttHyti nofiotrtreoUquflaieudi for eoiboo pfWWlMl arton, nltroven, and osyven. aoeumnlettnn at aafota rottef OD (ja> i tta safety 11910.1CV Airrecdvm. (a) Ommof rofahweisti--(I) Am cation. Ttaeaevctioo applies to compreo tn provtdfce and ntlHelnv eoqipt-- atr for i--tbemhla operattons snob Vflttoeihetettny. and ohlppf ha bond, however, ttrh pent ' wtththe epeetal proble ba enmpreeeed air to Mr the pechtema cz-- work to oompmaaed air-- *nrmna end roleeriri This section la i Intended to appty to compra--ed air n nt used on tno portettanvahletaa such -- steam rattn can, electric railway ears, and auton ttva equtpaDent. (3) Mad end crista# oqiilyraf AB new atr taeatvon tnataBol all-- t aOecttre da-- of the-- reemlatio-- at be eenstrwetod tn eeoardenee with i IMS edition of the AJSlttt. Bad-- < Preaeura Teasel code lecUoo VDX (U> AB safety valv-- --ad shaB A/#\aM|^| ^nshkHsit dM ma<tiswsH aoeordanoe with tha Aj9JfJtBoOera Pressure Vessel Code, section vm edit IMA (b> InrttOeMon anA etvtpmmt : qali'esieats--(1) Installation. Air \ eelvert shall be so Installed that dial--, handholes, and manhnies trier are easily screeslhle Air reoelvers shot be supported with sufadent clearance penult a eenplete external lnspectl and to avoid corrosion of external si fain Older no dreuaastancoe shall atr i--atoai bo burled --kdererowd vet mo. i-- ti--m ear tv, tart 1 6460 ' to k*n i _ * *ref *,! an* valve ballbe 1 ,W pgtMt of every lit NMtMT tO i Igpi^Mnl of uetnuUMflfi sad ndr. Adwti automatic traps ms? be linfbllnl 4ft addition to drain reives. The drafci valve on the air receiver shall be opbned and the receiver completely frequently and at such Inter vale as to prevent the accumulation of amounts of liquid in the re- (V Gaper end valves. <1> Every dr receiver shall be equipped with an indleatiof pressure gape (so located as to be resiblT visible) and with one or more sprint-loaded safety valves. The total rettevtot capacity of such safety valtee shall be such as to prevent pressure In the reeeiver from exceeding the maxi mum allowable .working pressure of the reoeiver by more than 10 percent. <tt) NO valve of any type shall be placed between the air receiver and its safety,valve or valves. (lh) Safety appliances, such as safety velvet, indicating devices and control ling devices, shan.be constructed, lo cated, and installed so that they cannot be ratrtllT rendered Inoperative by any including the elements. (It) All safety valves shall be tested frequently and at regular intervals to determine whether they are In good op erating condition. 8 19J0.170 Source* of tsndsrd*. See. Source 1910.164................... 41 CFR 80-904.66 rsfcr- Ddng COA 0-0-1066, standards for Visual Zaspsetloo of Ooprssssd Gas Cylinder*. 1910 167................... .41 CTB 80-204.71 and COA Pamphlets 8-1.11968 and 1968 addends and S-l 4-1968 and 1968 addenda and 814-1963. Safety Belief Device Standards 1910.169................... ANSI B-19. 1998 Safety .Code for Comprsased Air Machinery. 1910.171 Standard* orgaalaatfama. Specific standards of the following or ganizations have been referenced In this part. Copies of the referenced materials may be obtained from the issuing organizations. Ooropr--ied Gas Association. Inc., 800 Mth Artnue. Naw York. NY 1008S. American Society of Mechanical Knclnccn. Inc.. United Bnglneerlnc Center, 348 Bast 47tb Street. Nw York. NY 10017. National Plre Protection Aaeoelation. 60 Batterymarcb Street. Boston, MA 02110. American National Standard* Xnetltute, 1430 Broadway. New York. NT 10016. Subport N--Materiel* Handling and Storage 1910.176 Handling . material*---gen eral. fa) Use of mechanical equipment. Where mechanical handling equipment tuajnmwtL. j Opmi *. > threwb doorway* od _orpdomci mgtbejnade.___ _ repair, with so obstruction tap* a* is aisle* that could create huvd. Perma nent aisles end puninvi shall be ap propriately marked. (b> Secure itorage. Stern* of mate rial shall not create s buui Bag, con tainers. bundle*, etc., stored in tton shall be stacked, blocked. Interlocked and lim ited In hdght so that the; are (table and secure against eliding or collape*. (c) Honjekeeping. Storage area, ehall be kept free from accumulation of mate rials that eanatttdte hasards from trip ping. fire, explosion, or pest harborage. Vegetation control will be exercised when necessary. (d) Drainage. Proper drainage shall be provided. (e) Clearance Smite. Clearance signs to warn of clearance limits shall be provided. (f) Rolling railroad can. Derail and/ or bumper blocks ehall be provided on spur railroad tracks where a rolling ear could contact other cars being worked, enter a building, work or trafBc area. (g) Guarding. Covers and/or guard rails shall bo provided to protect per sonnel from the hsssrds of open pits, tanks, vats, ditches, etc. 8 1910.177 Indoor general storage. (a) Definition, applicable to thii tec tum. (1) "Available height for storage" means the maximum height at which commodities can be stored above the floor and still maintain adequate clear ance from structural members and the required clearance below sprinklers. (2) "Ordinary combustible*" desig nates commoditise packaging or storage aide which have heats of combustion (British thermal unite per pound) sim ilar to wood, cloth, or paper and which produce fires that may normally be ex tinguished by the quenching and cool ing effect of water. This type of Are is defined as a Claes A fire In the Standard for the Tn.tsii.Hnr' of Portable Fire Ex tinguisher,. OTA No. 10-1970. (3) "Exposure" means the exterior presence of combustibles which. If Ig nited, could cause damage to the storage building or Its contents. (4) A "firewall" le a wall designed to prevent the spread of fire, having a fire resistance rating of not less than 4 hours and having sufficient structural stability under fire conditions to allow collapse of construction on either side without collapse of wall. (5) "Borixontal channel" means any uninterrupted space In excess of 5 feet In length between horizontal layers of stored commodities. Such channels may be formed by pallets, shelving, racks, or other storage arrangement*. ((> "Noncombustible" designates com modities, packaging, or storage aids which will not Ignite, bum or liberate flammable gases when heated to a tem perature of 1,300* Fahrenheit for 9 minutes. It) "Storage,aide" : storage devices such as ebstns, 1 dunnage, decks, platforms, trays.' bine, separator. and skids. (0) A "warehouee" la any btolrttng or area within a building used principally for the storage of ~~'i~*uhaa (10) "Type I storage" is that In which combustible commodities or noncombus tible commodities Involving oombustlble packaging or storage aide are stored over 13 feet but not more than 21 feet high in solid piles or over 12 feet but not more than 21 feet high in piles that contain horizontal channels. Minor quantities of commodities of hazard greater than ordinary oombustlble* may be Included without affecting this gen eral classification.' (11) "Type n storage" Is that in which combustible emdmodltles or non- combustible --r----t1t*rr Involving com bustible packaging or store** aids are stored not over 18 feet high in solid pUee or not over 12 feet high In pUee that con tain horizontal channels. Minor quan tities of commodities of haiard greater than ordinary combustibles may be In cluded without affecting this general fllrtflff* Mngt, (12) "Trpe i , storage" le that to which the storec' ommoditiee, packag ing and storage aids are noncombuettble or contain only a snail concentration of combustibles which are Incapable of pro ducing a fire that would cause appre ciable damage to the commodltfee stored or to noneombustible walk floor or root construction. Ordinary oombustlble com modities in completely sealed noncombustlble container* may qualify to this classification. General commodity stor age that 1* subject to frequent changing and storage of combustible packaging and storage aids Is excludert from this category. (13) "Approved" mean* listed or ap proved by at least one of the following nationally recognised testing labora tories: Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.: Factory Mutual Engineering Corp. (b) General regulrtmenti--(1) Appli cation. This standard applies to storage, 21 feet or lees to height, of commodities which with their packaging and storage aids would classify a* ordinary combus tibles. This standard also applies to stor age of commodities which with their packaging and storage aide would clas sify as noncombustibles regardless of storage height This standard does not cover unpackaged bulk storage such as grain, coal, or similar commodities. The provisions contained to this standard ap ply to new buildings. Certain specific commodities Introduce hasards different from those contemplated by this stand ard. Examples are rubber tires, roll paper, and wax-coated cartons. (2) Exemption*. (1) Ordinary combus tibles piled higher than 31 feet intro duce serious fire protection problems which are not within the scope of this itiodtid. (U) The provisions of this standard do not apply to Refrigerated Warehouses. nOBAl HOISTH, VOC M, NO. 105--SATUWAV, MAY It, 1*71 1 6461 '** ffgrtoMg fin fitmttUSen. TJSSg^*^"' irtr**vMe u+SSSiSESKm-9-*!* (5) If tbe truck 14 aqvNPKth front- such .eokfeiMfSt proapfly. * end attachments other tha!) factory tv- wa/OmtH (#1 UechonkseX ApadMp eoulpatent. stalled attachments, the Nfe dmB r Cfeas a fim miWiniHiii () 4km MnS aterag* fikMUtte* than be provided with alarm servlee. at (1) Fomsr-opsrated industrial track! ahan M of type designated in Standard for the Use, Miffenenoe and Operation request that tee truck be marked to Identify the attachments and show few approximate weight of the truck amt may be In the fee of central station of Powered mMNrial Truck*. MPPA No. attachment combination at tnawimom supervision of automatic Are detection 606-1939. Part A. In accordance with the elevation with load laterally centered. or sprinkler waterfiow alarms or watch haunts of the loeetlon la which they are (4) The user shall see that all name men imMm recorded rounds during un plates and markings are In place and are attended perlode.) (c) Piling procedure! and precaution!. (1) An commodities than be stored, han dled and piled with due regard to their (3) Maintenance and operation of electric, liquid, and gaseous fueled Indus trial trucks shall be In accordance with Standard for tha Use. Maintenance and maintained In a legible condition. (7) Definition: As used In this section, "approved" means listed or approved by at least one of the following nationally lire eharacterlettee. Operation of Powered industrial Trucks, recognised testing laboratories: Under <3) Significant quanUttea of commod NPPA No. 303-1969, Paris B and C. writer! laboratories, Inc.; Factory Mu ities with llro haxardi treater than or (f) Battling tenic* eqidpmeaf. (1) tual Engineering Corp, dinary combuitlble oommodltlea aa contemplated by thl! standard. ihall be separated from the main bulk of itorage by firewall!. (3) Any commodities which may be Heating, lighting, and service equipment shall be of approved types, installed, maintained and operated In accordance with good practice. (3) Steam lines and other heating (b> Designations. For the purpose of this standard there are eleven different designations of Industrial trucks or trac tors as follows: D. Dfl, OT, E, ES, EE. EE. O. 08. IP. and IPS. hasardoue In combination with each other ahall be stored so that they cannot come In contact with each other. (4) Safe floor load! ihall not be equipment and machinery shall be In stalled or protected so that the stored commodities cannot come In contact with the heating elements. (1) The D designated units are units similar to the O units except that they are diesel engine powered Instead of gas oline engine powered. exceeded. (3) Electrical equipment shall be In (3) The D6 designated units are diesel (d) Pire protection requirements-- (1) Sprinkler epsteme. All warehoused haring combustible roof or floor con struction and all warehouses contain ing Type I or Typo storage shall be protected with a system of automatic sprinklers designed end installed In ac cordance with the Standard for the In stallation of Sprinkler Systems, NPPA No. 13-1949. (3) Nose system icater supply. (1) Water supplies for hose streams shall be provided to supplement that required for automatic sprinklers. (11) Where private underground sup ply mains are necessary, they shall be Installed In accordance with Standard for Outside Protection. NPPA No. 34-1970. stalled In accordance with the provisions of the National Electrical Code. NPPA No. 70-1963. (4) Refrigeration systems. If used, shall conform to the recommendations of Safety Code for Mechanical Refrigera tion. American Society of Heating. Re frigeration and Air Conditioning Engi neers, Inc. (ASHRK) 13-63. ANSI B9.11964. (6) Stored commodities shall not be located under liquid fuel heating equip ment (g) Smoking. Smoking ahall be strictly prohibited, except In locations promi nently designated as smoking areas, and "No 8moklng" signs shall be posted in praKlblted areas. P1910.173 Powered Industrial truck*. powered units that are provided with ad ditional safeguards to the eghauet, fuel and electrical systems. They may be used In some locations where a D unit may not be considered suitable. (3) The DT designated units ere (Head powered units that have all the safe guards of the DS units and In addition do not have any electrical equipment including the Ignition and are equipped with temperature limitation features. (4) The E designated units are elec trically powered units that have mini, mum acceptable safeguards against In herent fire hasards. (6) The ES designated units are elec trically powered units that. In addition to an of tha requirements for the E units, are provided with additional safeguards to the electrical system to prevent emis (3) Nosesystems^a)^ Small hose llVtf (a) Demerol requirements. (1) The re- sion of haxardous sparks end to limit Inch) w~here required by this standard qulrementa of this section apply to Are surface temperatures. They may be used shall be Installed In accordance with protection for fork trucks, tractors, plat In some locations where the use of an E Standard for the Installation of Sprin kler Systems, NPPA No. 13-1969 and Standard for the Installation of Stand pipe and Rose Systems, IOTA No. 14-1970. form uft trucks, motorised hand trucks and other specialised Industrial trucks powered by electric motors or Internal combustion engines. These fire protec tion requirements do not apply to com unit may not be considered suitable. (6) The EE designated units are elec trically powered units that have. In addi tion to aU of the requirements for the E and ES units, the electric motors and (il> In Type landIppellstorage,suf pressed air or nonflammable compressed all other electrical equipment completely ficient small hose (Hitachi shall be pro gas-operated Industrial trucks, nor to enclosed. In certain locations the EE vided so that one hoee stream can roach farm vehicles, nor automotive vehicles unit may be used where the use of an E any portion of the storage area. In build for highway use. and ES unit may not be considered ings three stories or lees high, amaii hose (3) All new powered Industrial trucks suitable. (lli Inch) may be supplied from the acquired after the effective date of this (7) The EX designated units are elec sprinkler system In accordance with lim subpart shall meet the design specifica trically powered units that differ from itations outlined In Standard for the In tions established In the "American Na the E, ES. or EE units In that the elec stallation of Sprinkler Systems, NPPA tional Standard for Powered Industrial trical fittings and 'equipment are so de No. 13-1969. Trucks. Part H. ANSI B66.1-1949". ex signed. constructed and assembled that (Ill) Standpipe and hose systems con cept for vehicles intended primarily for the units may be used In certain atmos forming to the requirements of Standard earth moving or over-the-road hauling. pheres containing flammable vapors or for the Installation of Standpipe and (3) Approved trucks shall bear a label dusts. Hose Systems, NPPA No. 14-1970, shall or some other identifying mark Indicat (8) The O designated units are gaso be provided for buildings over three ing approval by the testing laboratory. line powered units having minimum ac stories In height or haring a floor level (4> Modifications and additions which ceptable safeguards against inherent fire 73 feet or more above grade. Standpipes affect capacity and safe operatten shall hazards. shall be fully equipped for fire depart not be performed by the customer or user (9) The OS designated units are gaso ment operations Including fire depart without manufacturers prior written ap line powered units that are provided with ment connections. proval. Capacity, operation, and matn- additional safeguards to the exhaust, NOitAi egoism, vot. 34, noi i os--tATUtoar; mat re, ivtv 1 6462 toa . MpntoMd with *|t*Tnrf cm Tte U> to *- Mr to tor O oatt aunt at ttmfled peiiutow pa to nnd (or fad Initoaif at (11) Tbe LPfl deeicnated anlto an liouefled patoatoaan ca* powered unit* that _________ . rtotoadhinn whan the ueef an LP aatt mar ntowl itotilili <tt) *t afaaogihtra ar loewa/ttol ' i nlatWfl+rt at to Vtotldr to to ( or nenheeardout totor to tba Hob at tmtoetrlel traeka.Jtotat and thnala aad the type at Imloelitol track raqtorad thall ba u provided in minlmim type* raaalnd tort.ftHnmal tracfet barb* inator ealecwerto may be toed U deeded. <) Vor epecfife araae at toe eat Table K-l wbtcb tetodatoe tba tofermaUan rnrtalane to thia -- imnoii mu Tuu N-l on or momui nucxa ot tajuoc* locations ciw n immom TvWfr||w)| r*tnMpmimtOftstopltiabUt IMn HkMr Mas to pte tpttolo Blituw. Now FtanmdWkarrtotodoaadootto* lnl storw* OttMlttMMI moonaorctol pcoporttoa ieityto* BHn> Kttrf fa othor (Mtai Napbtfaa Atoboto Atom* Uoqoor MMI4 CCoofac*Hd_m__t Onto 4o*t TBOtrMpouwlidtotMo<tttoft vito, aaeoa Ibe, potion, - AM i(MNtoito4 Nom Abovoooodt AbwvoamdHto ttamtos atyMvto mnHnnonsfr, dsnfaly -- do* to tatanalt* a pcnetar* of a oad* normal m5n Btr b non______ artttoo*heOuodmtthdn*, or qoJpcmt mar elaaocaM* tbMoreaotoio-dftta taooooaly with ard&f or aparfeto of M*etrle*r*qatpmoot, or wbor*. dasts of aa oloe> trtcally ooodoettoc oatora nay b* Erptonmtea a*t aonoatty prm ml. bot wtow 4posttoofdasimay SwtoitoW leal oaufy,VM _______ Jby ins or marts from, toirteal qoi#' moat. Oroop* to ctoMM Nom otborlsad am* of tracks by typo* to troops of dam** aad dMtoons ABC D ABC D B T O BE 0 Now* Type* of track* authortsad: Dime!: Twm d ................ D ............................................................................................................................................................. Elaefcrfc: _ . DY.. ?tp* _____ ______ c2X?x......... Typ* 0..................... 0M... TTyypp**LLPF8..._.............................L...P.....~....,,... Pycngh RW. to ..........ex....................... mx..................... xx... xx........................ ex.. . 08..... .................................................................08 . EX. 9M to), (b) SOI (a) CM (a) 308 (a) 3M to), (b) Tracks MnJormtoc to th*** Typo* may ala* b* ossd wraliMiMm (e)(2)(x) aad (e)(3)Utt) of thisMotto. Mm .B . . ESE8 . EX . 08 !Tpa* nomAi momrn, vol u, ho. \u--satwoay, may at, itn 1 6463